Skip to main content

JPMORGAN CHASE & CO

For the period ended Dec 31, 2025. Filed Feb 13, 2026.

View on SEC.gov

About this filing

A company's yearly report to the SEC, with audited financial statements. It is the fullest account a company gives of its business, its finances and the risks it sees.

FY2025 · Filed Feb 13, 2026

JPM$342.07-0.0%Stored close · as of Nov 10, 2026

Extracted filing text, with the paragraph anchors used by the comparison.

See the whole filing, with its images and exhibits
Contents

Item 8. Consolidated Financial Statements

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data)202520242023
Revenue
Investment banking fees$9,615$8,910$6,519
Principal transactions27,21224,78724,460
Lending- and deposit-related fees9,0937,6067,413
Asset management fees20,32717,80115,220
Commissions and other fees8,5397,5306,836
Investment securities losses(57)(1,021)(3,180)
Mortgage fees and related income1,3811,4011,176
Card income4,7205,4974,784
Other income6,17412,4625,609
Noninterest revenue87,00484,97368,837
Interest income193,341193,933170,588
Interest expense97,898101,35081,321
Net interest income95,44392,58389,267
Total net revenue182,447177,556158,104
Provision for credit losses14,21210,6789,320
Noninterest expense
Compensation expense54,48751,35746,465
Occupancy expense5,4615,0264,590
Technology, communications and equipment expense11,0299,8319,246
Professional and outside services12,35611,05710,235
Marketing5,5314,9744,591
Other expense6,7769,55212,045
Total noninterest expense95,64091,79787,172
Income before income tax expense72,59575,08161,612
Income tax expense15,54716,61012,060
Net income$57,048$58,471$49,552
Net income applicable to common stockholders$55,681$56,868$47,760
Net income per common share data
Basic earnings per share$20.05$19.79$16.25
Diluted earnings per share20.0219.7516.23
Weighted-average basic shares2,776.52,873.92,938.6
Weighted-average diluted shares2,781.52,879.02,943.1
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Net income$57,048$58,471$49,552
Other comprehensive income/(loss), after–tax
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities3,569(87)5,381
Translation adjustments, net of hedges1,339(858)329
Fair value hedges64(87)(101)
Cash flow hedges3,388(882)1,724
Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans579(63)373
DVA on fair value option elected liabilities(773)(36)(808)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss), after–tax8,166(2,013)6,898
Comprehensive income$65,214$56,458$56,450
December 31, (in millions, except share data)20252024
Assets
Cash and due from banks$21,742$23,372
Deposits with banks321,596445,945
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements (included $327,018 and $286,771 at fair value)336,426295,001
Securities borrowed (included $98,111 and $83,962 at fair value)286,191219,546
Trading assets (included assets pledged of $165,927 and $136,070)802,873637,784
Available-for-sale securities (amortized cost of $507,226 and $411,045; included assets pledged of $7,735 and $10,162)507,198406,852
Held-to-maturity securities270,134274,468
Investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses777,332681,320
Loans (included $70,684 and $41,350 at fair value)1,493,4291,347,988
Allowance for loan losses(25,765)(24,345)
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses1,467,6641,323,643
Accrued interest and accounts receivable111,599101,223
Premises and equipment36,24432,223
Goodwill, MSRs and other intangible assets64,45864,560
Other assets (included $15,849 and $15,122 at fair value and assets pledged of $11,984 and $6,288)198,775178,197
Total assets(a)$4,424,900$4,002,814
Liabilities
Deposits (included $20,930 and $33,768 at fair value)$2,559,320$2,406,032
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements (included $360,194 and $226,329 at fair value)442,396296,835
Short-term borrowings (included $32,460 and $26,521 at fair value)64,77652,893
Trading liabilities216,019192,883
Accounts payable and other liabilities (included $6,660 and $5,893 at fair value)316,794280,672
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs (included $5 and $1 at fair value)27,95127,323
Long-term debt (included $134,559 and $100,780 at fair value)435,206401,418
Total liabilities(a)4,062,4623,658,056
Commitments and contingencies (refer to Notes 28, 29 and 30)
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock ($1 par value; authorized 200,000,000 shares: issued 2,005,375 and 2,005,375 shares)20,04520,050
Common stock ($1 par value; authorized 9,000,000,000 shares; issued 4,104,933,895 shares)4,1054,105
Additional paid-in capital91,11490,911
Retained earnings416,055376,166
Accumulated other comprehensive losses(4,290)(12,456)
Treasury stock, at cost (1,408,661,319 and 1,307,313,494 shares)(164,591)(134,018)
Total stockholders’ equity362,438344,758
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$4,424,900$4,002,814

(a)The following table presents information on assets and liabilities related to VIEs that are consolidated by the Firm at December 31, 2025 and 2024. The assets of the consolidated VIEs are used to settle the liabilities of those entities. The holders of the beneficial interests generally do not have recourse to the general credit of JPMorganChase. The assets and liabilities in the table below include third-party assets and liabilities of consolidated VIEs and exclude intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation. Refer to Note 14 for a further discussion.

December 31, (in millions)20252024
Assets
Trading assets$4,835$3,885
Loans37,77736,510
All other assets683681
Total assets$43,295$41,076
Liabilities
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs$27,951$27,323
All other liabilities691454
Total liabilities$28,642$27,777

Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders’ equity

Year ended December 31, (in millions, except per share data)202520242023
Preferred stock
Balance at January 1$20,050$27,404$27,404
Issuance2,9952,496—
Redemption(3,000)(9,850)—
Balance at December 3120,04520,05027,404
Common stock
Balance at January 1 and December 314,1054,1054,105
Additional paid-in capital
Balance at January 190,91190,12889,044
Shares issued and commitments to issue common stock for employee share-based compensation awards, and related tax effects2207681,084
Other(17)15—
Balance at December 3191,11490,91190,128
Retained earnings
Balance at January 1376,166332,901296,456
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principles—(161)449
Net income57,04858,47149,552
Preferred stock dividends(1,099)(1,259)(1,501)
Common stock dividends ($5.80, $4.80 and $4.10 per share for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively)(16,060)(13,786)(12,055)
Balance at December 31416,055376,166332,901
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at January 1(12,456)(10,443)(17,341)
Other comprehensive income/(loss), after-tax8,166(2,013)6,898
Balance at December 31(4,290)(12,456)(10,443)
Treasury stock, at cost
Balance at January 1(134,018)(116,217)(107,336)
Repurchase(31,924)(19,007)(9,980)
Reissuance1,3511,2061,099
Balance at December 31(164,591)(134,018)(116,217)
Total stockholders’ equity$362,438$344,758$327,878

Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted the Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method accounting guidance. Effective January 1, 2023, the Firm adopted the Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Troubled Debt Restructurings, and Derivatives and Hedging: Fair Value Hedging – Portfolio Layer Method accounting guidance. Refer to Note 1 for further information.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Operating activities
Net income$57,048$58,471$49,552
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for credit losses14,21210,6789,320
Depreciation and amortization8,8217,9387,512
Deferred tax (benefit)/expense5,6112,004(4,534)
Estimated bargain purchase gain associated with the First Republic acquisition—(103)(2,775)
Initial gain on the Visa share exchange—(7,990)—
Other1,3091,9854,301
Originations and purchases of loans held-for-sale(260,772)(212,238)(115,245)
Proceeds from sales, securitizations and paydowns of loans held-for-sale235,232205,303116,430
Net change in:
Trading assets(156,461)(95,729)(74,091)
Securities borrowed(66,648)(18,762)(14,902)
Accrued interest and accounts receivable(11,514)5,73519,928
Other assets(12,582)(7,650)32,970
Trading liabilities23,1342,2765,315
Accounts payable and other liabilities5,270(90)(25,388)
Other operating adjustments9,5586,1604,581
Net cash (used in)/provided by operating activities(147,782)(42,012)12,974
Investing activities
Net change in:
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements(41,264)(18,706)39,740
Held-to-maturity securities:
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities54,79199,36353,056
Purchases(5,432)(4,709)(4,141)
Available-for-sale securities:
Proceeds from paydowns and maturities37,41438,49953,744
Proceeds from sales141,295104,625108,434
Purchases(308,772)(352,712)(115,499)
Proceeds from sales and securitizations of loans held-for-investment57,56557,92147,312
Other changes in loans, net(188,497)(83,176)(88,343)
Net cash used in First Republic Acquisition—(2,362)(9,920)
All other investing activities, net(12,665)(2,146)(16,740)
Net cash (used in)/provided by investing activities(265,565)(163,403)67,643
Financing activities
Net change in:
Deposits153,1683,299(32,196)
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements145,53580,28813,801
Short-term borrowings9,4227,439(1,934)
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs(622)1,5439,029
Proceeds from long-term borrowings120,761109,91575,417
Payments of long-term borrowings(108,100)(96,605)(64,880)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock3,0002,500—
Redemption of preferred stock(3,000)(9,850)—
Treasury stock repurchased(31,591)(18,830)(9,824)
Dividends paid(16,625)(14,783)(13,463)
All other financing activities, net(2,415)(1,469)(1,521)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities269,53363,447(25,571)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and due from banks and deposits with banks17,835(12,866)1,871
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks and deposits with banks(125,979)(154,834)56,917
Cash and due from banks and deposits with banks at the beginning of the period469,317624,151567,234
Cash and due from banks and deposits with banks at the end of the period$343,338$469,317$624,151
Cash interest paid$96,436$99,642$77,114
Cash income taxes paid, net5,30911,7159,908

Note 1 –Basis of presentation

JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“JPMorganChase” or the “Firm”), a financial holding company incorporated under Delaware law in 1968, is a leading financial services firm based in the U.S., with operations worldwide. The Firm is a leader in investment banking, financial services for consumers and small businesses, commercial banking, financial transaction processing and asset management. Refer to Note 32 for further discussion of the Firm's reportable business segments.

The accounting and financial reporting policies of JPMorganChase and its subsidiaries conform to U.S. GAAP. Additionally, where applicable, the policies conform to the accounting and reporting guidelines prescribed by regulatory authorities.

Consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of JPMorganChase and other entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest. All material intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Assets held for clients in an agency or fiduciary capacity by the Firm are not assets of JPMorganChase and are not included on the Consolidated balance sheets.

The Firm determines whether it has a controlling financial interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is a voting interest entity or a variable interest entity.

Voting interest entities

Voting interest entities are entities that have sufficient equity and provide the equity investors voting rights that enable them to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations. For these types of entities, the Firm’s determination of whether it has a controlling interest is primarily based on the amount of voting equity interests held. Entities in which the Firm has a controlling financial interest, through ownership of the majority of the entities’ voting equity interests, or through other contractual rights that give the Firm control, are consolidated by the Firm.

Investments in companies in which the Firm has significant influence over operating and financing decisions (but does not own a majority of the voting equity interests) are accounted for (i) in accordance with the equity method of accounting, or (ii) at fair value if the fair value option was elected. These investments are generally included in other assets, with income or loss included in noninterest revenue.

Certain Firm-sponsored asset management funds are structured as limited partnerships or limited liability companies. For many of these entities, the Firm is the general partner or managing member, but the non-

affiliated partners or members have the ability to remove the Firm as the general partner or managing member without cause (i.e., kick-out rights), based on a simple majority vote, or the non-affiliated partners or members have rights to participate in important decisions. Accordingly, the Firm does not consolidate these voting interest entities. However, in the limited cases where the non-managing partners or members do not have substantive kick-out or participating rights, the Firm evaluates the funds as VIEs and consolidates the funds if the Firm is the general partner or managing member and has both power and a potentially significant interest.

The Firm’s investment companies and asset management funds have investments in both publicly-held and privately-held entities, including investments in buyouts, growth equity and venture opportunities. These investments are accounted for under investment company guidelines and, accordingly, irrespective of the percentage of equity ownership interests held, are carried on the Consolidated balance sheets at fair value, and are recorded in other assets, with income or loss included in noninterest revenue. If consolidated, the Firm retains the accounting under such specialized investment company guidelines.

Variable interest entities

VIEs are entities that, by design, either (1) lack sufficient equity to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support from other parties, or (2) have equity investors that do not have the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights, or do not have the obligation to absorb the expected losses, or do not have the right to receive the residual returns of the entity.

The most common type of VIE is an SPE. SPEs are commonly used in securitization transactions in order to isolate certain assets and distribute the cash flows from those assets to investors. The basic SPE structure involves a company selling assets to the SPE; the SPE funds the purchase of those assets by issuing securities to investors. The legal documents that govern the transaction specify how the cash earned on the assets must be allocated to the SPE’s investors and other parties that have rights to those cash flows. SPEs are generally structured to insulate investors from claims on the SPE’s assets by creditors of other entities, including the creditors of the seller of the assets.

The primary beneficiary of a VIE (i.e., the party that has a controlling financial interest) is required to consolidate the assets and liabilities of the VIE. The primary beneficiary is the party that has both (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and (2) through its interests in the VIE, the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.

To assess whether the Firm has the power to direct the activities of a VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, the Firm considers all the facts and circumstances, including its role in establishing the VIE and its ongoing rights and responsibilities. This assessment includes, first, identifying the activities that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance; and second, identifying which party, if any, has power over those activities. In general, the parties that make the most significant decisions affecting the VIE (such as asset managers, collateral managers, servicers, or owners of call options or liquidation rights over the VIE’s assets) or have the right to unilaterally remove those decision-makers are deemed to have the power to direct the activities of a VIE.

To assess whether the Firm has the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE, the Firm considers all of its economic interests, including debt and equity investments, servicing fees, and derivatives or other arrangements deemed to be variable interests in the VIE. This assessment requires that the Firm apply judgment in determining whether these interests, in the aggregate, are considered potentially significant to the VIE. Factors considered in assessing significance include: the design of the VIE, including its capitalization structure; subordination of interests; payment priority; relative share of interests held across various classes within the VIE’s capital structure; and the reasons why the interests are held by the Firm.

The Firm performs on-going reassessments of: (1) whether entities previously evaluated under the majority voting-interest framework have become VIEs, based on certain events, and are therefore subject to the VIE consolidation framework; and (2) whether changes in the facts and circumstances regarding the Firm’s involvement with a VIE cause the Firm’s consolidation conclusion to change.

Refer to Note 14 for further discussion of Firm-sponsored VIEs.

Revenue recognition

Interest income

The Firm recognizes interest income on loans, debt securities, and other debt instruments, generally on a level-yield basis, based on the underlying contractual rate. Refer to Note 7 for further information.

Revenue from contracts with customers

JPMorganChase recognizes noninterest revenue from certain contracts with customers, in investment banking fees, deposit-related fees, asset management

fees, commissions and other fees, and components of card income, when the Firm’s related performance obligations are satisfied. Refer to Note 6 for further discussion of the Firm’s revenue from contracts with customers.

Principal transactions revenue

JPMorganChase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. Changes in fair value are reported primarily in principal transactions revenue. Refer to Notes 2 and 3 for further discussion of fair value measurement. Refer to Note 6 for further discussion of principal transactions revenue.

Use of estimates in the preparation of consolidated financial statements

The preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expense, and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. Actual results could be different from these estimates.

Foreign currency translation

JPMorganChase revalues assets, liabilities, revenue and expense denominated in non-U.S. currencies into U.S. dollars using applicable exchange rates.

Gains and losses relating to translating functional currency financial statements for U.S. reporting are included in the Consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Gains and losses relating to nonfunctional currency transactions, including non-U.S. operations where the functional currency is the U.S. dollar, are reported in the Consolidated statements of income.

Offsetting assets and liabilities

U.S. GAAP permits entities to present derivative receivables and derivative payables with the same counterparty and the related cash collateral receivables and payables on a net basis on the Consolidated balance sheets when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists. U.S. GAAP also permits securities sold and purchased under repurchase agreements and securities borrowed or loaned under securities loan agreements to be presented net when specified conditions are met, including the existence of a legally enforceable master netting agreement. The Firm has elected to net such balances where it has determined that the specified conditions are met.

The Firm uses master netting agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk in certain transactions, including derivative contracts, resale, repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned agreements. A master netting agreement is a single agreement with a counterparty that permits multiple transactions governed by that agreement to be terminated or accelerated and settled through a single payment in a single currency in the event of a default (e.g., bankruptcy, failure to make a required payment or securities transfer or deliver collateral or margin when due). Upon the exercise of derivatives termination rights by the non-defaulting party (i) all transactions are terminated, (ii) all transactions are valued and the positive values of “in the money” transactions are netted against the negative values of “out of the money” transactions and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount. Upon exercise of default rights under repurchase agreements and securities loan agreements in general (i) all transactions are terminated and accelerated, (ii) all values of securities or cash held or to be delivered are calculated, and all such sums are netted against each other and (iii) the only remaining payment obligation is of one of the parties to pay the netted termination amount.

Typical master netting agreements for these types of transactions also often contain a collateral/margin agreement that provides for a security interest in, or title transfer of, securities or cash collateral/margin to the party that has the right to demand margin (the “demanding party”). The collateral/margin agreement typically requires a party to transfer collateral/margin to the demanding party with a value equal to the amount of the margin deficit on a net basis across all transactions governed by the master netting agreement, less any threshold. The collateral/margin agreement grants to the demanding party, upon default by the counterparty, the right to set-off any amounts payable by the counterparty against any posted collateral or the cash equivalent of any posted collateral/margin. It also grants to the demanding party the right to liquidate collateral/margin and to apply the proceeds to an amount payable by the counterparty.

Refer to Note 5 for further discussion of the Firm’s derivative instruments. Refer to Note 11 for further discussion of the Firm’s securities financing agreements.

Statements of cash flows

For JPMorganChase’s Consolidated statements of cash flows, cash is defined as those amounts included in cash and due from banks and deposits with banks on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Accounting standard adopted January 1, 2024

Equity Method and Joint Ventures: Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method

The guidance expanded the types of tax-oriented investments, beyond affordable housing tax credit investments, that the Firm can elect on a program by program basis, to be accounted for using the proportional amortization method.

The adoption of this guidance under the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2024 resulted in a change to the classification and timing of the amortization associated with certain of the Firm's alternative energy tax-oriented investments. As a result of the adoption, the amortization of these investments that was previously recognized in other income became recognized in income tax expense. The change in accounting resulted in a decrease to retained earnings of $161 million and increased the Firm’s income tax expense and the effective tax rate by approximately $450 million andtwo percentage points, respectively, in the first quarter of 2024, with no material impact to net income.

Refer to Notes 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

Accounting standards adopted January 1, 2023

Derivatives and Hedging: Fair Value Hedging – Portfolio Layer Method

The adoption of this guidance expanded the ability to hedge a portfolio of fixed-rate assets in a qualifying hedge accounting relationship. As permitted by the guidance, the Firm elected to transfer HTM securities to AFS and designated those securities in a portfolio layer method hedge upon adoption. The adoption impact of the transfer on retained earnings was not material.

Financial Instruments – Credit Losses: Troubled Debt Restructurings (“TDRs”)

The adoption of this guidance eliminated the requirement to measure the allowance for TDRs using a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) methodology and allowed the option of a non-DCF portfolio-based approach for modified loans to troubled borrowers. The Firm elected this option for all portfolios of modified loans to troubled borrowers except collateral-dependent loans and nonaccrual risk-rated loans, for which the Firm elected to continue applying a DCF methodology. The adoption of this guidance under the modified retrospective method on January 1, 2023, resulted in a $446 million increase to retained earnings.

Significant accounting policies

The following table identifies JPMorganChase’s other significant accounting policies and the Note and page where a detailed description of each policy can be found.

Fair value measurementNote 2page 174
Fair value optionNote 3page 196
Derivative instrumentsNote 5page 202
Noninterest revenue and noninterest expenseNote 6page 218
Interest income and interest expenseNote 7page 222
Pension and other postretirement employee benefit plansNote 8page 223
Employee share-based incentivesNote 9page 226
Investment securitiesNote 10page 228
Securities financing activitiesNote 11page 233
LoansNote 12page 236
Allowance for credit lossesNote 13page 258
Variable interest entitiesNote 14page 263
Goodwill, mortgage servicing rights, and other intangible assetsNote 15page 272
Premises and equipmentNote 16page 277
LeasesNote 18page 278
Accounts payable and other liabilitiesNote 19page 280
Long-term debtNote 20page 281
Earnings per shareNote 23page 286
Income taxesNote 25page 288
Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees, and other commitmentsNote 28page 295
LitigationNote 30page 302

Note 2 –Fair value measurement

JPMorganChase carries a portion of its assets and liabilities at fair value. These assets and liabilities are predominantly carried at fair value on a recurring basis (i.e., assets and liabilities that are measured and reported at fair value on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets). Certain assets, liabilities and unfunded lending-related commitments are measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis; that is, they are not measured at fair value on an ongoing basis but are subject to fair value adjustments only in certain circumstances (for example, when there is evidence of impairment).

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is based on quoted market prices or inputs, where available. If prices or quotes are not available, fair value is based on valuation models and other valuation techniques that consider relevant transaction characteristics (such as maturity) and use, as inputs, observable or unobservable market parameters, including yield curves, interest rates, volatilities, prices (such as commodity, equity or debt prices), correlations, foreign exchange rates and credit curves. Fair value may also incorporate valuation adjustments.

The level of precision in estimating unobservable market inputs or other factors can affect the amount of gain or loss recorded for a particular position. Furthermore, while the Firm believes its valuation methods are appropriate and consistent with those of other market participants, the methods and assumptions used reflect management judgment and may vary across the Firm’s businesses and portfolios.

The Firm uses various methodologies and assumptions in the determination of fair value. The use of different methodologies or assumptions by other market participants compared with those used by the Firm could result in the Firm deriving a different estimate of fair value at the reporting date.

Valuation process

Risk-taking functions are responsible for providing fair value estimates for assets and liabilities carried on the Consolidated balance sheets at fair value. The Firm’s Valuation Control Group (“VCG”), which is part of the Firm’s Finance function and independent of the risk-taking functions, is responsible for verifying these estimates and determining any fair value adjustments that may be required to ensure that the Firm’s positions are recorded at fair value. In addition, the Firm’s Valuation Governance Forum (“VGF”), which is composed of senior finance and risk executives, is responsible for overseeing the management of risks arising from valuation activities conducted across the Firm. The Firmwide VGF is chaired by the Firmwide

head of the VCG (under the direction of the Firm’s Controller), and includes sub-forums covering the CIB, CCB, AWM and certain corporate functions including Treasury and CIO.

Price verification process

The VCG verifies fair value estimates provided by the risk-taking functions by leveraging independently derived prices, valuation inputs and other market data, where available. Where independent prices or inputs are not available, the VCG performs additional review to ensure the reasonableness of the estimates. The additional review may include evaluating the limited market activity including client unwinds, benchmarking valuation inputs to those used for similar instruments, decomposing the valuation of structured instruments into individual components, comparing expected to actual cash flows, reviewing profit and loss trends, and reviewing trends in collateral valuation. There are also additional levels of management review for more significant or complex positions.

The VCG determines any valuation adjustments that may be required to the estimates provided by the risk-taking functions. No adjustments to quoted prices are applied for instruments classified within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy (refer to the discussion of the fair value hierarchy onpage 175 for further information). For other positions, judgment is required to assess the need for valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect liquidity considerations, unobservable parameters, and, for certain portfolios that meet specified criteria, the size of the net open risk position. The determination of such adjustments follows a consistent framework across the Firm:

Liquidity valuation adjustments are considered where an observable external price or valuation parameter exists but is of lower reliability, potentially due to lower market activity. Liquidity valuation adjustments are made based on current market conditions. Factors that may be considered in determining the liquidity adjustment include analysis of: (1) the estimated bid-offer spread for the instrument being traded; (2) alternative pricing points for similar instruments in active markets; and (3) the range of reasonable values that the price or parameter could take.

The Firm manages certain portfolios of financial instruments on the basis of net open risk exposure and, as permitted by U.S. GAAP, has elected to estimate the fair value of such portfolios on the basis of a transfer of the entire net open risk position in an orderly transaction. Where this is the case, valuation adjustments may be necessary to reflect the cost of exiting a larger-than-normal market-size net open risk position. Where applied, such adjustments are based on factors that a relevant market participant would consider in the transfer of the net open risk position, including the size of the adverse market move that is likely to occur during the period required to sufficiently reduce the net open risk position.

Uncertainty adjustments related to unobservable parameters may be made when positions are valued using prices or input parameters to valuation models that are unobservable due to a lack of market activity or because they cannot be implied from observable market data. Such prices or parameters must be estimated and are, therefore, subject to management judgment. Adjustments are made to reflect the uncertainty inherent in the resulting valuation estimate.

Where appropriate, the Firm also applies adjustments to its estimates of fair value in order to appropriately reflect counterparty credit quality (CVA), the Firm’s own creditworthiness (DVA) and the impact of funding (FVA), using a consistent framework across the Firm. Refer to Credit and funding adjustments on page 191 of this Note for more information on such adjustments.

Valuation model review and approval

If prices or quotes are not available for an instrument or a similar instrument, fair value is generally determined using valuation models that consider relevant transaction terms such as maturity and use as inputs market-based or independently sourced parameters. Where this is the case the price verification process described above is applied to the inputs in those models.

Under the Firm’s Estimations and Model Risk Management Policy, MRGR reviews and approves new models, as well as material changes to existing models, prior to implementation in the operating environment. In certain circumstances exceptions may be granted to the Firm’s policy to allow a model to be used prior to review or approval. MRGR may also require the user to take appropriate actions to mitigate the model risk if it is to be used in the interim. These actions will depend on the model and may include, for example, limitation of trading activity.

Fair value hierarchy

A three-level fair value hierarchy has been established under U.S. GAAP for disclosure of fair value measurements. The fair value hierarchy is based on the observability of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. The three levels are defined as follows.

Level 1 – inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 – inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

Level 3 – one or more inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.

A financial instrument’s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The following table describes the valuation methodologies generally used by the Firm to measure its significant products/instruments at fair value, including the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the fair value hierarchy.

Product/instrumentValuation methodologyClassifications in the fair value hierarchy
Securities financing agreementsValuations are based on discounted cash flows, which consider:Predominantly level 2
• Derivative features: refer to the discussion of derivatives below for further information
• Market rates for the respective maturity
• Collateral characteristics
Loans and lending-related commitments — wholesaleLoans carried at fair value(trading loans and non-trading loans) and associatedlending-related commitmentsWhere observable market data is available, valuations are based on:Level 2 or 3
• Observed market prices (circumstances are infrequent)
• Relevant broker quotes
• Observed market prices for similar instruments
Where observable market data is unavailable or limited, valuations are based on discounted cash flows, which consider the following:
• Credit spreads derived from the cost of CDS; or benchmark credit curves developed by the Firm, by industry and credit rating
• Prepayment speed
• Collateral characteristics
Loans — consumerFair value is based on observable market prices for mortgage-backed securities with similar collateral and incorporates adjustments to these prices to account for differences between the securities and the value of the underlying loans, which include credit characteristics, portfolio composition, and liquidity.Predominantly level 2
Loans carried at fair value — residential mortgage loans expected to be sold
Investment and trading securitiesQuoted market pricesLevel 1
In the absence of quoted market prices, securities are valued based on:Level 2 or 3
• Observable market prices for similar securities
• Relevant broker quotes
• Discounted cash flows
In addition, the following inputs to discounted cash flows are used for the following products:
Mortgage- and asset-backed securities specific inputs:
• Collateral characteristics
• Deal-specific payment and loss allocations
• Current market assumptions related to yield, prepayment speed, conditional default rates and loss severity
Collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) specific inputs:
• Collateral characteristics
• Deal-specific payment and loss allocations
• Expected prepayment speed, conditional default rates, loss severity
• Credit spreads
• Credit rating data
Physical commoditiesValued using observable market prices or data.Predominantly Level 1 or 2
Product/instrumentValuation methodologyClassifications in the fair value hierarchy
DerivativesActively traded derivatives, e.g., exchange-traded derivatives, that are valued using quoted prices.Level 1
Derivatives that are valued using models such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, simulation models, or a combination of models that may use observable or unobservable valuation inputs as well as considering the contractual terms.The key valuation inputs used will depend on the type of derivative and the nature of the underlying instruments and may include equity prices, commodity prices, foreign exchange rates, volatilities, correlations, CDS spreads, recovery rates and prepayment speed.Level 2 or 3
In addition, specific inputs used for derivatives that are valued based on models with significant unobservable inputs are as follows:
Interest rate (IR) and FX exotic derivatives specific inputs include:
• Interest rate curve
• Interest rate volatility
• Interest rate spread volatility
• Bermudan switch value
• Interest rate correlation
• Interest rate-FX correlation
• Foreign exchange correlation
Credit derivatives specific inputs include:
• Credit correlation between the underlying debt instruments
Equity derivatives specific inputs include:
• Forward equity price
• Equity volatility
• Equity correlation
• Equity-FX correlation
• Equity-IR correlation
Commodity derivatives specific inputs include:
• Forward commodity price
• Commodity volatility
• Commodity correlation
Additionally, adjustments are made to reflect counterparty credit quality (CVA) and the impact of funding (FVA). Refer to page 191 of this Note.
Mortgage servicing rightsRefer to Mortgage servicing rights in Note 15.Level 3
Private equity direct investmentsFair value is estimated using all available information; the range of potential inputs include:Level 2 or 3
• Transaction prices
• Trading multiples of comparable public companies
• Operating performance of the underlying portfolio company
• Adjustments as required, since comparable public companies are not identical to the company being valued, and for company-specific issues including lack of liquidity
• Additional available inputs relevant to the investment
Product/instrumentValuation methodologyClassification in the fair value hierarchy
Fund investments (e.g., mutual/collective investment funds, private equity funds, hedge funds, and real estate funds)Net asset value
• NAV is supported by the ability to redeem and purchase at the NAV levelLevel 1
• Adjustments to the NAV as required, for restrictions on redemption (e.g., lock-up periods or withdrawal limitations) or where observable activity is limitedLevel 2 or 3(a)
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEsValued using observable market information, where available.Level 2 or 3
In the absence of observable market information, valuations are based on the fair value of the underlying assets held by the VIE.
Structured notes (included in deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt)Valuations are based on discounted cash flow analyses that consider the embedded derivative and the terms and payment structure of the note.The embedded derivative features are considered using models such as the Black-Scholes option pricing model, simulation models, or a combination of models that may use observable or unobservable valuation inputs, depending on the embedded derivative. The specific inputs used vary according to the nature of the embedded derivative features, as described in the discussion above regarding derivatives valuation. Adjustments are then made to this base valuation to reflect the Firm’s own credit risk (DVA). Refer to page 191 of this Note.Level 2 or 3

(a)Excludes certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient.

The following table presents the assets and liabilities reported at fair value as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, by major product category and fair value hierarchy.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis
Fair value hierarchy
December 31, 2025 (in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3Derivative netting adjustments(f)Total fair value
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$—$327,018$—$—$327,018
Securities borrowed—98,111——98,111
Trading assets:
Debt instruments:
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies(a)—157,834307—158,141
Residential – nonagency—2,0025—2,007
Commercial – nonagency—1,937——1,937
Total mortgage-backed securities—161,773312—162,085
U.S. Treasury, GSEs and government agencies(a)225,25518,629——243,884
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities—6,1291—6,130
Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper—1,345——1,345
Non-U.S. government debt securities (b)77,38547,054245—124,684
Corporate debt securities—45,053454—45,507
Loans—11,7821,143—12,925
Asset-backed securities—3,98627—4,013
Total debt instruments302,640295,7512,182—600,573
Equity securities107,5852,153138—109,876
Physical commodities(c)20,88094730—21,857
Other—12,346444—12,790
Total debt and equity instruments(d)431,105311,1972,794—745,096
Derivative receivables:
Interest rate1,579276,5653,740(256,483)25,401
Credit—12,0181,006(12,545)479
Foreign exchange111181,3181,807(163,881)19,355
Equity(b)80695,0981,819(91,856)5,867
Commodity—29,961554(23,840)6,675
Total derivative receivables2,496594,9608,926(548,605)57,777
Total trading assets(e)433,601906,15711,720(548,605)802,873
Available-for-sale securities:
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies(a)190,971——90,972
Residential – nonagency—5,991——5,991
Commercial – nonagency—4,4813—4,484
Total mortgage-backed securities1101,4433—101,447
U.S. Treasury and government agencies315,361461——315,822
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities—20,240——20,240
Non-U.S. government debt securities(b)34,30811,347——45,655
Corporate debt securities—20108—128
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized loan obligations—21,947——21,947
Other(a)—1,959——1,959
Total available-for-sale securities349,670157,417111—507,198
Loans—67,6223,062—70,684
Mortgage servicing rights——9,167—9,167
Other assets(e)6,8646,8901,047—14,801
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis$790,135$1,563,215$25,107$(548,605)$1,829,852
Deposits$—$18,574$2,356$—$20,930
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements—360,194——360,194
Short-term borrowings—26,9025,558—32,460
Trading liabilities:
Debt and equity instruments(d)135,36633,998326—169,690
Derivative payables:
Interest rate2,071253,0782,434(250,122)7,461
Credit—15,4872,141(15,612)2,016
Foreign exchange118176,5211,502(163,308)14,833
Equity(b)1,210110,4515,356(102,211)14,806
Commodity—25,799570(19,156)7,213
Total derivative payables3,399581,33612,003(550,409)46,329
Total trading liabilities138,765615,33412,329(550,409)216,019
Accounts payable and other liabilities3,9672,65538—6,660
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs—5——5
Long-term debt—87,88646,673—134,559
Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis$142,732$1,111,550$66,954$(550,409)$770,827
Fair value hierarchy
December 31, 2024 (in millions)Level 1Level 2Level 3Derivative netting adjustments(f)Total fair value
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$—$286,771$—$—$286,771
Securities borrowed—83,962——83,962
Trading assets:
Debt instruments:
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies(a)—104,312488—104,800
Residential – nonagency—2,2825—2,287
Commercial – nonagency—1,28310—1,293
Total mortgage-backed securities—107,877503—108,380
U.S. Treasury, GSEs and government agencies(a)150,58011,702——162,282
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities—6,1001—6,101
Certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and commercial paper—3,950——3,950
Non-U.S. government debt securities34,10854,335152—88,595
Corporate debt securities—33,591390—33,981
Loans—10,2281,088—11,316
Asset-backed securities—2,81310—2,823
Total debt instruments184,688230,5962,144—417,428
Equity securities130,3071,35962—131,728
Physical commodities(c)5,9571,53326—7,516
Other—19,935210—20,145
Total debt and equity instruments(d)320,952253,4232,442—576,817
Derivative receivables:
Interest rate4,934282,0193,781(265,789)24,945
Credit—10,379708(10,273)814
Foreign exchange196261,5201,204(237,608)25,312
Equity—82,8552,365(79,935)5,285
Commodity—15,232394(11,015)4,611
Total derivative receivables5,130652,0058,452(604,620)60,967
Total trading assets(e)326,082905,42810,894(604,620)637,784
Available-for-sale securities:
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies(a)—91,893——91,893
Residential – nonagency—4,811——4,811
Commercial – nonagency—4,0578—4,065
Total mortgage-backed securities—100,7618—100,769
U.S. Treasury and government agencies234,491288——234,779
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities—17,913——17,913
Non-U.S. government debt securities23,97312,272——36,245
Corporate debt securities—70——70
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized loan obligations—14,943——14,943
Other(a)—2,133——2,133
Total available-for-sale securities258,464148,3808—406,852
Loans—38,9342,416—41,350
Mortgage servicing rights——9,121—9,121
Other assets(e)5,7326,9971,344—14,073
Total assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis$590,278$1,470,472$23,783$(604,620)$1,479,913
Deposits$—$31,583$2,185$—$33,768
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements—226,329——226,329
Short-term borrowings—23,0453,476—26,521
Trading liabilities:
Debt and equity instruments(d)120,71932,45746—153,222
Derivative payables:
Interest rate3,981266,7673,480(264,989)9,239
Credit—12,7251,071(11,898)1,898
Foreign exchange187253,1961,184(238,970)15,597
Equity—90,9085,231(87,491)8,648
Commodity—14,021467(10,209)4,279
Total derivative payables4,168637,61711,433(613,557)39,661
Total trading liabilities124,887670,07411,479(613,557)192,883
Accounts payable and other liabilities3,1002,71776—5,893
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs—1——1
Long-term debt—66,21634,564—100,780
Total liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis$127,987$1,019,965$51,780$(613,557)$586,175

(a)At December 31, 2025 and 2024, included total U.S. GSE obligations of $158.4 billion and $120.1 billion, respectively, which were mortgage-related.

(b)In the fourth quarter of 2025, the Firm refined the active market assessment of certain products and updated the leveling classification accordingly.

(c)Physical commodities inventories are generally accounted for at the lower of cost or net realizable value. “Net realizable value” is a term defined in U.S. GAAP as not exceeding fair value less costs to sell (“transaction costs”). Transaction costs for the Firm’s physical commodities inventories are either not applicable or immaterial to the value of the inventory. Therefore, net realizable value approximates fair value for the Firm’s physical commodities inventories. When fair value hedging has been applied (or when net realizable value is below cost), the carrying value of physical commodities approximates fair value, because under fair value hedge accounting, the cost basis is adjusted for changes in fair value. Refer to Note 5 for a further discussion of the Firm’s hedge accounting relationships. To provide consistent fair value disclosure information, all physical commodities inventories have been included in each period presented.

(d)Balances reflect the reduction of securities owned (long positions) by the amount of identical securities sold but not yet purchased (short positions).

(e)Certain investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value per share (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient are not required to be classified in the fair value hierarchy. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, the fair values of these investments, which include certain hedge funds, private equity funds, real estate and other funds, were $1.0 billion, primarily reported in other assets.

(f)As permitted under U.S. GAAP, the Firm has elected to net derivative receivables and derivative payables and the related cash collateral received and paid when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists. The level 3 balances would be reduced if netting were applied, including the netting benefit associated with cash collateral.

Level 3 valuations

The Firm has established well-structured processes for determining fair value, including for instruments where fair value is estimated using significant unobservable inputs (level 3). Refer to pages 174–178 of this Note for further information on the Firm’s valuation process and a detailed discussion of the determination of fair value for individual financial instruments.

Estimating fair value requires the application of judgment. The type and level of judgment required is largely dependent on the amount of observable market information available to the Firm. For instruments valued using internally developed valuation models and other valuation techniques that use significant unobservable inputs and are therefore classified within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, judgments used to estimate fair value are more significant than those required when estimating the fair value of instruments classified within levels 1 and 2.

In arriving at an estimate of fair value for an instrument within level 3, management must first determine the appropriate valuation model or other valuation technique to use. Second, due to the lack of observability of significant inputs, management must assess relevant empirical data in deriving valuation inputs including transaction details, yield curves, interest rates, prepayment speeds, default rates, volatilities, correlations, prices (such as commodity, equity or debt prices), valuations of comparable instruments, foreign exchange rates and credit curves.

The following table presents the Firm’s primary level 3 financial instruments, the valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of those financial instruments, the significant unobservable inputs, the range of values for those inputs and the weighted or arithmetic averages of such inputs. While the determination to classify an instrument within level 3 is based on the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement, level 3 financial instruments typically include observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources) in addition to the unobservable components. The level 1 and/or level 2 inputs are not included in the table. In addition, the Firm manages the risk of the observable components of level 3 financial instruments using securities and derivative positions that are classified within levels 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The range of values presented in the table is representative of the highest and lowest level input used to value the significant groups of instruments within a product/instrument classification. Where provided, the weighted averages of the input values presented in the table are calculated based on the fair value of the instruments that the input is being used to value.

In the Firm’s view, the input range, weighted and arithmetic average values do not reflect the degree of input uncertainty or an assessment of the reasonableness of the Firm’s estimates and assumptions. Rather, they reflect the characteristics of the various instruments held by the Firm and the relative distribution of instruments within the range of characteristics. For example, two option contracts may have similar levels of market risk exposure and valuation uncertainty, but may have significantly different implied volatility levels because the option contracts have different underlyings, tenors, or strike prices. The input range and weighted and arithmetic average values will therefore vary from period-to-period and parameter-to-parameter based on the characteristics of the instruments held by the Firm at each balance sheet date.

Level 3 inputs(a)
Product/Instrument · Fair value (in millions) · Principal valuation technique · Unobservable inputs(g) · Range of input values · Average(i)
Residential mortgage-backed securities and loans(b)$889Discounted cash flowsYield0%70%7%
Prepayment speed7%14%9%
Conditional default rate0%2%0%
Loss severity0%100%7%
Commercial mortgage-backed securities and loans(c)1,246Market comparablesPrice$0$93$82
Corporate debt securities562Market comparablesPrice$0$177$105
Loans(d)2,385Market comparablesPrice$0$102$80
Non-U.S. government debt securities245Market comparablesPrice$2$124$99
Net interest rate derivatives1,301Option pricingInterest rate volatility24bps490bps85bps
Interest rate spread volatility · 44bps · 59bps · 49bps
Bermudan switch value0%48%17%
Interest rate correlation(64)%97%58%
IR-FX correlation(35)%60%5%
Inflation volatility · 11bps · 174bps · 65bps
5Discounted cash flowsPrepayment speed0%21%7%
Interest rate curve2%16%4%
Net credit derivatives(1,174)Discounted cash flowsCredit correlation30%79%52%
Credit spread · 0bps · 6,942bps · 367bps
Recovery rate10%90%53%
39Market comparablesPrice$0$115$77
Net foreign exchange derivatives357Option pricingIR-FX correlation(50)%60%17%
(52)Discounted cash flowsPrepayment speed11%11%
Interest rate curve3%20%12%
Net equity derivatives(3,537)Option pricingForward equity price(h)87%142%101%
Equity volatility4%130%32%
Equity correlation0%100%54%
Equity-FX correlation(75)%65%(32)%
Equity-IR correlation5%10%8%
Net commodity derivatives(16)Option pricingOil commodity forward$40 / BBL$680 / BBL$202 / BBL
Natural gas commodity forward · $(1) / MMBTU · $8 / MMBTU · $4 / MMBTU
Commodity volatility2%36%6%
Commodity correlation(30)%99%1%
MSRs9,167Discounted cash flowsRefer to Note 15
Long-term debt, short-term borrowings, and deposits(e)52,953Option pricingInterest rate volatility24bps490bps85bps
Bermudan switch value0%48%17%
Interest rate correlation(64)%97%58%
IR-FX correlation(35)%60%5%
Equity volatility2%111%30%
Equity correlation0%100%54%
Equity-FX correlation(75)%65%(32)%
Equity-IR correlation5%10%8%
1,634Discounted cash flowsCredit correlation29%72%51%
Credit spread · 1bps · 261bps · 92bps
Recovery rate20%60%41%
Yield5%20%10%
Loss severity0%100%50%
Other level 3 assets and liabilities, net(f)1,323

(a)The categories presented in the table have been aggregated based upon the product type, which may differ from their classification on the Consolidated balance sheets. Furthermore, the inputs presented for each valuation technique in the table are, in some cases, not applicable to every instrument valued using the technique as the characteristics of the instruments can differ.

(b)Comprises U.S. GSE and government agency securities of $307 million, nonagency securities of $5 million and non-trading loans of $577 million.

(c)Comprises nonagency securities of $3 million, trading loans of $94 million and non-trading loans of $1.1 billion.

(d)Comprises trading loans of $1.0 billion and non-trading loans of $1.3 billion.

(e)Long-term debt, short-term borrowings and deposits include structured notes issued by the Firm that are financial instruments that typically contain embedded derivatives. The estimation of the fair value of structured notes includes the derivative features embedded within the instrument. The significant unobservable inputs are broadly consistent with those presented for derivative receivables.

(f)Includes equity securities of $889 million, including $751 million in Other assets, for which quoted prices are not readily available and the fair value is generally based on internal valuation techniques such as EBITDA multiples and comparable analysis. All other level 3 assets and liabilities are insignificant both individually and in aggregate.

(g)Price is a significant unobservable input for certain instruments. When quoted market prices are not readily available, reliance is generally placed on price-based internal valuation techniques. The price input is expressed assuming a par value of $100.

(h)Forward equity price is expressed as a percentage of the current equity price.

(i)Amounts represent weighted averages except for derivative related inputs where arithmetic averages are used.

Changes in and ranges of unobservable inputs

The following discussion provides a description of the impact on a fair value measurement of a change in each unobservable input in isolation, and the interrelationship between unobservable inputs, where relevant and significant. The impact of changes in inputs may not be independent, as a change in one unobservable input may give rise to a change in another unobservable input. Where relationships do exist between two unobservable inputs, those relationships are discussed below. Relationships may also exist between observable and unobservable inputs (for example, as observable interest rates rise, unobservable prepayment rates decline); such relationships have not been included in the discussion below. In addition, for each of the individual relationships described below, the inverse relationship would also generally apply.

The following discussion also provides a description of attributes of the underlying instruments and external market factors that affect the range of inputs used in the valuation of the Firm’s positions.

Yield – The yield of an asset is the interest rate used to discount future cash flows in a discounted cash flow calculation. An increase in the yield, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement.

Credit spread – The credit spread is the amount of additional annualized return over the market interest rate that a market participant would demand for taking exposure to the credit risk of an instrument. The credit spread for an instrument forms part of the discount rate used in a discounted cash flow calculation. Generally, an increase in the credit spread would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement.

The yield and the credit spread of a particular mortgage-backed security primarily reflect the risk inherent in the instrument. The yield is also impacted by the absolute level of the coupon paid by the instrument (which may not correspond directly to the level of inherent risk). Therefore, the range of yield and credit spreads reflects the range of risk inherent in various instruments owned by the Firm. The risk inherent in mortgage-backed securities is driven by the subordination of the security being valued and the characteristics of the underlying mortgages within the collateralized pool, including borrower FICO scores, LTV ratios for residential mortgages and the nature of the property and/or any tenants for commercial mortgages. For corporate debt securities, obligations of U.S. states and municipalities and other similar instruments, credit spreads reflect the credit quality of the obligor and the tenor of the obligation.

Prepayment speed – The prepayment speed is a measure of the voluntary unscheduled principal repayments of a prepayable obligation in a collateralized pool. Prepayment speeds generally decline as borrower delinquencies rise. An increase in prepayment speeds, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement of assets valued at a premium to par and an increase in a fair value measurement of assets valued at a discount to par.

Prepayment speeds may vary from collateral pool to collateral pool, and are driven by the type and location of the underlying borrower, and the remaining tenor of the obligation as well as the level and type (e.g., fixed or floating) of interest rate being paid by the borrower. Typically collateral pools with higher borrower credit quality have a higher prepayment rate than those with lower borrower credit quality, all other factors being equal.

Conditional default rate – The conditional default rate is a measure of the reduction in the outstanding collateral balance underlying a collateralized obligation as a result of defaults. While there is typically no direct relationship between conditional default rates and prepayment speeds, collateralized obligations for which the underlying collateral has high prepayment speeds will tend to have lower conditional default rates. An increase in conditional default rates would generally be accompanied by an increase in loss severity and an increase in credit spreads. An increase in the conditional default rate, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement. Conditional default rates reflect the quality of the collateral underlying a securitization and the structure of the securitization itself. Based on the types of securities owned in the Firm’s market-making portfolios, conditional default rates are most typically at the lower end of the range presented.

Loss severity – The loss severity (the inverse concept is the recovery rate) is the expected amount of future realized losses resulting from the ultimate liquidation of a particular loan, expressed as the net amount of loss relative to the outstanding loan balance. An increase in loss severity is generally accompanied by an increase in conditional default rates. An increase in the loss severity, in isolation, would result in a decrease in a fair value measurement.

The loss severity applied in valuing a mortgage-backed security depends on factors relating to the underlying mortgages, including the LTV ratio, the nature of the lender’s lien on the property and other instrument-specific factors.

Correlation – Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables. Correlation is a pricing input for a derivative product where the payoff is driven by one or more underlying risks. Correlation inputs are related to the type of derivative (e.g., interest rate, credit, equity, foreign exchange and commodity) due to the nature of the underlying risks. When parameters are positively correlated, an increase in one parameter will result in an increase in the other parameter. When parameters are negatively correlated, an increase in one parameter will result in a decrease in the other parameter. An increase in correlation can result in an increase or a decrease in a fair value measurement. Given a short correlation position, an increase in correlation, in isolation, would generally result in a decrease in a fair value measurement.

The level of correlation used in the valuation of derivatives with multiple underlying risks depends on a number of factors including the nature of those risks. For example, the correlation between two credit risk exposures would be different than that between two interest rate risk exposures. Similarly, the tenor of the transaction may also impact the correlation input, as the relationship between the underlying risks may be different over different time periods. Furthermore, correlation levels are dependent on market conditions and could have a relatively wide range of levels within or across asset classes over time, particularly in volatile market conditions.

Volatility – Volatility is a measure of the variability in possible returns for an instrument, parameter or market index given how much the particular instrument, parameter or index changes in value over time. Volatility is a pricing input for options, including equity options, commodity options, and interest rate options. Given a long position in an option, an increase in volatility, in isolation, would generally result in an increase in a fair value measurement.

The level of volatility used in the valuation of a particular option-based derivative depends on a number of factors, including the nature of the risk underlying the option (e.g., the volatility of a particular equity security may be significantly different from that of a particular commodity index), the tenor of the derivative as well as the strike price of the option.

Bermudan switch value – The switch value is the difference between the overall value of a Bermudan swaption, which can be exercised at multiple points in time, and its most expensive European swaption and reflects the additional value that the multiple exercise dates provide the holder. Switch values are dependent on market conditions and can vary greatly depending on a number of factors, such as the tenor of the underlying swap as well as the strike price of the option. An increase in switch value, in isolation, would generally result in an increase in a fair value measurement.

Interest rate curve – The interest rate curve represents the relationship of interest rates over differing tenors. The interest rate curve is used to set interest rate and foreign exchange derivative cash flows and is also a pricing input used in the discounting of any derivative cash flow.

Forward price – The forward price is the price at which the buyer agrees to purchase the asset underlying a forward contract on the predetermined future delivery date, and is such that the value of the contract is zero at inception.

The forward price is used as an input in the valuation of certain derivatives and depends on a number of factors including interest rates, the current price of the underlying asset, and the expected income to be received and costs to be incurred by the seller as a result of holding that asset until the delivery date. An increase in the forward can result in an increase or a decrease in a fair value measurement.

Changes in level 3 recurring fair value measurements

The following tables include a rollforward of the Consolidated balance sheets amounts (including changes in fair value) for financial instruments classified by the Firm within level 3 of the fair value hierarchy for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. When a determination is made to classify a financial instrument within level 3, the determination is based on the significance of the unobservable inputs to the overall fair value measurement. However, level 3 financial instruments typically include, in addition to the unobservable or level 3 components, observable components (that is, components that are actively quoted and can be validated to external sources); accordingly, the gains and losses in the table below include changes in fair value due in part to observable factors that are part of the valuation methodology. The Firm risk-manages the observable components of level 3 financial instruments using securities and derivative positions that are classified within level 1 or 2 of the fair value hierarchy; as these level 1 and level 2 risk management instruments are not included below, the gains or losses in the following tables do not reflect the effect of the Firm’s risk management activities related to such level 3 instruments.

Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
Year endedDecember 31, 2025(in millions) · Fair value at Jan. 1, 2025 · Total realized/unrealized gains/(losses) · Transfers into level 3 · Transfers (out of) level 3 · Fair value at Dec. 31, 2025 · Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held at Dec. 31, 2025
Purchases(g) · Sales · Settlements(h)
Assets:(a)
Trading assets:
Debt instruments:
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies$488$16$34$(175)$(56)$—$—$307$4
Residential – nonagency56—(6)———5—
Commercial – nonagency10(6)————(4)——
Total mortgage-backed securities5031634(181)(56)—(4)3124
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities1——————1—
Non-U.S. government debt securities15230346(308)—59(34)24519
Corporate debt securities39028270(212)(10)22(34)45423
Loans1,088(58)1,413(930)(146)876(1,100)1,143(63)
Asset-backed securities10—28(11)———27—
Total debt instruments2,144162,091(1,642)(212)957(1,172)2,182(17)
Equity securities62(34)264(229)—165(90)138—
Physical commodities263——1——3016
Other2102311—(99)59(39)444192
Total trading assets – debt and equity instruments2,442(13)(c)2,666(1,871)(310)1,181(1,301)2,794191(c)
Net derivative receivables:(b)
Interest rate3011,329188(338)108(168)(114)1,306790
Credit(363)(637)94(10)10(273)44(1,135)(569)
Foreign exchange20644196(448)(34)273(346)305221
Equity(2,866)2,9411,016(2,630)(2,690)83609(3,537)1,476
Commodity(73)5470(248)17015(4)(16)108
Total net derivative receivables(2,981)4,331(c)1,564(3,674)(2,436)(70)189(3,077)2,026(c)
Available-for-sale securities:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Commercial – nonagency8(5)—————3(5)
Corporate debt securities—2194(94)—6—1084
Total available-for-sale securities8(3)(d)194(94)—6—111(1)(d)
Loans2,416206(c)1,091(226)(968)1,266(723)3,062165(c)
Mortgage servicing rights9,12148(e)1,0579(1,068)——9,16748(e)
Other assets1,344(15)(c)358(66)(84)98(588)1,04761(c)
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
Year endedDecember 31, 2025(in millions)Fair value at Jan. 1, 2025Total realized/unrealized (gains)/lossesTransfers (out of) level 3Fair value at Dec. 31, 2025Change in unrealized (gains)/losses related to financial instruments held at Dec. 31, 2025
PurchasesSalesIssuancesSettlements(h)Transfers into level 3
Liabilities:(a)
Deposits$2,185$161(c)(f)$—$—$1,951$(1,811)$—$(130)$2,356$128(c)(f)
Short-term borrowings3,476536(c)(f)——10,307(8,672)36(125)5,558392(c)(f)
Trading liabilities – debt and equity instruments46(14)(c)(86)109——326(55)326302(c)
Accounts payable and other liabilities76(6)(c)(1)1——2(34)38(6)(c)
Long-term debt34,5645,039(c)(f)——31,966(22,573)593(2,916)46,6733,898(c)(f)
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
Year endedDecember 31, 2024(in millions) · Fair value at Jan. 1, 2024 · Total realized/unrealized gains/(losses) · Transfers (out of) level 3 · Fair value at Dec. 31, 2024 · Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held at Dec. 31, 2024
Purchases(g) · Sales · Settlements(h) · Transfers into level 3
Assets:(a)
Trading assets:
Debt instruments:
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies$758$18$46$(260)$(81)$7$—$488$(3)
Residential – nonagency57—(5)(2)4(4)5—
Commercial – nonagency12(2)—————10(1)
Total mortgage-backed securities7752346(265)(83)11(4)503(4)
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities10———(3)—(6)1—
Non-U.S. government debt securities179(6)175(183)—17(30)152(10)
Corporate debt securities48436459(354)(181)13(67)39045
Loans68463800(642)(74)839(582)1,08829
Asset-backed securities6—9(5)(8)8—10—
Total debt instruments2,1381161,489(1,449)(349)888(689)2,14460
Equity securities127(21)138(123)(1)85(143)62(308)
Physical commodities7173—(1)——2616
Other10114453—(68)28(48)210108
Total trading assets – debt and equity instruments2,373256(c)1,683(1,572)(419)1,001(880)2,442(124)(c)
Net derivative receivables:(b)
Interest rate502745387(197)(608)(172)(356)301(362)
Credit265(208)(2)(17)(333)(61)(7)(363)(265)
Foreign exchange62248178(538)(30)128(28)20353
Equity(2,402)(321)904(2,488)953(91)579(2,866)783
Commodity(279)6432(215)31015—(73)102
Total net derivative receivables(1,852)528(c)1,499(3,455)292(181)188(2,981)611(c)
Available-for-sale securities:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Commercial – nonagency—————8—8—
Corporate debt securities—————————
Total available-for-sale securities——(d)———8—8—(d)
Loans3,079266(c)431(756)(993)816(427)2,416251(c)
Mortgage servicing rights8,522762(e)926(21)(1,068)——9,121762(e)
Other assets758105(c)623(62)(58)5(27)1,34488(c)
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
Year endedDecember 31, 2024(in millions)Fair value at Jan. 1, 2024Total realized/unrealized (gains)/lossesTransfers (out of) level 3Fair value at Dec. 31, 2024Change in unrealized (gains)/losses related to financial instruments held at Dec. 31, 2024
PurchasesSalesIssuancesSettlements(h)Transfers into level 3
Liabilities:(a)
Deposits$1,833$(14)(c)(f)$—$—$2,006$(1,522)$34$(152)$2,185$(44)(c)(f)
Short-term borrowings1,758180(c)(f)——7,752(6,230)23(7)3,47658(c)(f)
Trading liabilities – debt and equity instruments37(47)(c)(45)70——48(17)4618(c)
Accounts payable and other liabilities52(6)(c)(35)63——5(3)76(6)(c)
Long-term debt27,7261,475(c)(f)——23,920(18,432)738(863)34,5641,212(c)(f)
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
Year endedDecember 31, 2023(in millions) · Fair value at Jan. 1, 2023 · Total realized/unrealized gains/(losses) · Transfers (out of) level 3 · Fair value atDec. 31, 2023 · Change in unrealized gains/(losses) related to financial instruments held at Dec. 31, 2023
Purchases(g) · Sales · Settlements(h) · Transfers into level 3
Assets:(a)
Trading assets:
Debt instruments:
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies$759$4$249$(133)$(107)$—$(14)$758$1
Residential – nonagency56—(6)(1)1—51
Commercial – nonagency76——(1)8(8)127
Total mortgage-backed securities77116249(139)(109)9(22)7759
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities7—1—(1)3—10—
Non-U.S. government debt securities15574217(254)—22(35)17974
Corporate debt securities46336322(172)(41)114(238)48435
Loans759(15)1,027(499)(441)382(529)68430
Asset-backed securities23—7(12)(1)5(16)6—
Total debt instruments2,1781111,823(1,076)(593)535(840)2,138148
Equity securities665(53)164(239)(384)192(218)127(422)
Physical commodities2—7—(2)——7—
Other64(58)141—(5)1(42)101(28)
Total trading assets – debt and equity instruments2,909—2,135(1,315)(984)728(1,100)2,373(302)(c)
Net derivative receivables:(b)
Interest rate701556251(255)654(1,117)(288)502419
Credit13304(60)(25)4715(29)265230
Foreign exchange48931151(144)(187)144(422)62(80)
Equity(384)191928(1,931)(1,306)700(600)(2,402)(646)
Commodity(146)(59)59(290)(51)(11)219(279)(144)
Total net derivative receivables6731,023(c)1,329(2,645)(843)(269)(1,120)(1,852)(221)(c)
Available-for-sale securities:
Mortgage-backed securities:
Commercial – nonagency—————————
Corporate debt securities23924—(225)——(38)——
Total available-for-sale securities23924(d)—(225)——(38)——(d)
Loans1,418289(c)2,398(120)(1,147)1,306(1,065)3,079293(c)
Mortgage servicing rights7,973467(e)1,281(188)(1,011)——8,522467(e)
Other assets405(36)(c)525(20)(147)45(14)758(82)(c)
Fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs
Year endedDecember 31, 2023(in millions)Fair value at Jan. 1, 2023Total realized/unrealized (gains)/lossesTransfers into level 3Transfers (out of) level 3Fair value atDec. 31, 2023Change in unrealized (gains)/losses related to financial instruments held at Dec. 31, 2023
PurchasesSalesIssuancesSettlements(h)
Liabilities:(a)
Deposits$2,162$95(c)(f)$—$—$940$(1,043)$—$(321)$1,833$73(c)(f)
Short-term borrowings1,401201(c)(f)——4,522(4,345)3(24)1,75814(c)(f)
Trading liabilities – debt and equity instruments84(21)(c)(32)9—(2)19(20)37—
Accounts payable and other liabilities53(4)(c)(16)24——8(13)52(4)(c)
Long-term debt24,0923,010(c)(f)——12,679(11,555)229(729)27,7262,870(c)(f)

(a)Level 3 assets at fair value as a percentage of total Firm assets at fair value (including assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis) were 1% at December 31, 2025 and 2% at both December 31, 2024 and 2023. Level 3 liabilities at fair value as a percentage of total Firm liabilities at fair value (including liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis) were 9% at both December 31, 2025 and 2024 and 8% at December 31, 2023.

(b)All level 3 derivatives are presented on a net basis, irrespective of the underlying counterparty.

(c)Primarily reported in principal transactions revenue, except for changes in fair value for CCB mortgage loans and lending-related commitments originated with the intent to sell, and mortgage loan purchase commitments, which are reported in mortgage fees and related income.

(d)Realized gains/(losses) on AFS securities are reported in investment securities gains/(losses). Unrealized gains/(losses) are reported in OCI. Realized and unrealized gains/(losses) recorded on level 3 AFS securities were not material for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

(e)Changes in fair value for MSRs are reported in mortgage fees and related income.

(f)Realized (gains)/losses due to DVA for fair value option elected liabilities are reported in principal transactions revenue, and were not material for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. Unrealized (gains)/losses are reported in OCI, and were $235 million, $(50) million and $(158) million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(g)Loan originations are included in purchases.

(h)Includes financial assets and liabilities that have matured, been partially or fully repaid, impacts of modifications, deconsolidations associated with beneficial interests in VIEs and other items.

Level 3 analysis

Consolidated balance sheets changes

The following describes significant changes to level 3 assets since December 31, 2024, for those items measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Refer to Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis on page 192 for further information on changes impacting items measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis.

For the year ended December 31, 2025

Level 3 assets were $25.1 billion at December 31, 2025, reflecting an increase of $1.3 billion from December 31, 2024.

The increase for the year ended December 31, 2025 was predominantly driven by:

Gross derivative receivables of $474 million due to gains and purchases predominantly offset by settlements and net transfers.

Non-trading loans of $646 million due to purchases and net transfers largely offset by settlements.

Refer to the sections below for additional information.

Transfers between levels for instruments carried at

fair value on a recurring basis

During the year ended December 31, 2025, significant transfers from level 2 into level 3 included the following:

$1.2 billion of total debt and equity instruments, predominantly trading loans and equity securities, driven by a decrease in observability.

$904 million of gross interest rate derivative payables as a result of a decrease in observability and an increase in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$1.6 billion of both gross equity derivative receivables and payables as a result of a decrease in observability and an increase in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$1.3 billion of non-trading loans driven by a decrease in observability.

During the year ended December 31, 2025, significant transfers from level 3 into level 2 included the following:

$1.3 billion of total debt and equity instruments, predominantly trading loans, driven by an increase in observability.

$1.3 billion of gross interest rate derivative receivables and $1.2 billion of gross interest rate derivative payables as a result of an increase in observability and a decrease in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$2.1 billion of gross equity derivative receivables and $2.7 billion of gross equity derivative payables as a result of an increase in observability and a decrease in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$2.9 billion of long-term debt as a result of an increase in observability and a decrease in the significance of unobservable inputs.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, significant transfers from level 2 into level 3 included the following:

$1.0 billion of total debt and equity instruments, predominantly trading loans, driven by a decrease in observability.

$959 million of gross interest rate derivative receivables and $1.1 billion of gross interest rate derivative payables as a result of a decrease in observability and an increase in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$1.6 billion of gross equity derivative receivables and $1.7 billion of gross equity derivative payables as a result of a decrease in observability and an increase in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$816 million of non-trading loans driven by a decrease in observability.

During the year ended December 31, 2024, significant transfers from level 3 into level 2 included the following:

$880 million of total debt and equity instruments, predominantly trading loans and equity securities, driven by an increase in observability.

$1.4 billion of gross equity derivative receivables and $2.0 billion of gross equity derivative payables as a result of an increase in observability and a decrease in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$863 million oflong-term debt as a result of an increase in observability and a decrease in the significance of unobservable inputs.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, significant transfers from level 2 into level 3 included the following:

$951 million of gross interest rate derivative receivablesas a result of a decrease in observability and an increase in the significance of unobservable inputsand $2.1 billion of gross interest rate derivative payables as a result of transition to term SOFR for certain interest rate options.

$1.5 billion of gross equity derivative receivables and $829 million of gross equity derivative payables as a result of a decrease in observability and an increase in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$1.3 billion of non-trading loans driven by a decrease in observability.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, significant transfers from level 3 into level 2 included the following:

$1.1 billion of total debt and equity instruments, partially due to trading loans, driven by an increase in observability.

$921 million of gross interest rate derivative receivables as a result of an increase in observability and a decrease in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$2.3 billion of gross equity derivative receivables and $1.7 billion of gross equity derivative payables as a result of an increase in observability and a decrease in the significance of unobservable inputs.

$1.1 billion of non-trading loans as a result of an increase in observability and a decrease in the significance of unobservable inputs.

All transfers are based on changes in the observability and/or significance of the valuation inputs and are assumed to occur at the beginning of the quarterly reporting period in which they occur.

Gains and losses

The following describes significant components of total realized/unrealized gains/(losses) for instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. These amounts exclude any effects of the Firm’s risk management activities where the financial instruments are classified as level 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Refer to Changes in level 3 recurring fair value measurements rollforward tables on pages 185–189 for further information on these instruments.

$4.6 billion of net gains on assets, predominantly driven by gains in net interest rate derivative receivables and net equity derivative receivables due to market movements.

$5.7 billion of net losses on liabilities, predominantly driven by losses in long-term debt due to market movements.

$1.9 billion of net gains on assets, predominantly driven by gains in net interest rate derivative receivables due to market movements and gains in MSRs reflecting lower prepayment speeds on higher rates.

$1.6 billion of net losses on liabilities, predominantly driven by losses in long-term debt due to market movements.

$1.8 billion of net gains on assets, largely driven by gains in net interest rate derivative receivables due to market movements and gains in MSRs reflecting lower prepayment speeds on higher rates.

$3.3 billion of net losses on liabilities, predominantly driven by losses in long-term debt due to market movements.

Refer to Note 15 for information on MSRs.

Credit and funding adjustments – derivatives

Derivatives are generally valued using models that use as their basis observable market parameters. These market parameters generally do not consider factors such as counterparty nonperformance risk, the Firm’s own credit quality, and funding costs. Therefore, it is generally necessary to make adjustments to the base estimate of fair value to reflect these factors.

CVA represents the adjustment, relative to the relevant benchmark interest rate, necessary to reflect counterparty nonperformance risk. The Firm estimates CVA using a scenario analysis to estimate the expected positive credit exposure across all of the Firm’s existing positions with each counterparty, and then estimates losses based on the probability of default and estimated recovery rate as a result of a counterparty credit event considering contractual factors designed to mitigate the Firm’s credit exposure, such as collateral and legal rights of offset. The key inputs to this methodology are (i) the probability of a default event occurring for each counterparty, as derived from observed or estimated CDS spreads; and (ii) estimated recovery rates implied by CDS spreads, adjusted to consider the differences in recovery rates as a derivative creditor relative to those reflected in CDS spreads, which generally reflect senior unsecured creditor risk.

FVA represents the adjustment to reflect the impact of funding and is recognized where there is evidence that a market participant in the principal market would incorporate it in a transfer of the instrument. The Firm’s FVA framework, applied to uncollateralized (including partially collateralized) over-the-counter (“OTC”) derivatives incorporates key inputs such as: (i) the expected funding requirements arising from the Firm’s positions with each counterparty and collateral arrangements; and (ii) the estimated market funding cost in the principal market which, for derivative liabilities, considers the Firm’s credit risk (DVA). For collateralized derivatives, the fair value is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows at the relevant overnight indexed swap rate given the underlying collateral agreement with the counterparty, and therefore a separate FVA is not necessary.

The following table provides the gains/(losses) resulting from credit and funding adjustments on principal transactions revenue in the respective periods, excluding the effect of any associated hedging activities. The FVA presented below includes the impact of the Firm’s own credit quality on the inception value of liabilities as well as the impact of changes in the Firm’s own credit quality over time.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Credit and funding adjustments:
Derivatives CVA$(36)$29$221
Derivatives FVA(18)99114

Valuation adjustments on fair value option elected liabilities

The valuation of the Firm’s liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected requires consideration of the Firm’s own credit risk. DVA on fair value option elected liabilities reflects changes (subsequent to the issuance of the liability) in the Firm’s probability of default and LGD, which are estimated based on changes in the Firm’s credit spread observed in the bond market. Realized (gains)/losses due to DVA for fair value option elected liabilities are reported in principal transactions revenue. Unrealized (gains)/losses are reported in OCI. Refer to page 189 in this Note and Note 24 for further information.

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis

The following tables present the assets and liabilities held as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, for which nonrecurring fair value adjustments were recorded during the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, by major product category and fair value hierarchy.

December 31, 2025(in millions) · Fair value hierarchy · Total fair value
Level 1 · Level 2 · Level 3
Loans$—$618$529$1,147
Other assets(a)—8863871
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis$—$626$1,392$2,018
Accounts payable and other liabilities——55
Total liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis$—$—$5$5
December 31, 2024(in millions) · Fair value hierarchy · Total fair value
Level 1 · Level 2 · Level 3
Loans$—$738$694$1,432
Other assets—91,0481,057
Total assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis$—$747$1,742$2,489
Accounts payable and other liabilities————
Total liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis$—$—$—$—

(a) Included equity securities without readily determinable fair values that were adjusted based on observable price changes in orderly transactions from an identical or similar investment of the same issuer (measurement alternative). Of the $863 million in level 3 assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2025, $721 million related to equity securities adjusted based on the measurement alternative. These equity securities are classified as level 3 due to the infrequency of the observable prices and/or the restrictions on the shares. Also, included impairments on certain equity method investments.

Nonrecurring fair value changes

The following table presents the total change in value of assets and liabilities for which fair value adjustments have been recognized for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, related to assets and liabilities held at those dates.

December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Loans$(151)$(302)$(276)
Other assets(a)101(610)(789)
Accounts payable and other liabilities(5)——
Total nonrecurring fair value gains/(losses)$(55)$(912)$(1,065)

(a)Included $122 million, $(197) million and $(232) million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, of net gains/(losses) as a result of the measurement alternative. Also included impairments on certain equity method investments for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Equity securities without readily determinable fair values

The Firm measures certain equity securities without readily determinable fair values at cost less impairment (if any), plus or minus observable price changes from an identical or similar investment of the same issuer (i.e., measurement alternative), with such changes recognized in other income.

In its determination of the new carrying values upon observable price changes, the Firm may adjust the prices if deemed necessary to arrive at the Firm’s estimated fair values. Such adjustments may include adjustments to reflect the different rights and obligations of similar securities, and other adjustments that are consistent with the Firm’s valuation techniques for private equity direct investments.

The following table presents the carrying value of equity securities without readily determinable fair values held as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, that are measured under the measurement alternative and the related adjustments recorded during the periods presented for those securities with observable price changes. These securities are included in the nonrecurring fair value tables when applicable price changes are observable.

As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions)20252024
Other assets
Carrying value(a)$4,873$3,737
Upward carrying value changes(b)22489
Downward carrying value changes/impairment(c)(102)(286)

(a)The period-end carrying values reflect cumulative purchases and sales in addition to upward and downward carrying value changes.

(b)The cumulative upward carrying value changes between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2025 were $1.3 billion.

(c)The cumulative downward carrying value changes/impairment between January 1, 2018 and December 31, 2025 were $(1.5) billion.

Included in other assets above is the Firm’s interest in approximately 18.6 million Visa Class B-2 common shares ("Visa B-2 shares") reflected in the Firm's principal investment portfolio at both December 31, 2025 and 2024.

The Visa B-2 shares are subject to certain transfer restrictions and are convertible into Visa Class A common shares (“Visa A shares”) at a specified conversion rate upon final resolution of certain litigation matters involving Visa. The conversion rate of Visa B-2 shares to Visa A shares was 1.5108 at December 31, 2025 and may be adjusted by Visa depending on developments related to the litigation matters. The outcome of those litigation matters, and the effect that the resolution of those matters may have on the conversion rate, is unknown. Accordingly, as of December 31, 2025, there is significant uncertainty regarding when the transfer restrictions on Visa B-2 shares may be terminated and what the final conversion rate for the Visa B-2 shares will be. As a result of these considerations, as well as differences in voting rights, Visa B-2 shares are not considered to be similar to Visa A shares, and are held at their nominal carryover basis.

On February 13, 2026, Visa Inc. (“Visa”) announced that its Board of Directors has authorized Visa to proceed with a successive exchange offer in respect of Visa’s outstanding Class B common stock with timing, terms, and conditions as discussed in Visa’s disclosure. The timing and likelihood of any future exchange offer is dependent upon actions taken by Visa and other factors that are outside of the Firm’s control.

Separately, in connection with sales of Visa B shares prior to 2024, the Firm has entered into derivative instruments with the purchasers of the shares under which the Firm retains the risk associated with changes in the conversion rate. Under the terms of the derivative instruments, the Firm will (a) make or receive payments based on subsequent changes in the conversion rate and (b) make periodic interest payments to the purchasers of the Visa B shares. The payments under the derivative instruments will continue as long as the Visa B-2 shares associated with the previously sold Visa B shares remain subject to transfer restrictions. The derivative instruments are accounted for at fair value using a discounted cash flow methodology based upon the Firm’s estimate of the timing and magnitude of final resolution of the litigation matters. The derivative instruments are recorded in trading liabilities, and changes in fair value are recognized in other income. The notional amount of shares associated with those derivative instruments has been adjusted as a result of the 2024 Visa exchange offer. As of December 31, 2025, the Firm held derivative instruments associated with 11.6 million Visa B-2 shares related to Visa B share sales prior to 2024, which are all subject to similar terms and conditions.

Additional disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments that are not carried on the Consolidated balance sheets at fair value

U.S. GAAP requires disclosure of the estimated fair value of certain financial instruments, which are included in the following table. However, this table does not include other items, such as nonfinancial assets, intangible assets, certain financial instruments, and customer relationships. In the opinion of management, these items, in the aggregate, add significant value to JPMorganChase.

Financial instruments for which carrying value approximates fair value

Certain financial instruments that are not carried at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheets are carried

at amounts that approximate fair value, due to their short-term nature and generally negligible credit risk. These instruments include cash and due from banks, deposits with banks, federal funds sold, securities purchased under resale agreements and securities borrowed, short-term receivables and accrued interest receivable, short-term borrowings, federal funds purchased, securities loaned and sold under repurchase agreements, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities. In addition, U.S. GAAP requires that the fair value of deposit liabilities with no stated maturity (i.e., demand, savings and certain money market deposits) be equal to their carrying value; recognition of the inherent funding value of these instruments is not permitted.

The following table presents, by fair value hierarchy classification, the carrying values and estimated fair values at December 31, 2025 and 2024, of financial assets and liabilities, excluding financial instruments that are carried at fair value on a recurring basis, and their classification within the fair value hierarchy.

December 31, 2025 · December 31, 2024
Estimated fair value hierarchyEstimated fair value hierarchy
(in billions)Carrying valueLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total estimated fair valueCarrying valueLevel 1Level 2Level 3Total estimated fair value
Financial assets
Cash and due from banks$21.7$21.7$—$—$21.7$23.4$23.4$—$—$23.4
Deposits with banks321.6321.6——321.6445.9445.80.1—445.9
Accrued interest and accounts receivable111.1—111.00.1111.1101.1—101.00.1101.1
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements9.4—9.4—9.48.2—8.2—8.2
Securities borrowed188.1—188.1—188.1135.6—135.6—135.6
Investment securities, held-to-maturity270.1126.4126.9—253.3274.597.4150.5—247.9
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses(a)1,397.0—314.61,089.21,403.81,282.3—268.71,007.81,276.5
Other93.0—91.71.593.282.7—81.31.682.9
Financial liabilities
Deposits$2,538.4$—$2,538.8$—$2,538.8$2,372.3$—$2,372.5$—$2,372.5
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements82.2—82.2—82.270.5—70.5—70.5
Short-term borrowings32.3—32.3—32.326.4—26.3—26.3
Accounts payable and other liabilities(b)262.6—248.713.0261.7232.8—219.612.6232.2
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs27.9—28.0—28.027.3—27.4—27.4
Long-term debt300.6—253.052.1305.1300.6—251.250.7301.9

(a)Fair value is typically estimated using a discounted cash flow model that incorporates the characteristics of the underlying loans (including principal, contractual interest rate and contractual fees) and other key inputs, including expected lifetime credit losses, interest rates, prepayment rates, and primary origination or secondary market spreads. For certain loans, the fair value is measured based on the value of the underlying collateral. Carrying value of the loan takes into account the loan’s allowance for loan losses, which represents the loan’s expected credit losses over its remaining expected life. The difference between the estimated fair value and carrying value of a loan is generally attributable to changes in market interest rates, including credit spreads, market liquidity premiums and other factors that affect the fair value of a loan but do not affect its carrying value.

(b)Excludes lending-related commitments disclosed in the table below.

The majority of the Firm’s lending-related commitments are not carried at fair value on a recurring basis on the Consolidated balance sheets. The carrying value and the estimated fair value of these wholesale lending-related commitments were as follows for the periods indicated.

December 31, 2025 · December 31, 2024
Estimated fair value hierarchyEstimated fair value hierarchy
(in billions)Carrying value(a)(b)Level 1Level 2Level 3Total estimated fair valueCarrying value(a)(b)Level 1Level 2Level 3Total estimated fair value
Wholesale lending-related commitments$3.2$—$—$4.5$4.5$2.7$—$—$4.4$4.4

(a)Excludes the current carrying values of the guarantee liability and the offsetting asset, each of which is recognized at fair value at the inception of the guarantees.

(b)Includes the wholesale allowance for lending-related commitments.

The Firm does not estimate the fair value of consumer off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. In many cases, the Firm can reduce or cancel these commitments with or without notice to the borrower, as permitted by law, or in accordance with the contract. Refer to page 176 of this Note for a further discussion of the valuation of lending-related commitments.

Note 3 –Fair value option

The fair value option provides an option to elect fair value for selected financial assets, financial liabilities, unrecognized firm commitments, and written loan commitments.

The Firm has elected to measure certain instruments at fair value for several reasons including to mitigate income statement volatility caused by the differences between the measurement basis of elected instruments (e.g., certain instruments that otherwise would be accounted for on an accrual basis) and the associated risk management arrangements that are accounted for on a fair value basis, as well as to better reflect those instruments that are managed on a fair value basis.

The Firm’s election of fair value includes the following instruments:

Loans purchased or originated as part of securitization warehousing activity, subject to bifurcation accounting, or managed on a fair value basis, including lending-related commitments

Certain securities financing agreements

Owned beneficial interests in securitized financial assets that contain embedded credit derivatives, which would otherwise be required to be separately accounted for as a derivative instrument

Structured notes and other hybrid instruments, which are predominantly financial instruments that contain embedded derivatives, that are issued or transacted as part of client-driven activities

Certain long-term beneficial interests issued by CIB’s consolidated securitization trusts where the underlying assets are carried at fair value

Changes in fair value under the fair value option election

The following table presents the changes in fair value included in the Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, for items for which the fair value option was elected. The profit and loss information presented below only includes the financial instruments that were elected to be measured at fair value; related risk management instruments, which are required to be measured at fair value, are not included in the table.

202520242023
December 31, (in millions)Principal transactionsAll other incomeTotal changes in fair value recorded(e)Principal transactionsAll other incomeTotal changes in fair value recorded(e)Principal transactionsAll other incomeTotal changes in fair value recorded(e)
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements$161$—$161$144$—$144$300$—$300
Securities borrowed(3)—(3)347—347164—164
Trading assets:
Debt and equity instruments, excluding loans3,020—3,0207,205—7,2053,656—3,656
Loans reported as trading assets:
Changes in instrument-specific credit risk(9)—(9)346—346248—248
Other changes in fair value1420(c)34910(c)1935(c)8
Loans:
Changes in instrument-specific credit risk541—541517(6)(c)511322(4)(c)318
Other changes in fair value463782(c)1,24575371(c)446427216(c)643
Other assets47(3)(d)4463—63282(4)(d)278
Deposits(a)(1,839)—(1,839)(3,398)—(3,398)(2,582)—(2,582)
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements(26)—(26)(12)—(12)(121)—(121)
Short-term borrowings(a)(1,405)—(1,405)(922)—(922)(567)—(567)
Trading liabilities(31)—(31)(1)—(1)(24)—(24)
Other liabilities(5)—(5)(11)—(11)(16)—(16)
Long-term debt(a)(b)(7,112)(4)(c)(d)(7,116)(2,711)(6)(c)(d)(2,717)(5,875)(78)(c)(d)(5,953)

(a)Unrealized gains/(losses) due to instrument-specific credit risk (DVA) for liabilities for which the fair value option has been elected are recorded in OCI, while realized gains/(losses) are recorded in principal transactions revenue. Realized gains/(losses) due to instrument-specific credit risk recorded in principal transactions revenue were not material for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

(b)Long-term debt measured at fair value predominantly relates to structured notes. Although the risk associated with the structured notes is actively managed, the gains/(losses) reported in this table do not include the income statement impact of the risk management instruments used to manage such risk.

(c)Reported in mortgage fees and related income.

(d)Reported in other income.

(e)Changes in fair value exclude contractual interest, which is included in interest income and interest expense for all instruments other than certain hybrid financial instruments in CIB. Refer to Note 7 for further information regarding interest income and interest expense.

Determination of instrument-specific credit risk for items for which the fair value option was elected

The following describes how the gains and losses that are attributable to changes in instrument-specific credit risk, were determined.

Loans and lending-related commitments: For floating-rate instruments, all changes in value are attributed to instrument-specific credit risk. For fixed-rate instruments, an allocation of the changes in value for the period is made between those changes in value that are interest rate-related and changes in value that are credit-related. Allocations are generally based on an analysis of borrower-specific credit spread and recovery information,

where available, or benchmarking to similar entities or industries.

Long-term debt: Changes in value attributable to instrument-specific credit risk were derived principally from observable changes in the Firm’s credit spread as observed in the bond market.

Securities financing agreements: Generally, for these types of agreements, there is a requirement that collateral be maintained with a market value equal to or in excess of the principal amount loaned; as a result, there would be no adjustment or an immaterial adjustment for instrument-specific credit risk related to these agreements.

Difference between aggregate fair value and aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding

The following table reflects the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate remaining contractual principal balance outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, for loans, long-term debt and long-term beneficial interests for which the fair value option has been elected.

20252024
December 31, (in millions)Contractual principal outstandingFair valueFair value over/(under) contractual principal outstandingContractual principal outstandingFair valueFair value over/(under) contractual principal outstanding
Loans
Nonaccrual loans
Loans reported as trading assets$3,443$545$(2,898)$3,429$464$(2,965)
Loans1,9941,518(476)1,7111,492(219)
Subtotal5,4372,063(3,374)5,1401,956(3,184)
90 or more days past due and government guaranteed
Loans(a)152144(8)5045(5)
All other performing loans(b)
Loans reported as trading assets14,85212,380(2,472)12,17110,852(1,319)
Loans(c)68,80269,02222040,34239,813(529)
Subtotal83,65481,402(2,252)52,51350,665(1,848)
Total loans$89,243$83,609$(5,634)$57,703$52,666$(5,037)
Long-term debt
Principal-protected debt$73,984(e)$63,770$(10,214)$57,414(e)$47,780$(9,634)
Nonprincipal-protected debt(d)NA70,789NANA53,000NA
Total long-term debtNA$134,559NANA$100,780NA
Long-term beneficial interests
Nonprincipal-protected debt(d)NA$5NANA$1NA
Total long-term beneficial interestsNA$5NANA$1NA

(a)These balances are excluded from nonaccrual loans as the loans are insured and/or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies.

(b)There wereno performing loans that were ninety days or more past due as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(c)Includes loans insured and/or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies less than 90 days past due.

(d)Remaining contractual principal is not applicable to nonprincipal-protected structured notes and long-term beneficial interests. Unlike principal-protected structured notes and long-term beneficial interests, for which the Firm is obligated to return a stated amount of principal at maturity, nonprincipal-protected structured notes and long-term beneficial interests do not obligate the Firm to return a stated amount of principal at maturity, but for structured notes to return an amount based on the performance of an underlying variable or derivative feature embedded in the note. However, investors are exposed to the credit risk of the Firm as issuer for both nonprincipal-protected and principal-protected notes.

(e)Where the Firm issues principal-protected zero-coupon or discount notes, the balance reflects the contractual principal payment at maturity or, if applicable, the contractual principal payment at the Firm’s next call date.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the contractual amount of lending-related commitments for which the fair value option was elected was $18.9 billion and $12.2 billion, respectively, with a corresponding fair value of $42 million and $50 million, respectively. Refer to Note 28 for further information regarding off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments.

Structured note products by balance sheet classification and risk component

The following table presents the fair value of structured notes, by balance sheet classification and the primary risk type.

December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
(in millions)Long-term debtShort-term borrowingsDepositsTotalLong-term debtShort-term borrowingsDepositsTotal
Risk exposure
Interest rate$61,398$3,273$17,184$81,855$46,220$1,065$28,871$76,156
Credit8,677817—9,4946,2131,242—7,455
Foreign exchange2,6176064483,6712,3091,0584163,783
Equity55,8909,9783,09568,96344,1497,8812,98655,016
Commodity828154—(a)9821,331621(a)1,394
Total structured notes$129,410$14,828$20,727$164,965$100,222$11,308$32,274$143,804

(a)Excludes deposits linked to precious metals for which the fair value option has not been elected of $2.8 billion and $869 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Note 4 –Credit risk concentrations

Concentrations of credit risk arise when a number of clients, counterparties or customers are engaged in similar business activities or activities in the same geographic region, or when they have similar economic features that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic conditions.

JPMorganChase regularly monitors various segments of its credit portfolios to assess potential credit risk concentrations and to obtain additional collateral when deemed necessary and permitted under the Firm’s agreements. Senior management is significantly involved in the credit approval and review process, and risk levels are adjusted as needed to reflect the Firm’s risk appetite.

In the Firm’s consumer portfolio, concentrations are managed primarily by product and by U.S. geographic region, with a key focus on trends and concentrations at the portfolio level, where potential credit risk concentrations can be remedied through changes in underwriting policies and portfolio guidelines. Refer to Note 12 for additional information on the geographic composition of the Firm’s consumer loan portfolios. In the wholesale portfolio, credit risk concentrations are evaluated primarily by industry and monitored regularly on both an aggregate portfolio level and on an individual client or counterparty basis.

The Firm’s wholesale exposure is managed through loan syndications and participations, loan sales, securitizations, credit derivatives, master netting agreements, collateral and other risk-reduction techniques. Refer to Note 12 for additional information on loans.

The Firm does not believe that its exposure to any particular loan product or industry segment results in a significant concentration of credit risk.

Terms of loan products and collateral coverage are included in the Firm’s assessment when extending credit and establishing its allowance for credit losses. Refer to Note 13 for additional information on the allowance for credit losses.

The table below presents both on–balance sheet and off–balance sheet consumer and wholesale credit exposure by the Firm’sthree credit portfolio segments as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. The wholesale industry of risk category is generally based on the client or counterparty’s primary business activity.

2025 · 2024
December 31, (in millions) · Credit exposure(h) · On-balance sheet · Off-balance sheet(i) · Credit exposure(h) · On-balance sheet · Off-balance sheet(i)
Loans · Derivatives · Loans · Derivatives
Consumer, excluding credit card$445,845$402,258$—$43,587$437,654$392,810$—$44,844
Credit card(a)1,425,563247,797—1,177,766(j)1,234,171232,860—1,001,311
Total consumer(a)1,871,408650,055—1,221,3531,671,825625,670—1,046,155
Wholesale(b)
Real Estate224,858174,17747750,204207,050169,50631037,234
Individuals and Individual Entities(c)167,700154,6741,07911,947144,145130,3171,25912,569
Asset Managers152,84873,66014,71564,473135,54158,72015,69561,126
Consumer & Retail133,94549,1132,23582,597129,81546,5091,60881,698
Technology, Media & Telecommunications97,81626,0051,98669,82584,71621,4492,44860,819
Industrials80,60626,1281,14653,33272,53024,0112,03546,484
Banks & Finance Companies75,65354,8412,69718,11561,28740,2393,89017,158
Healthcare72,21821,84980749,56264,22423,24361640,365
Utilities39,0056,5652,58529,85535,8716,1722,63127,068
Oil & Gas36,4978,66852427,30531,7247,2261,15323,345
Automotive35,98417,30319218,48934,33617,69679415,846
State & Municipal Govt(d)32,48416,93152315,03035,03919,27937215,388
Insurance25,0313,2028,53213,29724,2672,5339,70312,031
Chemicals & Plastics23,7906,47935016,96120,7826,17626714,339
Transportation20,8615,6931,02714,14117,0195,38076910,870
Metals & Mining17,7674,8281,58711,35215,8604,42556410,871
Central Govt15,1646,4744,5144,17613,8624,7156,2852,862
Securities Firms7,9661,1153,0513,8009,4431,8783,1974,368
Financial Markets Infrastructure5,734663,5432,1254,446162,4102,020
All other(e)180,171134,5966,20739,368140,873100,9064,96135,006
Subtotal1,446,098792,36757,777595,9541,282,830690,39660,967531,467
Loans held-for-sale and loans at fair value51,00751,007——31,92231,922——
Receivables from customers(f)47,336———51,929———
Total wholesale1,544,441843,37457,777595,9541,366,681722,31860,967531,467
Total exposure(g)$3,415,849$1,493,429$57,777$1,817,307$3,038,506$1,347,988$60,967$1,577,622

(a)Also includes commercial card lending-related commitments primarily in CIB.

(b)The industry rankings presented in the table as of December 31, 2024, are based on the industry rankings of the corresponding exposures as of December 31, 2025, not actual rankings of such exposures as of December 31, 2024.

(c)Individuals and Individual Entities predominantly consists of Global Private Bank clients within AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management within CCB, and includes exposure to personal investment companies and personal and testamentary trusts.

(d)In addition to the credit risk exposure to states and municipal governments (both U.S. and non-U.S.) at December 31, 2025 and 2024, noted above, the Firm held: $6.1 billion of trading assets at both periods; $20.2 billion and $17.9 billion, respectively, of AFS securities; and$8.6 billion and$9.3 billion, respectively, of HTM securities, issued by U.S. state and municipal governments. Refer to Note 2 and Note 10 for further information.

(e)All other includes: SPEs and Private education and civic organizations, representing approximately 95% and 5%, respectively, at December 31, 2025, and 94% and 6%, respectively, at December 31,2024. Refer to Note 14 for more information on exposures to SPEs.

(f)Receivables from customers reflect held-for-investment margin loans to brokerage clients in CIB, CCB and AWM that are collateralized by assets maintained in the clients’ brokerage accounts (including cash on deposit, and primarily liquid and readily marketable debt or equity securities).

(g)Excludes cash placed with banks of $333.8 billion and $459.2 billion, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which is predominantly placed with various central banks, primarily Federal Reserve Banks.

(h)Credit exposure is net of risk participations and excludes the benefit of credit derivatives and credit-related notes used in credit portfolio management activities held against derivative receivables or loans and liquid securities and other cash collateral held against derivative receivables.

(i)Represents lending-related financial instruments.

(j)On January 7, 2026, JPMorganChase announced that Chase will become the new issuer of Apple Card. The Firm entered into a forward purchase commitment on December 30, 2025 to acquire the Apple credit card portfolio, with an expected closing in approximately 24 months (the “Apple Card transaction”). At December 31, 2025, includes estimated total credit exposure related to the Apple Card transaction at the time that the transaction is expected to close of approximately $104 billion, including approximately $23 billion of estimated drawn loans.

Note 5 –Derivative instruments

Derivative contracts derive their value from underlying asset prices, indices, reference rates, other inputs or a combination of these factors and may expose counterparties to risks and rewards of an underlying asset or liability without having to initially invest in, own or exchange the asset or liability. JPMorganChase makes markets in derivatives for clients and also uses derivatives to hedge or manage its own risk exposures. Predominantly all of the Firm’s derivatives are entered into for market-making or risk management purposes.

Market-making derivatives

The majority of the Firm’s derivatives are entered into for market-making purposes. Clients use derivatives to mitigate or modify interest rate, credit, foreign exchange, equity and commodity risks. The Firm actively manages the risks from its exposure to these derivatives by entering into other derivative contracts or by purchasing or selling other financial instruments that partially or fully offset the exposure from client derivatives.

Risk management derivatives

The Firm manages certain market and credit risk exposures using derivative instruments, including derivatives in hedge accounting relationships and other derivatives that are used to manage risks associated with specified assets and liabilities.

The Firm generally uses interest rate derivatives to manage the risk associated with changes in interest rates. Fixed-rate assets and liabilities appreciate or depreciate in market value as interest rates change. Similarly, interest income and expense increase or decrease as a result of variable-rate assets and liabilities resetting to current market rates, and as a result of the repayment and subsequent origination or issuance of fixed-rate assets and liabilities at current market rates. Gains and losses on the derivative instruments related to these assets and liabilities are expected to substantially offset this variability.

Foreign currency derivatives are used to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency–denominated (i.e., non-U.S. dollar) assets and liabilities and forecasted transactions, as well as the Firm’s net investments in certain non-U.S. subsidiaries or branches whose functional currencies are not the U.S. dollar. As a result of fluctuations in foreign currencies, the U.S. dollar–equivalent values of the foreign currency–denominated assets and liabilities or the forecasted revenues or expenses increase or decrease. Gains or losses on the derivative instruments related to these foreign currency–denominated assets or liabilities, or forecasted transactions, are expected to substantially offset this variability.

Commodities derivatives are used to manage the price risk of certain commodities inventories. Gains or losses on these derivative instruments are expected to

substantially offset the depreciation or appreciation of the related inventory.

Credit derivatives are used to manage the counterparty credit risk associated with loans and lending-related commitments. Credit derivatives compensate the purchaser when the entity referenced in the contract experiences a credit event, such as bankruptcy or a failure to pay an obligation when due. Credit derivatives primarily consist of CDS. Refer to the Credit derivatives section on pages 215–217 of this Note for a further discussion of credit derivatives.

Refer to the risk management derivatives gains and losses table on page 214 and the hedge accounting gains and losses tables on pages 211–214 of this Note for more information about risk management derivatives.

Derivative counterparties and settlement types

The Firm enters into OTC derivatives, which are negotiated and settled bilaterally with the derivative counterparty. The Firm also enters into, as principal, certain ETD such as futures and options, and OTC-cleared derivative contracts with CCPs. ETD contracts are generally standardized contracts traded on an exchange and cleared by the CCP, which is the Firm’s counterparty from the inception of the transactions. OTC-cleared derivatives are traded on a bilateral basis and then novated to the CCP for clearing.

Derivative clearing services

The Firm provides clearing services for clients in which the Firm acts as a clearing member at certain exchanges and clearing houses. The Firm does not reflect the clients’ derivative contracts in its Consolidated Financial Statements. Refer to Note 28 for further information on the Firm’s clearing services.

Accounting for derivatives

All free-standing derivatives that the Firm executes for its own account are required to be recorded on the Consolidated balance sheets at fair value.

As permitted under U.S. GAAP, the Firm nets derivative assets and liabilities, and the related cash collateral receivables and payables, when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between the Firm and the derivative counterparty. Refer to Note 1 for further discussion of the offsetting of assets and liabilities. The accounting for changes in value of a derivative depends on whether or not the transaction has been designated and qualifies for hedge accounting. Derivatives that are not designated as hedges are reported and measured at fair value through earnings. The tabular disclosures on pages 206–214 of this Note provide additional information on the amount of, and reporting for, derivative assets, liabilities, gains and losses. Refer to Notes 2 and 3 for a further discussion of derivatives embedded in structured notes.

Derivatives designated as hedges

The Firm applies hedge accounting to certain derivatives executed for risk management purposes – generally interest rate, foreign exchange and commodity derivatives. However, JPMorganChase does not seek to apply hedge accounting to all of the derivatives associated with the Firm’s risk management activities. For example, the Firm does not apply hedge accounting to purchased CDS used to manage the credit risk of loans and lending-related commitments, because of the difficulties in qualifying such contracts as hedges. For the same reason, the Firm does not apply hedge accounting to certain interest rate, foreign exchange, and commodity derivatives used for risk management purposes.

To qualify for hedge accounting, a derivative must be highly effective at reducing the risk associated with the exposure being hedged. In addition, for a derivative to be designated as a hedge, the risk management objective and strategy must be documented. Hedge documentation must identify the derivative hedging instrument, the asset or liability or forecasted transaction and type of risk to be hedged, and how the effectiveness of the derivative is assessed prospectively and retrospectively. To assess effectiveness, the Firm uses statistical methods such as regression analysis, nonstatistical methods such as dollar-value comparisons of the change in the fair value of the derivative to the change in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, and qualitative comparisons of critical terms and the evaluation of any changes in those terms. The extent to which a derivative has been, and is expected to continue to be, highly effective at offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item must be assessed and documented at least quarterly. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective at hedging the designated exposure, hedge accounting is discontinued.

There are three types of hedge accounting designations: fair value hedges, cash flow hedges and net investment hedges. JPMorganChase uses fair value hedges primarily to hedge fixed-rate long-term debt, AFS securities and certain commodities inventories. For qualifying fair value hedges, the changes in the fair value of the derivative, and in the value of the hedged item for the risk being hedged, are recognized in earnings. Certain amounts excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recorded in OCI and recognized in earnings over the life of the derivative. If the hedge relationship is terminated, then the adjustment to the hedged item continues to be reported as part of the basis of the hedged item and, for interest-bearing financial instruments, is amortized to earnings as a yield adjustment. Derivative amounts affecting earnings are recognized consistent with the classification of the hedged item – primarily net interest income and principal transactions revenue.

The Firm employs the portfolio layer method to manage the interest rate risk of portfolios of fixed-rate assets. Throughout the life of the open hedge, basis adjustments are maintained at the portfolio level and are only allocated to individual assets under certain circumstances. These include instances where the portfolio amount falls below the hedged layer amounts, or in cases of voluntary de-designation.

JPMorganChase uses cash flow hedges primarily to hedge the exposure to variability in forecasted cash flows from floating-rate assets and liabilities and foreign currency–denominated revenue and expense. For qualifying cash flow hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in OCI and recognized in earnings as the hedged item affects earnings. Derivative amounts affecting earnings are recognized consistent with the classification of the hedged item – primarily noninterest revenue, net interest income and compensation expense. If the hedge relationship is terminated, then the change in value of the derivative recorded in AOCI is recognized in earnings when the cash flows that were hedged affect earnings. For hedge relationships that are discontinued because a forecasted transaction is expected to not occur according to the original hedge forecast, any related derivative values recorded in AOCI are immediately recognized in earnings.

JPMorganChase uses net investment hedges to protect the value of the Firm’s net investments in certain non-U.S. subsidiaries or branches whose functional currencies are not the U.S. dollar. For qualifying net investment hedges, changes in the fair value of the derivatives due to changes in spot foreign exchange rates are recorded in OCI as translation adjustments. Amounts excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recorded directly in earnings.

The following table outlines the Firm’s primary uses of derivatives and the related hedge accounting designation or disclosure category.

Type of DerivativeUse of DerivativeDesignation and disclosureAffected segment or unitPage reference
Manage specifically identified risk exposures in qualifying hedge accounting relationships:
•Interest rateHedge fixed rate assets and liabilitiesFair value hedgeCorporate211-212
•Interest rateHedge floating-rate assets and liabilitiesCash flow hedgeCorporate213
•Foreign exchangeHedge foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilitiesFair value hedgeCorporate211-212
•Foreign exchangeHedge foreign currency-denominated forecasted revenue and expenseCash flow hedgeCorporate213
•Foreign exchangeHedge the value of the Firm’s investments in non-U.S. dollar functional currency entitiesNet investment hedgeCorporate214
•CommodityHedge commodity inventoryFair value hedgeCIB, AWM211-212
Manage specifically identified risk exposures not designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships:
•Interest rateManage the risk associated with mortgage commitments, warehouse loans and MSRsSpecified risk managementCCB214
•CreditManage the credit risk associated with wholesale lending exposuresSpecified risk managementCIB, AWM214
•Interest rate and foreign exchangeManage the risk associated with certain other specified assets and liabilitiesSpecified risk managementCorporate, CIB214
Market-making derivatives and other activities:
•VariousMarket-making and related risk managementMarket-making and otherCIB214
•VariousOther derivativesMarket-making and otherCIB, AWM, Corporate214

Notional amount of derivative contracts

The following table summarizes the notional amount of free-standing derivative contracts outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Notional amounts(b)
December 31, (in billions)20252024
Interest rate contracts
Swaps$19,056$20,437
Futures and forwards3,3053,067
Written options3,7753,067
Purchased options3,4003,089
Total interest rate contracts29,53629,660
Credit derivatives(a)1,3811,191
Foreign exchange contracts
Cross-currency swaps5,4764,509
Spot, futures and forwards8,1877,005
Written options9791,015
Purchased options953984
Total foreign exchange contracts15,59513,513
Equity contracts
Swaps1,147850
Futures and forwards196206
Written options1,118914
Purchased options971788
Total equity contracts3,4322,758
Commodity contracts
Swaps189148
Spot, futures and forwards270191
Written options119137
Purchased options120125
Total commodity contracts698601
Total derivative notional amounts$50,642$47,723

(a)Refer to the Credit derivatives discussion on pages 215–217 for more information on volumes and types of credit derivative contracts.

(b)Represents the sum of gross long and gross short third-party notional derivative contracts.

While the notional amounts disclosed above give an indication of the volume of the Firm’s derivatives activity, the notional amounts significantly exceed, in the Firm’s view, the possible losses that could arise from such transactions. For most derivative contracts, the notional amount is not exchanged; it is simply a reference amount used to calculate payments.

Impact of derivatives on the Consolidated balance sheets

The following table summarizes information on derivative receivables and payables (before and after netting adjustments) that are reflected on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, by accounting designation (e.g., whether the derivatives were designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships or not) and contract type.

Free-standing derivative receivables and payables(a)
Gross derivative receivables · Gross derivative payables
December 31, 2025(in millions)Not designated as hedgesDesignated as hedgesTotal derivative receivablesNet derivative receivables(b)Not designated as hedgesDesignated as hedgesTotal derivative payablesNet derivative payables(b)
Trading assets and liabilities
Interest rate$281,884$—$281,884$25,401$257,582$1$257,583$7,461
Credit13,024—13,02447917,628—17,6282,016
Foreign exchange182,887349183,23619,355177,158983178,14114,833
Equity97,723—97,7235,867117,017—117,01714,806
Commodity29,93258330,5156,67524,7441,62526,3697,213
Total fair value of trading assets and liabilities$605,450$932$606,382$57,777$594,129$2,609$596,738$46,329
Gross derivative receivables · Gross derivative payables
December 31, 2024(in millions)Not designated as hedgesDesignated as hedgesTotal derivative receivablesNet derivative receivables(b)Not designated as hedgesDesignated as hedgesTotal derivative payablesNetderivative payables(b)
Trading assets and liabilities
Interest rate$290,734$—$290,734$24,945$274,226$2$274,228$9,239
Credit11,087—11,08781413,796—13,7961,898
Foreign exchange261,0351,885262,92025,312253,2891,278254,56715,597
Equity85,220—85,2205,28596,139—96,1398,648
Commodity15,49013615,6264,61114,4157314,4884,279
Total fair value of trading assets and liabilities$663,566$2,021$665,587$60,967$651,865$1,353$653,218$39,661

(a)Balances exclude structured notes for which the fair value option has been elected. Refer to Note 3 for further information.

(b)As permitted under U.S. GAAP, the Firm has elected to net derivative receivables and derivative payables and the related cash collateral receivables and payables when a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists.

Derivatives netting

The following tables present, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, gross and net derivative receivables and payables by contract and settlement type. Derivative receivables and payables, as well as the related cash collateral from the same counterparty, have been netted on the Consolidated balance sheets where the Firm has obtained an appropriate legal opinion with respect to the master netting agreement. Where such a legal opinion has not been either sought or obtained, amounts are not eligible for netting on the Consolidated balance sheets, and those derivative receivables and payables are shown separately in the tables.

In addition to the cash collateral received and transferred that is presented on a net basis with derivative receivables and payables, the Firm receives and transfers additional collateral (financial instruments and cash). These amounts mitigate counterparty credit risk associated with the Firm’s derivative instruments, but are not eligible for net presentation:

collateral that consists of liquid securities and other cash collateral held at third-party custodians, which are shown separately as "Collateral not nettable on the Consolidated balance sheets" in the tables, up to the fair value exposure amount. For the purpose of this disclosure, the definition of liquid securities is consistent with the definition of high quality liquid assets as defined in the LCR rule;

the amount of collateral held or transferred that exceeds the fair value exposure at the individual counterparty level, as of the date presented, which is excluded from the tables; and

collateral held or transferred that relates to derivative receivables or payables where an appropriate legal opinion has not been either sought or obtained with respect to the master netting agreement, which is excluded from the tables.

2025 · 2024
December 31, (in millions) · Gross derivative receivables · Amounts netted on the Consolidated balance sheets · Net derivative receivables · Gross derivative receivables · Amounts netted on the Consolidated balance sheets · Netderivative receivables
U.S. GAAP nettable derivative receivables
Interest rate contracts:
Over-the-counter (“OTC”)$162,300$(138,107)$24,193$158,202$(134,791)$23,411
OTC–cleared118,377(118,303)74130,989(130,810)179
Exchange-traded(a)128(73)55190(188)2
Total interest rate contracts280,805(256,483)24,322289,381(265,789)23,592
Credit contracts:
OTC9,723(9,433)2908,680(8,030)650
OTC–cleared3,233(3,112)1212,267(2,243)24
Total credit contracts12,956(12,545)41110,947(10,273)674
Foreign exchange contracts:
OTC180,120(163,029)17,091259,608(236,931)22,677
OTC–cleared904(849)55685(677)8
Exchange-traded(a)21(3)1834—34
Total foreign exchange contracts181,045(163,881)17,164260,327(237,608)22,719
Equity contracts:
OTC33,418(31,170)2,24833,269(30,742)2,527
Exchange-traded(a)63,168(60,686)2,48251,040(49,193)1,847
Total equity contracts96,586(91,856)4,73084,309(79,935)4,374
Commodity contracts:
OTC18,244(14,469)3,7758,340(5,848)2,492
OTC–cleared109(79)30126(84)42
Exchange-traded(a)9,565(9,292)2735,179(5,083)96
Total commodity contracts27,918(23,840)4,07813,645(11,015)2,630
Derivative receivables with appropriate legal opinion599,310(548,605)50,705(d)658,609(604,620)53,989(d)
Derivative receivables where an appropriate legal opinion has not been either sought or obtained7,0727,0726,9786,978
Total derivative receivables recognized on the Consolidated balance sheets$606,382$57,777$665,587$60,967
Collateral not nettable on the Consolidated balance sheets(b)(c)(28,891)(28,160)
Net amounts$28,886$32,807
2025 · 2024
December 31, (in millions) · Gross derivative payables · Amounts netted on the Consolidated balance sheets · Net derivative payables · Gross derivative payables · Amounts netted on the Consolidated balance sheets · Netderivative payables
U.S. GAAP nettable derivative payables
Interest rate contracts:
OTC$135,045$(128,464)$6,581$138,215$(130,375)$7,840
OTC–cleared121,702(121,557)145134,555(134,262)293
Exchange-traded(a)104(101)3363(352)11
Total interest rate contracts256,851(250,122)6,729273,133(264,989)8,144
Credit contracts:
OTC14,848(13,196)1,65211,381(10,133)1,248
OTC–cleared2,446(2,416)301,779(1,765)14
Total credit contracts17,294(15,612)1,68213,160(11,898)1,262
Foreign exchange contracts:
OTC175,485(162,455)13,030251,860(238,292)13,568
OTC–cleared897(850)47772(678)94
Exchange-traded(a)9(3)614—14
Total foreign exchange contracts176,391(163,308)13,083252,646(238,970)13,676
Equity contracts:
OTC53,530(41,552)11,97844,394(38,298)6,096
Exchange-traded(a)61,363(60,659)70449,578(49,193)385
Total equity contracts114,893(102,211)12,68293,972(87,491)6,481
Commodity contracts:
OTC14,176(9,786)4,3906,918(5,206)1,712
OTC–cleared79(79)—84(84)—
Exchange-traded(a)9,334(9,291)435,182(4,919)263
Total commodity contracts23,589(19,156)4,43312,184(10,209)1,975
Derivative payables with appropriate legal opinion589,018(550,409)38,609(d)645,095(613,557)31,538(d)
Derivative payables where an appropriate legal opinion has not been either sought or obtained7,7207,7208,1238,123
Total derivative payables recognized on the Consolidated balance sheets$596,738$46,329$653,218$39,661
Collateral not nettable on the Consolidated balance sheets(b)(c)(18,478)(10,163)
Net amounts$27,851$29,498

(a)Exchange-traded derivative balances that relate to futures contracts are settled daily.

(b)Includes liquid securities and other cash collateral held at third-party custodians related to derivative instruments where an appropriate legal opinion has been obtained. For some counterparties, the collateral amounts of financial instruments may exceed the derivative receivables and derivative payables balances. Where this is the case, the total amount reported is limited to the net derivative receivables and net derivative payables balances with that counterparty.

(c)Derivative collateral relates only to OTC and OTC-cleared derivative instruments.

(d)Net derivatives receivable included cash collateral netted of $54.7 billion and $51.9 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Net derivatives payable included cash collateral netted of $56.5 billion and $60.8 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Derivative cash collateral relates to OTC and OTC-cleared derivative instruments.

Liquidity risk and credit-related contingent features

In addition to the specific market risks introduced by each derivative contract type, derivatives expose JPMorganChase to credit risk — the risk that derivative counterparties may fail to meet their payment obligations under the derivative contracts and the collateral, if any, held by the Firm proves to be of insufficient value to cover the payment obligation. It is the policy of JPMorganChase to actively pursue, where possible, the use of legally enforceable master netting arrangements and collateral agreements to mitigate derivative counterparty credit risk inherent in derivative receivables.

While derivative receivables expose the Firm to credit risk, derivative payables expose the Firm to liquidity risk, as the derivative contracts typically require the Firm to post cash or securities collateral with counterparties as the fair value of the contracts moves in the counterparties’ favor or upon specified downgrades in the Firm’s and its subsidiaries’ respective credit ratings. Certain derivative contracts also provide for termination of the contract, generally upon a downgrade of either the Firm or the counterparty, at the fair value of the derivative contracts. The following table shows the aggregate fair value of net derivative payables related to OTC and OTC-cleared derivatives that contain contingent collateral or termination features that may be triggered upon a ratings downgrade, and the associated collateral the Firm has posted in the normal course of business, at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

OTC and OTC-cleared derivative payables containing downgrade triggers
(in millions)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Aggregate fair value of net derivative payables$19,986$15,371
Collateral posted20,55515,204

The following table shows the impact of a single-notch and two-notch downgrade of the long-term issuer ratings of JPMorgan Chase & Co. and its subsidiaries, predominantly JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., at December 31, 2025 and 2024, related to OTC and OTC-cleared derivative contracts with contingent collateral or termination features that may be triggered upon a ratings downgrade. Derivatives contracts generally require additional collateral to be posted or terminations to be triggered when the predefined rating threshold is breached. A downgrade by a single rating agency that does not result in a rating lower than a preexisting corresponding rating provided by another major rating agency will generally not result in additional collateral (except in certain instances in which additional initial margin may be required upon a ratings downgrade), nor in termination payment requirements. The liquidity impact in the table is calculated based upon a downgrade below the lowest current rating of the rating agencies referred to in the derivative contract.

Liquidity impact of downgrade triggers on OTC and OTC-cleared derivatives
December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
(in millions)Single-notch downgradeTwo-notch downgradeSingle-notch downgradeTwo-notch downgrade
Amount of additional collateral to be posted upon downgrade(a)$28$124$119$1,205
Amount required to settle contracts with termination triggers upon downgrade(b)159678458

(a)Includes the additional collateral to be posted for initial margin.

(b)Amounts represent fair values of derivative payables, and do not reflect collateral posted.

Impact of derivatives on the Consolidated statements of income

The following tables provide information related to gains and losses recorded on derivatives based on their hedge accounting designation or purpose.

Fair value hedge gains and losses

The following tables present derivative instruments, by contract type, used in fair value hedge accounting relationships, as well as pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded on such derivatives and the related hedged items for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Firm includes gains/(losses) on the hedging derivative in the same line item in the Consolidated statements of income as the related hedged item.

Gains/(losses) recorded in income · Income statement impact of excluded components(e) · OCI impact
Year ended December 31, 2025(in millions)DerivativesHedged itemsIncome statement impactAmortization approachChanges in fair valueDerivatives - Gains/(losses) recorded in OCI(f)
Contract type
Interest rate(a)(b)$(88)$1,360$1,272$—$1,250$—
Foreign exchange(c)1,077(743)334(696)33484
Commodity(d)(3,852)4,127275—224—
Total$(2,863)$4,744$1,881$(696)$1,808$84
Gains/(losses) recorded in income · Income statement impact of excluded components(e) · OCI impact
Year ended December 31, 2024(in millions)DerivativesHedged itemsIncome statement impactAmortization approachChanges in fair valueDerivatives - Gains/(losses) recorded in OCI(f)
Contract type
Interest rate(a)(b)$711$(65)$646$—$699$—
Foreign exchange(c)(177)402225(532)225(115)
Commodity(d)293(160)133—122—
Total$827$177$1,004$(532)$1,046$(115)
Gains/(losses) recorded in income · Income statement impact of excluded components(e) · OCI impact
Year ended December 31, 2023(in millions)DerivativesHedged itemsIncome statement impactAmortization approachChanges in fair valueDerivatives - Gains/(losses) recorded in OCI(f)
Contract type
Interest rate(a)(b)$1,554$(1,248)$306$—$157$—
Foreign exchange(c)722(483)239(601)239(134)
Commodity(d)1,227(706)521—525—
Total$3,503$(2,437)$1,066$(601)$921$(134)

(a)Primarily consists of hedges of the benchmark (e.g., Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”)) interest rate risk of fixed-rate long-term debt and AFS securities. Gains and losses were recorded in net interest income.

(b)Includes the amortization of income/expense associated with the inception hedge accounting adjustment applied to the hedged item. Excludes the accrual of interest on interest rate swaps and the related hedged items.

(c)Primarily consists of hedges of the foreign currency risk of long-term debt and AFS securities for changes in spot foreign currency rates. Gains and losses related to the derivatives and the hedged items due to changes in foreign currency rates and the income statement impact of excluded components were recorded primarily in principal transactions revenue and net interest income.

(d)Consists of overall fair value hedges of physical commodities inventories that are generally carried at the lower of cost or net realizable value (net realizable value approximates fair value). Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.

(e)The assessment of hedge effectiveness excludes certain components of the changes in fair values of the derivatives and hedged items such as forward points on foreign exchange forward contracts, time values and cross-currency basis spreads. Excluded components may impact earnings either through amortization of the initial amount over the life of the derivative or through fair value changes recognized in the current period.

(f)Represents the change in value of amounts excluded from the assessment of effectiveness under the amortization approach, predominantly cross-currency basis spreads. The amount excluded at inception of the hedge is recognized in earnings over the life of the derivative.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the following amounts were recorded on the Consolidated balance sheets related to certain cumulative fair value hedge basis adjustments that are expected to reverse through the income statement in future periods as an adjustment to yield.

Carrying amount of the hedged items(a)(b) · Cumulative amount of fair value hedging adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items:(d)
December 31, 2025(in millions) · Active hedging relationships · Discontinued hedging relationships(e) · Total
Assets
Investment securities - AFS$255,109(c)$3,693$(1,374)$2,319
Liabilities
Long-term debt$222,611$232$(8,689)$(8,457)
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs$5,884$37$—$37
Carrying amount of the hedged items(a)(b) · Cumulative amount of fair value hedging adjustments included in the carrying amount of hedged items:(d)
December 31, 2024(in millions)Active hedging relationshipsDiscontinued hedging relationships(e)Total
Assets
Investment securities - AFS$203,141(c)$(1,675)$(1,959)$(3,634)
Liabilities
Long-term debt$211,288$(3,711)$(9,332)$(13,043)
Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs$5,312$(30)$(5)$(35)

(a)Excludes physical commodities with a carrying value of $22.9 billion and $6.2 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, to which the Firm applies fair value hedge accounting. As a result of the application of hedge accounting, these inventories are carried at fair value, thus recognizing unrealized gains and losses in current periods. Since the Firm exits these positions at fair value, there is no incremental impact to net income in future periods.

(b)Excludes hedged items where only foreign currency risk is the designated hedged risk, as basis adjustments related to foreign currency hedges will not reverse through the income statement in future periods. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the carrying amount excluded for AFS securities was $33.6 billion and $28.7 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the carrying amount excluded for long-term debt was $587 million and $518 million, respectively.

(c)Carrying amount represents the amortized cost, net of allowance if applicable. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the amortized cost of the portfolio layer method closed portfolios was $91.9 billion and $72.8 billion, of which $68.9 billion and $41.2 billion was designated as hedged, respectively. The amount designated as hedged is the sum of the notional amounts of all outstanding layers in each portfolio, which includes both spot starting and forward starting layers. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the cumulative amount of basis adjustments was $(32) million and $(1.7) billion, which is comprised of $641 million and $(1.2) billion for active hedging relationships, and $(673) million and $(566) million for discontinued hedging relationships, respectively. Refer to Note 10 for additional information.

(d)Positive (negative) amounts related to assets represent cumulative fair value hedge basis adjustments that will reduce (increase) net interest income in future periods. Positive (negative) amounts related to liabilities represent cumulative fair value hedge basis adjustments that will increase (reduce) net interest income in future periods.

(e)Represents basis adjustments existing on the balance sheet date associated with hedged items that have been de-designated from qualifying fair value hedging relationships.

Cash flow hedge gains and losses

The following tables present derivative instruments, by contract type, used in cash flow hedge accounting relationships, and the pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded on such derivatives, for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Firm includes the gains/(losses) on the hedging derivative in the same line item in the Consolidated statements of income as the change in cash flows on the related hedged item.

Derivatives gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss)
Year ended December 31, 2025(in millions)Amounts reclassifiedfrom AOCI to incomeAmounts recordedin OCITotal changein OCI for period
Contract type
Interest rate(a)$(2,456)$1,860$4,316
Foreign exchange(b)50197147
Total$(2,406)$2,057$4,463
Derivatives gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss)
Year ended December 31, 2024(in millions)Amounts reclassifiedfrom AOCI to incomeAmounts recordedin OCITotal change in OCI for period
Contract type
Interest rate(a)$(2,668)$(3,603)$(935)
Foreign exchange(b)89(139)(228)
Total$(2,579)$(3,742)$(1,163)
Derivatives gains/(losses) recorded in income and other comprehensive income/(loss)
Year ended December 31, 2023(in millions)Amounts reclassifiedfrom AOCI to incomeAmounts recordedin OCITotal change in OCI for period
Contract type
Interest rate(a)$(1,839)$274$2,113
Foreign exchange(b)64209145
Total$(1,775)$483$2,258

(a)Primarily consists of hedges of SOFR-indexed and Prime-indexed floating-rate assets. Gains and losses were recorded in net interest income.

(b)Primarily consists of hedges of the foreign currency risk of non-U.S. dollar-denominated revenue and expense. The income statement classification of gains and losses follows the hedged item – primarily noninterest revenue and compensation expense.

The Firm did not experience any forecasted transactions that failed to occur for the years ended 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Over the next 12 months, the Firm expects that approximately $(926) million (after-tax) of net losses recorded in AOCI at December 31, 2025, related to cash flow hedges will be recognized in income. For cash flow hedges that have been terminated, the maximum length of time over which the derivative results recorded in AOCI will be recognized in earnings is approximatelyten years, corresponding to the timing of the originally hedged forecasted cash flows. For open cash flow hedges, the maximum length of time over which forecasted transactions are hedged is approximatelyten years. The Firm’s longer-dated forecasted transactions relate to core lending and borrowing activities.

Net investment hedge gains and losses

The following table presents hedging instruments, by contract type, that were used in net investment hedge accounting relationships, and the pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded on such instruments for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Gains/(losses) recorded in income(a) and other comprehensive income/(loss)
2025 · 2024 · 2023
Year ended December 31,(in millions)Amounts recorded in income(b)Amounts recorded in OCIAmounts recorded in income(b)Amounts recorded inOCIAmounts recorded in income(b)Amounts recorded inOCI
Foreign exchange derivatives$431$(6,028)$467$4,411$384$(1,732)

(a)Certain components of hedging derivatives are permitted to be excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness, such as forward points on foreign exchange forward contracts. The changes in fair value of these amounts are recorded in net interest income.

(b)Excludes amounts reclassified from AOCI to income on the sale or liquidation of hedged entities. During the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Firm reclassified net pre-tax gains of $14 million and $89 million, respectively, to other income/expense. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Firm reclassified a net pre-tax loss of $(35) million to other revenue including the impact of the acquisition of CIFM. Refer to Note 24 for further information.

Gains and losses on derivatives used for specified risk management purposes

The following table presents pre-tax gains/(losses) recorded on a limited number of derivatives, not designated in hedge accounting relationships, that are used to manage risks associated with certain specified assets and liabilities, including certain risks arising from mortgage commitments, warehouse loans, MSRs, wholesale lending exposures, and foreign currency denominated assets and liabilities.

Derivatives gains/(losses) recorded in income
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Contract type
Interest rate(a)$(34)$(425)$(135)
Credit(b)(616)(604)(441)
Foreign exchange(c)82(10)(2)
Equity(d)(21)——
Total$(589)$(1,039)$(578)

(a)Primarily represents interest rate derivatives used to hedge the interest rate risk inherent in mortgage commitments, warehouse loans and MSRs, as well as written commitments to originate warehouse loans. Gains and losses were recorded predominantly in mortgage fees and related income.

(b)Relates to credit derivatives used to mitigate credit risk associated with lending exposures in the Firm’s wholesale businesses. These derivatives do not include credit derivatives used to mitigate counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables, which is included in gains and losses on derivatives related to market-making activities and other derivatives. Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.

(c)Primarily relates to derivatives used to mitigate foreign exchange risk of specified foreign currency-denominated assets and liabilities. Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.

(d)Gains and losses were recorded in principal transactions revenue.

Gains and losses on derivatives related to market-making activities and other derivatives

The Firm makes markets in derivatives in order to meet the needs of clients and uses derivatives to manage certain risks associated with net open risk positions from its market-making activities, including the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative receivables. All derivatives not included in the hedge accounting or specified risk management categories above are included in this category. Gains and losses on these derivatives are primarily recorded in principal transactions revenue. Refer to Note 6 for information on principal transactions revenue.

Credit derivatives

Credit derivatives are financial instruments whose value is derived from the credit risk associated with the debt of a third-party issuer (the reference entity) and which allow one party (the protection purchaser) to transfer that risk to another party (the protection seller). Credit derivatives expose the protection purchaser to the creditworthiness of the protection seller, as the protection seller is required to make payments under the contract when the reference entity experiences a credit event, such as a bankruptcy, a failure to pay its obligation or a restructuring. The seller of credit protection receives a premium for providing protection but has the risk that the underlying instrument referenced in the contract will be subject to a credit event.

The Firm is both a purchaser and seller of protection in the credit derivatives market and uses these derivatives for two primary purposes. First, in its capacity as a market-maker, the Firm actively manages a portfolio of credit derivatives by purchasing and selling credit protection, predominantly on corporate debt obligations, to meet the needs of clients. Second, as an end-user, the Firm uses credit derivatives to manage credit risk associated with lending exposures (loans and unfunded commitments) in its wholesale and consumer businesses and derivatives counterparty exposures in its wholesale businesses, and to manage the credit risk arising from certain financial instruments in the Firm’s market-making businesses. Following is a summary of various types of credit derivatives.

Credit default swaps

Credit derivatives may reference the credit of either a single reference entity (“single-name”), broad-based index or portfolio. The Firm purchases and sells protection on both single- name and index-reference obligations. Single-name CDS and index CDS contracts are either OTC or OTC-cleared derivative contracts. Single-name CDS are used to manage the default risk of a single reference entity, while index CDS contracts are used to manage the credit risk associated with the broader credit markets or credit market segments. Like the S&P 500 and other market indices, a CDS index consists of a portfolio of CDS across many reference entities. New series of CDS indices are periodically established with a new underlying portfolio of reference entities to reflect changes in the credit markets. If one of the reference entities in the index experiences a credit event, then the reference entity that defaulted is removed from the index. CDS can also be referenced against specific portfolios of reference names or against customized exposure levels: for example, to provide protection against the first $1 million of realized credit losses in a

$10 million portfolio of exposure. Such structures are commonly known as tranche CDS.

For both single-name CDS contracts and index CDS contracts, upon the occurrence of a credit event, under the terms of a CDS contract neither party to the CDS contract has recourse to the reference entity. The protection purchaser has recourse to the protection seller for the difference between the face value of the CDS contract and the fair value of the reference obligation at settlement of the credit derivative contract, also known as the recovery value. The protection purchaser does not need to hold the debt instrument of the underlying reference entity in order to receive amounts due under the CDS contract when a credit event occurs.

Credit-related notes

A credit-related note is a funded derivative with a credit risk component where the issuer of the credit-related note purchases from the note investor credit protection on a reference entity or an index. Under the contract, the investor pays the issuer the par value of the note at the inception of the transaction, and in return, the issuer makes periodic payments to the investor, based on the credit risk of the referenced entity. The issuer also repays the investor the par value of the note at maturity unless the reference entity (or one of the entities that makes up a reference index) experiences a specified credit event. If a credit event occurs, the issuer is not obligated to repay the par value of the note, but rather, the issuer pays the investor the difference between the par value of the note and the fair value of the defaulted reference obligation at the time of settlement. Neither party to the credit-related note has recourse to the defaulting reference entity.

The following tables present a summary of the notional amounts of credit derivatives and credit-related notes the Firm sold and purchased as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Upon a credit event, the Firm as a seller of protection would typically pay out a percentage of the full notional amount of net protection sold, as the amount actually required to be paid on the contracts takes into account the recovery value of the reference obligation at the time of settlement. The Firm manages the credit risk on contracts to sell protection by purchasing protection with identical or similar underlying reference entities. Other purchased protection referenced in the following tables includes credit derivatives bought on related, but not identical, reference positions (including indices, portfolio coverage and other reference points) as well as protection purchased by CIB through credit-related notes. Other purchased protection also includes credit protection against certain loans in the retained lending portfolio through the issuance of credit derivatives and credit-related notes.

The Firm does not use notional amounts of credit derivatives as the primary measure of risk management for such derivatives, because the notional amount does not take into account the probability of the occurrence of a credit event, the recovery value of the reference obligation, or related cash instruments and economic hedges, each of which reduces, in the Firm’s view, the risks associated with such derivatives.

Total credit derivatives and credit-related notes
Maximum payout/Notional amount
December 31, 2025(in millions)Protection soldProtection purchased with identical underlyings(c)Net protection (sold)/purchased(d)Other protection purchased(e)
Credit derivatives
Credit default swaps$(503,480)$549,440$45,960$6,840
Other credit derivatives(a)(124,650)187,09062,4409,495
Total credit derivatives(628,130)736,530108,40016,335
Credit-related notes(b)———13,162
Total$(628,130)$736,530$108,400$29,497
Maximum payout/Notional amount
December 31, 2024(in millions)Protection soldProtection purchased with identical underlyings(c)Net protection (sold)/purchased(d)Other protection purchased(e)
Credit derivatives
Credit default swaps$(450,184)$474,554$24,370$6,858
Other credit derivatives(a)(110,913)137,92727,01410,169
Total credit derivatives(561,097)612,48151,38417,027
Credit-related notes(b)———10,471
Total$(561,097)$612,481$51,384$27,498

(a)Other credit derivatives predominantly consist of credit swap options and total return swaps.

(b)Predominantly represents Other protection purchased by CIB.

(c)Represents the total notional amount of protection purchased where the underlying reference instrument is identical to the reference instrument on protection sold; the notional amount of protection purchased for each individual identical underlying reference instrument may be greater or lower than the notional amount of protection sold.

(d)Does not take into account the fair value of the reference obligation at the time of settlement, which would generally reduce the amount the seller of protection pays to the buyer of protection in determining settlement value.

(e)Represents protection purchased by the Firm on referenced instruments (single-name, portfolio or index) where the Firm has not sold any protection on the identical reference instrument. Also includes credit protection against certain loans and lending-related commitments in the retained lending portfolio through the issuance of credit derivatives and credit-related notes.

The following tables summarize the notional amounts by the ratings, maturity profile, and total fair value, of credit derivatives as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, where JPMorganChase is the seller of protection. The maturity profile is based on the remaining contractual maturity of the credit derivative contracts. The ratings profile is based on the rating of the reference entity on which the credit derivative contract is based. The ratings and maturity profile of credit derivatives where JPMorganChase is the purchaser of protection are comparable to the profile reflected below.

Protection sold – credit derivatives ratings(a)/maturity profile
December 31, 2025(in millions)<1 year1–5 years>5 yearsTotal notional amountFair value of receivables(b)Fair value of payables(b)Net fair value
Risk rating of reference entity
Investment-grade$(146,799)$(314,100)$(28,117)$(489,016)$4,969$(908)$4,061
Noninvestment-grade(43,863)(91,220)(4,031)(139,114)3,439(2,085)1,354
Total$(190,662)$(405,320)$(32,148)$(628,130)$8,408$(2,993)$5,415
December 31, 2024(in millions)<1 year1–5 years>5 yearsTotal notional amountFair value of receivables(b)Fair value of payables(b)Net fair value
Risk rating of reference entity
Investment-grade$(135,950)$(277,052)$(33,379)$(446,381)$4,593$(904)$3,689
Noninvestment-grade(42,149)(70,525)(2,042)(114,716)1,889(1,738)151
Total$(178,099)$(347,577)$(35,421)$(561,097)$6,482$(2,642)$3,840

(a)The ratings scale is primarily based on external credit ratings defined by S&P and Moody’s.

(b)Amounts are shown on a gross basis, before the benefit of legally enforceable master netting agreements including cash collateral netting.

Note 6 –Noninterest revenue and noninterest expense

Noninterest revenue

The Firm records noninterest revenue from certain contracts with customers in investment banking fees, deposit-related fees, asset management fees, commissions and other fees, and components of card income. The related contracts are often terminable on demand and the Firm has no remaining obligation to deliver future services. For arrangements with a fixed term, the Firm may commit to deliver services in the future. Revenue associated with these remaining performance obligations typically depends on the occurrence of future events or underlying asset values, and is not recognized until the outcome of those events or values are known.

Investment banking fees

This revenue category includes debt and equity underwriting and advisory fees. As an underwriter, the Firm helps clients raise capital via public offering and private placement of various types of debt and equity instruments. Underwriting fees are primarily based on the issuance price and quantity of the underlying instruments, and are recognized as revenue typically upon execution of the client’s transaction. The Firm also manages and syndicates loan arrangements. Credit arrangement and syndication fees, included within debt underwriting fees, are recorded as revenue after satisfying certain retention, timing and yield criteria.

The Firm also provides advisory services by assisting its clients with mergers and acquisitions, divestitures, restructuring and other complex transactions. Advisory fees are recognized as revenue typically upon execution of the client’s transaction.

The following table presents the components of investment banking fees.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Underwriting
Equity$1,734$1,687$1,149
Debt4,3783,9452,610
Total underwriting6,1125,6323,759
Advisory3,5033,2782,760
Total investment banking fees$9,615$8,910$6,519

Investment banking fees are earned primarily by CIB.

Principal transactions

Principal transactions revenue is driven by many factors, including:

the bid-offer spread, which is the difference between the price at which a market participant is willing and able to sell an instrument to the Firm and the price at which another market participant is willing and able to buy it from the Firm, and vice versa; and

realized and unrealized gains and losses on financial instruments and commodities transactions, including those accounted for under the fair value option, primarily used in client-driven market-making activities.

–Realized gains and losses result from the sale of instruments, closing out or termination of transactions, or interim cash payments.

–Unrealized gains and losses result from changes in valuation.

In connection with its client-driven market-making activities, the Firm transacts in debt and equity instruments, derivatives and commodities, including physical commodities inventories and financial instruments that reference commodities.

Principal transactions revenue also includes realized and unrealized gains and losses related to:

derivatives designated in qualifying hedge accounting relationships, primarily fair value hedges of commodity and foreign exchange risk;

derivatives used for specific risk management purposes, primarily to mitigate credit, foreign exchange and interest rate risks.

Refer to Note 5 for further information on the income statement classification of gains and losses from derivatives activities.

In the financial commodity markets, the Firm transacts in OTC derivatives (e.g., swaps, forwards, options) and ETD that reference a wide range of underlying commodities. In the physical commodity markets, the Firm primarily purchases and sells precious and base metals, natural gas, and may hold other commodities inventories under financing and other arrangements with clients.

The following table presents all realized and unrealized gains and losses recorded in principal transactions revenue by instrument type. This table excludes interest income and interest expense on interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities recorded within net interest income. Refer to Note 7 for further information on interest income and interest expense.

The Firm’s businesses and other activities generally utilize a variety of instrument types in connection with their transactions; accordingly, the principal transactions revenue presented in the table below is not representative of the total revenue of any individual business or activity.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Principal transactions revenue by instrument type
Interest rate(a)$4,240$3,631$5,607
Credit(b)5581,5451,434
Foreign exchange5,6444,8745,082
Equity14,84413,47610,229
Commodity1,9891,1942,202
Total revenue by instrument type27,27524,72024,554
Private equity gains/(losses)(63)67(94)
Principal transactions$27,212$24,787$24,460

(a)Includes the impact of changes in funding valuation adjustments on derivatives.

(b)Includes the impact of changes in credit valuation adjustments on derivatives, net of the associated hedging activities.

Principal transactions revenue is earned primarily by CIB.

Lending- and deposit-related fees

Lending-related fees include fees earned from loan commitments, standby letters of credit, financial guarantees and other loan-servicing activities. Deposit-related fees include fees earned from performing cash management activities, and providing overdraft and other deposit account services. Deposit-related fees also include the impact of credits earned by clients that reduce such fees. Lending- and deposit-related fees are recognized over the period in which the related service is provided. Refer to Note 28 for further information on lending-related commitments.

The following table presents the components of lending- and deposit-related fees.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Lending-related fees(a)$2,217$2,192$2,365
Deposit-related fees6,8765,4145,048
Total lending- and deposit-related fees$9,093$7,606$7,413

(a) Includes the amortization of the fair value discount on certain acquired lending-related commitments associated with First Republic, predominantly in AWM and CIB. The discount, which is deferred in other liabilities and recognized on a straight-line basis over the commitment period, continues to decline as commitments expire. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

Lending- and deposit-related fees are earned by CIB, CCB and AWM.

Asset management fees

Investment management fees include fees associated with assets the Firm manages on behalf of its clients, including investors in Firm-sponsored funds and owners of separately managed investment accounts. Management fees are typically based on the value of assets under management and are collected and recognized at the end of each period over which the management services are provided and the value of the managed assets is known. The Firm also receives performance-based management fees, which are earned based on exceeding certain benchmarks or other performance targets and are accrued and recognized when the probability of reversal is remote, typically at the end of the related billing period.

All other asset management fees include commissions earned on the sales or distribution of mutual funds to clients. These fees are recorded as revenue at the time the service is rendered or, in the case of certain distribution fees, based on the underlying fund’s asset value or investor redemption activity.

The following table presents the components of asset management fees.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Asset management fees
Investment management fees$19,921$17,425$14,908
All other asset management fees406376312
Total asset management fees$20,327$17,801$15,220

Asset management fees are earned primarily by AWM and CCB.

Commissions and other fees

This revenue category includes commissions and fees from brokerage and custody services, and other products.

Brokerage commissions represents commissions earned when the Firm acts as a broker, by facilitating its clients’ purchases and sales of securities and other financial instruments. Brokerage commissions are collected and recognized as revenue upon occurrence of the client transaction. The Firm reports certain costs paid to third-party clearing houses and exchanges net against commission revenue.

Administration fees predominantly include fees for custody, funds services, securities lending and securities clearance. These fees are recorded as revenue over the period in which the related service is provided.

The following table presents the components of commissions and other fees.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Commissions and other fees
Brokerage commissions$3,726$3,119$2,820
Administration fees2,7642,5262,310
All other commissions and fees(a)2,0491,8851,706
Total commissions and other fees$8,539$7,530$6,836

(a)Includes depositary receipt-related service fees, annuity and travel-related sales commissions, as well as other service fees, which are recognized as revenue when the services are rendered.

Commissions and other fees are earned primarily by CIB, CCB and AWM.

Mortgage fees and related income

This revenue category reflects CCB’s Home Lending production and net mortgage servicing revenue.

Production revenue includes fees and income recognized as earned on mortgage loans originated with the intent to sell, and the impact of risk management activities associated with the mortgage pipeline and warehouse loans. Production revenue also includes gains and losses on sales and lower of cost or fair value adjustments on mortgage loans held-for-sale (excluding certain repurchased loans insured by U.S. government agencies), and changes in the fair value of financial instruments measured under the fair value option. Net mortgage servicing revenue includes operating revenue earned from servicing third-party mortgage loans, which is recognized over the period in which the service is provided; changes in the fair value of MSRs; the impact of risk management activities associated with MSRs; and gains and losses on securitization of excess mortgage servicing. Net mortgage servicing revenue also includes gains and losses on sales and lower of cost or fair value adjustments of certain repurchased loans insured by U.S. government agencies.

Refer to Note 15 for further information on risk management activities and MSRs.

Net interest income from mortgage loans is recorded in interest income.

Card income

This revenue category includes interchange and other income from credit and debit card transactions; and fees earned from processing card transactions for merchants, both of which are recognized when purchases are made by a cardholder and presented net of certain transaction-related costs. Card income also includes account origination costs and annual fees, which are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over a 12-month period.

Certain credit card products offer the cardholder the ability to earn points based on account activity, which the cardholder can choose to redeem for cash and non-cash rewards. The cost to the Firm related to these proprietary rewards programs varies based on multiple factors including the terms and conditions of the rewards programs, cardholder activity, cardholder reward redemption rates and cardholder reward selections. The Firm maintains a liability for its obligations under its rewards programs and reports the current-period cost as a reduction of card income.

Credit card revenue sharing agreements

The Firm has contractual agreements with numerous co-brand partners that grant the Firm exclusive rights to issue co-branded credit card products and market them to the customers of such partners. These partners endorse the co-brand credit card programs and provide their customer or member lists to the Firm. The partners may also conduct marketing activities and provide rewards redeemable under their own loyalty programs that the Firm will grant to co-brand credit cardholders based on account activity. The terms of these agreements generally range from five toten years.

The Firm typically makes payments to the co-brand credit card partners based on the cost of partners’ marketing activities and loyalty program rewards provided to credit cardholders, new account originations and sales volumes. Payments to partners based on marketing efforts undertaken by the partners are expensed by the Firm as incurred and reported as marketing expense. Payments for partner loyalty program rewards are reported as a reduction of card income when incurred. Payments to partners based on new credit card account originations are accounted for as direct loan origination costs and are deferred and recognized as a reduction of card income on a straight-line basis over a 12-month period. Payments to partners based on sales volumes are reported as a reduction of card income when the related interchange income is earned.

The following table presents the components of card income:

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Interchange and merchant processing income$36,222$33,847$31,021
Reward costs and partner payments(29,720)(26,784)(24,601)
All other(a)(1,782)(1,566)(1,636)
Total card income$4,720$5,497$4,784

(a)Predominantly represents the amortization of account origination costs and annual fees, which are deferred and recognized on a straight-line basis over a 12-month period.

Card income is earned primarily by CCB and CIB.

Other income

This revenue category includes operating lease income, as well as losses associated with certain of the Firm’s tax-oriented investments, predominantly alternative energy equity-method investments in CIB. The losses associated with these tax-oriented investments are more than offset by lower income tax expense from the associated tax credits.

The following table presents certain components ofother income:

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Operating lease income$3,803$2,795$2,843
Losses on tax-oriented investments(173)(97)(1,538)
Gain on Visa shares—7,990(b)—
First Republic-related gains(a)6281032,775
Gain related to the acquisition of CIFM——339(c)

(a) Relates to the settlement of outstanding items with the FDIC in 2025, and adjustments to the estimated bargain purchase gain associated with the acquisition in 2024 and 2023.

(b) Relates to the initial gain recognized on May 6, 2024 on the Visa C shares.

(c) Gain on the original minority interest in CIFM upon the Firm's acquisition of the remaining 51% of the entity.

Refer to Note 18 for additional information on operating leases.

First Republic-related gain: On January 17, 2025, the Firm reached an agreement with the FDIC with respect to certain outstanding items related to the First Republic acquisition. As a result of the agreement, the Firm made a payment of $609 million to the FDIC on January 31, 2025 and reduced its additional payable to the FDIC, which resulted in a gain of $588 million recorded in other income in the first quarter of 2025. In addition, as of June 30, 2025, all outstanding matters between the Firm and the FDIC related to the final settlement of the purchase price for the First Republic acquisition had been resolved. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

Proportional Amortization Method: Effective January 1, 2024, as a result of adopting updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method guidance, the amortization of certain of the Firm's alternative energy tax-oriented investments that was previously recognized in other income is now recognized in income tax expense, which aligns with the associated tax credits and other tax benefits. Refer to Notes 1, 14 and 25 for additional information.

Noninterest expense

Other expense

Other expense on the Firm’s Consolidated statements of income included:

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Legal expense$361$740$1,436
FDIC-related expense(a)5311,8934,203
Operating losses1,2921,4171,228
Contribution of Visa shares—1,000(b)—

(a) Included FDIC special assessment accrual releases of $763 million and an accrual increase of $725 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which are adjustments to the initial $2.9 billion estimate recorded in the fourth quarter of 2023.

(b) Represents the contribution of a portion of Visa C shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024.

Refer to Note 32 for additional information on noninterest revenue and expense by segment.

Note 7 –Interest income and interest expense

Interest income and interest expense are recorded in the Consolidated statements of income and classified based on the nature of the underlying asset or liability.

Interest income and interest expense includes the current-period interest accruals for financial instruments measured at fair value, except for derivatives and certain financial instruments containing embedded derivatives; for those instruments, all changes in fair value including any interest elements, are primarily reported in principal transactions revenue. For financial instruments that are not measured at fair value, the related interest is included within interest income or interest expense, as applicable. Interest income and interest expense also includes the effect of derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting where applicable.

Interest income on loans and securities include the amortization and accretion of purchase premiums and discounts, as well as net deferred fees and costs on loans. These amounts are deferred in loans and investment securities, respectively, and recognized on a level-yield basis.

Refer to Notes 5, 10, 11, 12, and 20 for further information on accounting for interest income and interest expense related to hedge accounting, investment securities, securities financing activities (i.e., securities purchased or sold under resale or repurchase agreements; securities borrowed; and securities loaned), loans and long-term debt, respectively.

The following table presents the components of interest income and interest expense:

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Interest income
Loans(a)$93,843$92,353$83,384
Taxable securities26,90321,94717,390
Non-taxable securities(b)1,1291,1971,336
Total investment securities(a)28,03223,14418,726
Trading assets - debt instruments24,89520,32715,950
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under resale agreements16,70618,29915,079
Securities borrowed9,0279,2087,983
Deposits with banks13,09922,29721,797
All other interest-earning assets(c)7,7398,3057,669
Total interest income$193,341$193,933$170,588
Interest expense
Interest bearing deposits$45,112$49,559$40,016
Federal funds purchased and securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements22,41119,14913,259
Short-term borrowings2,2982,1011,894
Trading liabilities - debt and all other interest-bearing liabilities(d)8,96510,2389,396
Long-term debt17,89418,92015,803
Beneficial interest issued by consolidated VIEs1,2181,383953
Total interest expense$97,898$101,350$81,321
Net interest income$95,443$92,583$89,267
Provision for credit losses14,21210,6789,320
Net interest income after provision for credit losses$81,231$81,905$79,947

(a)Includes the accretion of the purchase discount on certain acquired loans and investment securities associated with First Republic. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(b)Represents securities that are tax-exempt for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

(c)Includes interest earned on brokerage-related held-for-investment customer receivables, which are classified in accrued interest and accounts receivable, and all other interest-earning assets, which are classified in other assets on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(d)All other interest-bearing liabilities includes interest expense on brokerage-related customer payables.

Note 8 –Pension and other postretirement

employee benefit plans

The Firm has various defined benefit pension plans and OPEB plans that provide benefits to its employees in the U.S. and certain non-U.S. locations. Substantially all the defined benefit pension plans are closed to new participants. The principal defined benefit pension plan in the U.S., which covered substantially all U.S. employees, was closed to new participants and frozen for existing participants on January 1, 2020, (and January 1, 2019 for new hires on or after December 2, 2017). Interest credits continue to accrue to participants’ accounts based on their accumulated balances.

The Firm maintains funded and unfunded postretirement benefit plans that provide medical and life insurance for certain eligible employees and

retirees as well as their dependents covered under these programs. None of these plans have a material impact on the Firm’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

The Firm also provides a qualified defined contribution plan in the U.S. and maintains other similar arrangements in certain non-U.S. locations. The most significant of these plans is the JPMorgan Chase 401(k) Savings Plan (“the 401(k) Savings Plan”), which covers substantially all U.S. employees. Employees can contribute to the 401(k) Savings Plan on a pretax and/or after-tax basis. The Firm makes annual matching and pay credit contributions to the 401(k) Savings Plan on behalf of eligible participants.

The following table presents the pretax benefit obligations, plan assets, the net funded status, and the amounts recorded in AOCI on the Consolidated balance sheets for the Firm’s significant defined benefit pension and OPEB plans.

As of or for the year ended December 31,
(in millions)20252024
Projected benefit obligations$(14,724)$(14,459)
Fair value of plan assets23,60322,201
Net funded status8,8797,742
Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)(965)(1,649)

The weighted-average discount rate used to value the benefit obligations as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, was 5.39% and 5.49%, respectively.

Gains and losses

Gains or losses resulting from changes in the benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets are recorded in OCI. Amortization of net gains or losses are recognized as part of the net periodic benefit cost over subsequent periods, if, as of the beginning of the year, the net gain or loss exceeds 10% of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the fair value of the plan assets. Amortization is generally over the average expected remaining lifetime of plan participants, given the frozen status of most plans. For the year ended

December 31, 2025, the net gain was attributable to higher than expected returns on plan assets, partially offset by projected benefit obligation net losses primarily related to changes in the discount rate. For the year ended December 31, 2024, the net loss was attributable to lower than expected returns on plan assets, partially offset by projected benefit obligation net gains primarily related to changes in the discount rate.

The following table presents the net periodic benefit costs reported in the Consolidated statements of income for the Firm’s defined benefit pension, defined contribution and OPEB plans, and in other comprehensive income for the defined benefit pension and OPEB plans.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Total net periodic defined benefit plan credit(a)$(184)(b)$(462)$(393)
Total defined contribution plans1,9251,7331,609
Total pension and OPEB cost included in noninterest expense$1,741$1,271$1,216
Total recognized in other comprehensive (income)/loss$(691)$131$(421)

(a)The service cost component of net periodic defined benefit cost is reported in compensation expense; all other components of net periodic defined benefit costs are reported in other expense in the Consolidated statements of income.

(b)Includes pension settlement losses of $78 million for the year ended December 31, 2025.

The following table presents the weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine the net periodic benefit costs for the defined benefit pension and OPEB plans.

Year ended December 31,202520242023
Discount rate5.49%5.16%5.14%
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets5.44%6.15%5.74%

Plan assumptions

The Firm’s expected long-term rate of return is a blended weighted average, by asset allocation of the projected long-term returns for the various asset classes, taking into consideration local market conditions and the specific allocation of plan assets. Returns on asset classes are developed using a forward-looking approach and are not strictly based on historical returns, with consideration given to current market conditions and the portfolio mix of each plan.

The discount rates used in determining the benefit obligations are generally provided by the Firm’s actuaries, with the Firm’s principal defined benefit pension plan using a rate that was selected by reference to the yields on portfolios of bonds with maturity dates and coupons that closely match the plan’s projected annual cash flows.

Investment strategy and asset allocation

The assets of the Firm’s defined benefit pension plans are held in various trusts and are invested in well-diversified portfolios of equity and fixed income securities, cash and cash equivalents, and alternative investments. The Firm regularly reviews the asset allocations and asset managers, as well as other factors that could impact the portfolios, which are rebalanced when deemed necessary. As of December 31, 2025, the approved asset allocation ranges by asset class for the Firm’s principal defined benefit plan are 41-100% debt securities,0-40% equity securities, and 0-14% alternatives.

Assets held by the Firm’s defined benefit pension and OPEB plans do not include securities issued by JPMorganChase or its affiliates, except through indirect exposures through investments in exchange traded funds, mutual funds and collective investment funds managed by third-parties. The defined benefit pension and OPEB plans hold investments that are sponsored or managed by affiliates of JPMorganChase in the amount of $2.1 billion and $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Fair value measurement of the plans’ assets and liabilities

Refer to Note 2 for information on fair value measurements, including descriptions of level 1, 2, and 3 of the fair value hierarchy and the valuation methods employed by the Firm.

Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans assets and liabilities measured at fair value
2025 · 2024
December 31, (in millions) · Level 1(a) · Level 2(b) · Level 3(c) · Total fair value · Level 1(a) · Level 2(b) · Level 3(c) · Total fair value
Assets measured at fair value classified in the fair value hierarchy$7,834$9,809$4,160$21,803$6,910$9,693$3,956$20,559
Assets measured at fair value using NAV as a practical expedient2,3882,101
Net defined benefit pension plan payables(588)(459)
Total fair value of plan assets$23,603$22,201

(a)Consists predominantly of equity securities, fund investments, U.S. federal and non-U.S. government debt securities, and cash equivalents.

(b)Consists of corporate debt securities, mortgage-backed securities, fund investments, and U.S. state, local and non-U.S. government debt securities.

(c)Consists predominantly of corporate-owned life insurance policies.

Changes in level 3 fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs

Investments classified in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy increased in 2025 to $4.2 billion, due to $361 million in unrealized gains, partially offset by $58 million in sales, $52 million of transfers out, and $46 million in settlements. The net increase in 2024 was due to $536 million of transfers in and $415 million in unrealized gains, partially offset by $123 million in settlements.

Estimated future benefit payments

The following table presents benefit payments expected to be paid for the defined benefit pension and OPEB plans for the years indicated.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)
2026$2,253
20271,074
20281,061
20291,031
20301,017
Years 2031–20354,834

Note 9 –Employee share-based incentives

Employee share-based awards

In 2025, 2024 and 2023, JPMorganChase granted long-term share-based awards to certain employees under its LTIP. As of December 31, 2025,77 million shares of common stock were available under the LTIP for issuance through May 2028. The LTIP is the only active plan under which the Firm is currently granting share-based incentive awards.

RSUs are awarded at no cost to the recipient upon their grant. Generally, RSUs are granted annually and vest at a rate of 50% aftertwo years and 50% after three years and are converted into shares of common stock as of the vesting date. In addition, RSUs typically include full-career eligibility provisions, which allow employees to continue to vest upon voluntary termination based on age and/or service-related requirements, subject to post-employment and other restrictions. All RSU awards are subject to forfeiture until vested and contain clawback provisions that may result in cancellation under certain specified circumstances. Predominantly all RSUs entitle the recipient to receive cash payments equivalent to any dividends paid on the underlying common stock during the period the RSUs are outstanding.

Generally, performance share units (“PSUs”) are granted annually, and approved by the Firm’s Board of Directors, to members of the Firm’s Operating Committee under the variable compensation program. PSUs are subject to the Firm’s achievement of specified performance criteria over athree-year period. The number of PSUs that vest can range from zero to 150% of the grant amount. In addition, dividends that accrue during the vesting period are reinvested in dividend equivalent share units. PSUs and the related dividend equivalent share units are converted into shares of common stock after vesting.

Once the PSUs and dividend equivalent share units have vested, the shares of common stock that are delivered, after applicable tax withholding, must be retained for an additional holding period, for a total combined vesting and holding period of approximately five toeight years from the grant date depending on regulations in certain countries.

Under the LTIP, stock appreciation rights (“SARs”) were granted with an exercise price equal to the fair value of JPMorganChase’s common stock on the grant date. SARs expireten years after the grant date. There wereno grants of SARs in 2025, 2024 or 2023.

The Firm separately recognizes compensation expense for each tranche of each award, net of estimated forfeitures, as if it were a separate award with its own vesting date. Generally, for each tranche granted, compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis from the grant date until the vesting date of the respective tranche, provided that the employees will not become full-career eligible during the vesting period. For awards with full-career eligibility provisions and awards granted with no future substantive service requirement, the Firm accrues the estimated value of awards expected to be awarded to employees as of the grant date without giving consideration to the impact of post-employment restrictions. For each tranche granted to employees who will become full-career eligible during the vesting period, compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis from the grant date until the earlier of the employee’s full-career eligibility date or the vesting date of the respective tranche.

The Firm’s policy for issuing shares upon settlement of employee share-based incentive awards is to issue either new shares of common stock or treasury shares. During 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Firm settled all of its employee share-based awards by issuing treasury shares.

Refer to Note 23 for further information on the classification of share-based awards for purposes of calculating earnings per share.

RSUs, PSUs and SARs activity

Generally, compensation expense for RSUs and PSUs is measured based on the number of units granted multiplied by the stock price at the grant date, and for SARs, is measured at the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model. Compensation expense for these awards is recognized in net income as described previously. The following table summarizes JPMorganChase’s RSUs, PSUs and SARs activity for 2025.

RSUs/PSUs · SARs
Year ended December 31, 2025 · Number of units · Weighted-average grantdate fair value · Number of awards · Weighted-average exercise price · Weighted-average remaining contractual life (in years) · Aggregate intrinsic value
(in thousands, except weighted-average data, and where otherwise stated)
Outstanding, January 150,609$150.412,250$152.19
Granted14,602261.24——
Exercised or vested(20,469)148.74——
Forfeited(2,182)176.47——
CanceledNANA——
Outstanding, December 3142,560$187.642,250$152.195.7$385,369
Exercisable, December 31NANA————

The total fair value of RSUs and PSUs that vested during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, was $5.0 billion, $3.5 billion and $2.5 billion, respectively. There wereno SARs exercised in 2025 and 2024. The total intrinsic value of SARs exercised during the year ended December 31, 2023 was $24 million.

Compensation expense

The Firm recognized the following noncash compensation expense related to its various employee share-based incentive plans in its Consolidated statements of income.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Cost of prior grants of RSUs, PSUs and SARs that are amortized over their applicable vesting periods$1,541$1,622$1,510
Accrual of estimated costs of share-based awards to be granted in future periods, predominantly those to full-career eligible employees2,0731,8821,607
Total noncash compensation expense related to employee share-based incentive plans$3,614$3,504$3,117

At December 31, 2025, approximately $1.0 billion (pretax) of compensation expense related to unvested awards had not yet been charged to net income. That cost is expected to be amortized into compensation expense over a weighted-average period of 1.6 years. The Firm does not capitalize any compensation expense related to share-based compensation awards to employees.

Tax benefits

Income tax benefits (including tax benefits from dividends or dividend equivalents) related to share-based incentive arrangements recognized in the Firm’s Consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, were $1.4 billion, $1.0 billion and $836 million, respectively.

Note 10 –Investment securities

Investment securities consist of debt securities that are classified as AFS or HTM. Debt securities classified as trading assets are discussed in Note 2. Predominantly all of the Firm’s AFS and HTM securities are held by Treasury and CIO in connection with its asset-liability management activities.

AFS securities are carried at fair value on the Consolidated balance sheets. Unrealized gains and losses, after any applicable hedge accounting adjustments or allowance for credit losses, are reported in AOCI. The specific identification method is used to determine realized gains and losses on AFS securities, which are included in investment securities gains/(losses) on the Consolidated statements of income. HTM securities, which the Firm has the intent and ability to hold until maturity, are carried at amortized cost, net of allowance for credit losses, on the Consolidated balance sheets.

For both AFS and HTM securities, purchase discounts or premiums are generally amortized into interest income on a level-yield basis over the contractual life of the security. However, premiums on certain callable debt securities are amortized to the earliest call date.

During the third quarter of 2025, the Firm transferred $44.1 billion of investment securities from AFS to HTM for asset-liability management purposes. AOCI included pretax unrealized gains of $575 million on the securities at the date of transfer.

Unrealized gains or losses at the date of transfer of these securities continue to be reported in AOCI and are amortized into interest income on a level-yield basis over the remaining life of the securities. This amortization will offset the effect on interest income of the amortization of the premium or discount resulting from the transfer recorded at fair value.

Effective January 1, 2023, the Firm adopted the portfolio layer method hedge accounting guidance which permitted a transfer of HTM securities to AFS upon adoption. The Firm transferred obligations of U.S. states and municipalities with a carrying value of $7.1 billion resulting in the recognition of $38 million net pre-tax unrealized losses in AOCI. Refer to Note 24 for additional information.

Transfers of securities between AFS and HTM are non-cash transactions.

The amortized costs and estimated fair values of the investment securities portfolio were as follows for the dates indicated.

20252024
December 31, (in millions)Amortized cost(c)(d)Gross unrealized gainsGross unrealized lossesFair valueAmortized cost(c)(d)Gross unrealized gainsGross unrealized lossesFair value
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies$92,112$1,075$2,215$90,972$95,671$251$4,029$91,893
Residential:
U.S.5,56438175,5854,24216504,208
Non-U.S.4051—4066003—603
Commercial4,46648304,4844,11520704,065
Total mortgage-backed securities102,5471,1622,262101,447104,6282904,149100,769
U.S. Treasury and government agencies313,4702,38432315,822235,4955451,261234,779
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities20,91511879320,24018,33711053417,913
Non-U.S. government debt securities45,67621523645,65536,6559450436,245
Corporate debt securities139—1112871—170
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized loan obligations21,89751121,94714,88759314,943
Other1,9412571,9592,1251792,133
Unallocated portfolio layer fair value basis adjustments(a)641(641)—NA(1,153)—(1,153)NA
Total available-for-sale securities507,2263,3143,342507,198411,0451,1155,308406,852
Held-to-maturity securities(b)
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies89,073579,20079,93097,177613,53183,652
U.S. Residential7,54265706,9788,60549047,705
Commercial6,493192346,2788,817243898,452
Total mortgage-backed securities103,1088210,00493,186114,5993414,82499,809
U.S. Treasury and government agencies132,7271346,414126,447108,632—11,21297,420
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities8,600176098,0089,310326318,711
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized loan obligations24,69529624,71840,573841440,643
Other1,0041209851,3542391,317
Total held-to-maturity securities270,13426317,053253,344274,46815226,720247,900
Total investment securities, net of allowance for credit losses$777,360$3,577$20,395$760,542$685,513$1,267$32,028$654,752

(a)Represents the amount of portfolio layer method basis adjustments related to AFS securities hedged in a closed portfolio. Under U.S. GAAP portfolio layer method basis adjustments are not allocated to individual securities, however, the amounts impact the unrealized gains or losses in the table for the types of securities being hedged. Refer to Note 1 and Note 5 for additional information.

(b)The Firm purchased $5.4 billion, $4.7 billion and $4.1 billion of HTM securities for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(c)The amortized cost of investment securities is reported net of allowance for credit losses of $106 million, $152 million and $128 million at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

(d)Excludes $4.6 billion and $3.7 billion of accrued interest receivable at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, included in accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets. The Firm generally does not recognize an allowance for credit losses on accrued interest receivable, consistent with its policy to write them off no later than 90 days past due by reversing interest income. The Firm didnot reverse through interest income any accrued interest receivable for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

At December 31, 2025, the investment securities portfolio consisted of debt securities with an average credit rating of AA+ (based upon external ratings where available, and where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings). Risk ratings are used to identify the credit quality of securities and differentiate risk within the portfolio. The Firm’s internal risk ratings generally align with the qualitative characteristics (e.g., borrower capacity to meet financial commitments and vulnerability to changes in the economic environment) defined by S&P and

Moody’s, however, the quantitative characteristics (e.g., probability of default (“PD”) and loss given default (“LGD”)) may differ as they reflect internal historical experiences and assumptions. Risk ratings are assigned at acquisition, reviewed on a regular and ongoing basis by Credit Risk Management and adjusted as necessary over the life of the investment for updated information affecting the issuer’s ability to fulfill its obligations.

AFS securities impairment

The following tables present the fair value and gross unrealized losses by aging category for AFS securities at December 31, 2025 and 2024. The tables exclude U.S. Treasury and government agency securities and U.S. GSE and government agency MBS with unrealized losses of $2.2 billion and $5.3 billion, at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively; changes in the value of these securities are generally driven by changes in interest rates rather than changes in their credit profile given the explicit or implicit guarantees provided by the U.S. government.

Available-for-sale securities with gross unrealized losses
Less than 12 months · 12 months or more
Year ended December 31, 2025(in millions)Fair valueGross unrealized lossesFair valueGross unrealized lossesTotal fair valueTotal gross unrealized losses
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential:
U.S.$36$—$609$17$645$17
Non-U.S.3—20—23—
Commercial14215762971830
Total mortgage-backed securities18111,205461,38647
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities5,5191319,59766215,116793
Non-U.S. government debt securities9,324764,95416014,278236
Corporate debt securities11411——11411
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized loan obligations814—14319571
Other63—13171947
Total available-for-sale securities with gross unrealized losses$16,015$219$16,030$876$32,045$1,095
Available-for-sale securities with gross unrealized losses
Less than 12 months · 12 months or more
Year ended December 31, 2024(in millions)Fair valueGross unrealized lossesFair valueGross unrealized lossesTotal fair valueTotal gross unrealized losses
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities:
Residential:
U.S.$1,505$6$925$44$2,430$50
Non-U.S.——30—30—
Commercial76381,184621,94770
Total mortgage-backed securities2,268142,1391064,407120
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities10,0372332,41230112,449534
Non-U.S. government debt securities14,2342344,18427018,418504
Corporate debt securities9—301391
Asset-backed securities:
Collateralized loan obligations2—37533773
Other214120084149
Total available-for-sale securities with gross unrealized losses$26,764$482$9,340$689$36,104$1,171

AFS securities are considered impaired if the fair value is less than the amortized cost.

The Firm recognizes impairment losses in earnings if the Firm has the intent to sell the debt security, or if it is more likely than not that the Firm will be required to sell the debt security before recovery of its amortized cost. In these circumstances the impairment loss is recognized in investment securities gains/(losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income and is equal to the full difference between the amortized cost (net of allowance if applicable) and the fair value of the security.

For impaired debt securities that the Firm has the intent and ability to hold, the securities are evaluated to determine if a credit loss exists. If it is determined that a credit loss exists, that loss is recognized as an allowance for credit losses through the provision for credit losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income, limited by the amount of impairment. Any impairment on debt securities that the Firm has the intent and ability to hold not due to credit losses is recorded in OCI.

Factors considered in evaluating credit losses include adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or financial condition of the issuer or underlying collateral of a security; and payment structure of the security.

When assessing securities issued in a securitization for credit losses, the Firm estimates cash flows considering relevant market and economic data, underlying loan-level data, and structural features of the securitization, such as subordination, excess spread, overcollateralization or other forms of credit enhancement, and compares the losses projected for the underlying collateral (“pool losses”) against the level of credit enhancement in the securitization structure to determine whether these features are sufficient to absorb the pool losses, or whether a credit loss exists.

For beneficial interests in securitizations that are rated below “AA” at their acquisition, or that can be contractually prepaid or otherwise settled in such a way that the Firm would not recover substantially all of its recorded investment, the Firm evaluates impairment for credit losses when there is an adverse change in expected cash flows.

HTM securities – credit risk

Allowance for credit losses

The allowance for credit losses on HTM securities represents expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the securities.

The allowance for credit losses on HTM obligations of U.S. states and municipalities and commercial mortgage-backed securities is calculated by applying statistical credit loss factors (estimated PD and LGD)

to the amortized cost. The credit loss factors are derived using a weighted average of five internally developed eight-quarter macroeconomic scenarios, followed by a single year straight-line interpolation to revert to long run historical information for periods beyond the forecast period. Refer to Note 13 for further information on the eight-quarter macroeconomic forecast.

The allowance for credit losses on HTM collateralized loan obligations and U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities is calculated as the difference between the amortized cost and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected, discounted at the security’s effective interest rate. These cash flow estimates are developed based on expectations of underlying collateral performance derived using the eight-quarter macroeconomic forecast and the single year straight-line interpolation, as well as considering the structural features of the security.

The application of different inputs and assumptions into the calculation of the allowance for credit losses is subject to significant management judgment, and emphasizing one input or assumption over another, or considering other inputs or assumptions, could affect the estimate of the allowance for credit losses on HTM securities.

Credit quality indicator

The primary credit quality indicator for HTM securities is the risk rating assigned to each security. At both December 31, 2025 and 2024, all HTM securities were rated investment grade and were current and accruing, with approximately 99% rated at least AA+ (based upon external ratings where available, and where not available, based primarily upon internal risk ratings).

Allowance for credit losses on investment securities

The allowance for credit losses on investment securities as of December 31, 2025 was $106 million, which included the impact of a $17 million reduction in allowance related to a sale of a corporate debt security. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the allowance for credit losses in investment securities was $152 million and $128 million, respectively, which included a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings related to the transfer of HTM securities to AFS for the year ended December 31, 2023.

Selected impacts of investment securities on the Consolidated statements of income

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Realized gains$674$593$622
Realized losses(731)(1,614)(3,802)
Investment securities losses$(57)$(1,021)$(3,180)
Provision for credit losses$(28)$24$38

Contractual maturities and yields

The following table presents the amortized cost and estimated fair value at December 31, 2025, of JPMorganChase’s investment securities portfolio by contractual maturity.

By remaining maturityDecember 31, 2025 (in millions)Due in one year or lessDue after one year through five yearsDue after five years through 10 yearsDue after 10 years(c)Total
Available-for-sale securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Amortized cost$986$12,032$5,186$84,351$102,555
Fair value97812,2155,25882,996101,447
Average yield(a)2.79%4.58%4.62%4.56%4.55%
U.S. Treasury and government agencies
Amortized cost$37,727$224,284$45,128$6,331$313,470
Fair value37,869225,96245,5296,462315,822
Average yield(a)4.17%4.04%4.20%4.58%4.09%
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
Amortized cost$—$21$138$20,756$20,915
Fair value—2113320,08620,240
Average yield(a)—%3.95%3.89%5.11%5.10%
Non-U.S. government debt securities
Amortized cost$10,838$21,233$11,769$1,836$45,676
Fair value10,84821,30511,7191,78345,655
Average yield(a)3.51%4.03%3.53%3.21%3.75%
Corporate debt securities
Amortized cost$49$123$—$—$172
Fair value13115——128
Average yield(a)17.50%15.66%—%—%16.18%
Asset-backed securities
Amortized cost$3$327$1,291$22,217$23,838
Fair value33291,29622,27823,906
Average yield(a)5.30%5.62%5.71%5.04%5.08%
Total available-for-sale securities
Amortized cost(b)$49,603$258,020$63,512$135,491$506,626
Fair value49,711259,94763,935133,605507,198
Average yield(a)4.01%4.07%4.14%4.71%4.24%
Held-to-maturity securities
Mortgage-backed securities
Amortized cost$1,161$8,780$5,314$87,891$103,146
Fair value1,1478,3194,90878,81293,186
Average yield(a)1.90%2.47%3.21%2.90%2.87%
U.S. Treasury and government agencies
Amortized cost$17,328$91,142$24,257$—$132,727
Fair value17,15587,55221,740—126,447
Average yield(a)1.23%2.69%1.48%—%2.28%
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities
Amortized cost$—$53$286$8,288$8,627
Fair value—502657,6938,008
Average yield(a)—%4.72%3.14%3.91%3.89%
Asset-backed securities
Amortized cost$—$399$12,811$12,489$25,699
Fair value—39812,81512,49025,703
Average yield(a)—%2.94%4.47%4.62%4.52%
Total held-to-maturity securities
Amortized cost(b)$18,489$100,374$42,668$108,668$270,199
Fair value18,30296,31939,72898,995253,344
Average yield(a)1.27%2.67%2.60%3.17%2.77%

(a)Average yield is computed using the effective yield of each security owned at the end of the period, weighted based on the amortized cost of each security. The effective yield considers the contractual coupon, amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts, and the effect of related hedging derivatives, including closed portfolio hedges. Taxable-equivalent amounts are used where applicable. The effective yield excludes unscheduled principal prepayments; and accordingly, actual maturities of securities may differ from their contractual or expected maturities as certain securities may be prepaid. However, for certain callable debt securities, the average yield is calculated to the earliest call date.

(b)For purposes of this table, the amortized cost of available-for-sale securities excludes the allowance for credit losses of $41 million and the portfolio layer fair value hedge basis adjustments of $641 million at December 31, 2025. The amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities also excludes the allowance for credit losses of $65 million at December 31, 2025.

(c)Substantially all of the Firm’s U.S. residential MBS and collateralized mortgage obligations are due in 10 years or more, based on contractual maturity. The estimated weighted-average life, which reflects anticipated future prepayments, is approximately seven years for agency residential MBS, six years for agency residential collateralized mortgage obligations, andfour years for nonagency residential collateralized mortgage obligations.

Note 11 –Securities financing activities

JPMorganChase enters into resale, repurchase, securities borrowed and securities loaned agreements (collectively, “securities financing agreements”) primarily to finance the Firm’s inventory positions, acquire securities to cover short sales, accommodate clients’ financing needs, settle other securities obligations and to deploy the Firm’s excess cash.

Securities financing agreements are treated as collateralized financings on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets. Where appropriate under applicable accounting guidance, securities financing agreements with the same counterparty are reported on a net basis. Refer to Note 1 for further discussion of the offsetting of assets and liabilities. Fees received and paid in connection with securities financing agreements are recorded over the life of the agreement in interest income and interest expense on the Consolidated statements of income.

The Firm has elected the fair value option for certain securities financing agreements. Refer to Note 3 for further information regarding the fair value option. The securities financing agreements for which the fair value option has been elected are reported within securities purchased under resale agreements, securities loaned or sold under repurchase agreements, and securities borrowed on the Consolidated balance sheets. Generally, for agreements carried at fair value, current-period interest accruals are recorded within interest income and interest expense, with changes in fair value reported in principal transactions revenue. However, for financial instruments containing embedded derivatives that would be separately accounted for in accordance with accounting guidance for hybrid instruments, all changes in fair value, including any interest elements, are reported in principal transactions revenue.

Securities financing agreements not elected under the fair value option are measured at amortized cost. As a result of the Firm’s credit risk mitigation practices described below, the Firm did not hold any allowance for credit losses with respect to resale and securities borrowed arrangements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Credit risk mitigation practices

Securities financing agreements expose the Firm primarily to credit and liquidity risk. To manage these risks, the Firm monitors the value of the underlying securities (predominantly high-quality securities collateral, including government-issued debt and U.S. GSEs and government agencies MBS) that it has received from or provided to its counterparties compared to the value of cash proceeds and exchanged collateral, and either requests additional collateral or returns securities or collateral when appropriate. Margin levels are initially established based upon the counterparty, the type of underlying securities, and the permissible collateral, and are monitored on an ongoing basis.

In resale and securities borrowed agreements, the Firm is exposed to credit risk to the extent that the value of the securities received is less than initial cash principal advanced and any collateral amounts exchanged. In repurchase and securities loaned agreements, credit risk exposure arises to the extent that the value of underlying securities advanced exceeds the value of the initial cash principal received, and any collateral amounts exchanged.

Additionally, the Firm typically enters into master netting agreements and other similar arrangements with its counterparties, which provide for the right to liquidate the underlying securities and any collateral amounts exchanged in the event of a counterparty default. It is also the Firm’s policy to take possession, where possible, of the securities underlying resale and securities borrowed agreements. Refer to Note 29 for further information regarding assets pledged and collateral received in securities financing agreements.

The table below summarizes the gross and net amounts of the Firm’s securities financing agreements, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. When the Firm has obtained an appropriate legal opinion with respect to a master netting agreement with a counterparty and where other relevant netting criteria under U.S. GAAP are met, the Firm nets, on the Consolidated balance sheets, the balances outstanding under its securities financing agreements with the same counterparty. In addition, the Firm exchanges securities and/or cash collateral with its counterparty to reduce the economic exposure with the counterparty, but such collateral is not eligible for net Consolidated balance sheet presentation. Where the Firm has obtained an appropriate legal opinion with respect to the counterparty master netting agreement, such

collateral, along with securities financing balances that do not meet all these relevant netting criteria under U.S. GAAP, is presented in the table below as “Amounts not nettable on the Consolidated balance sheets,” and reduces the “Net amounts” presented. Where a legal opinion has not been either sought or obtained, the securities financing balances are presented gross in the “Net amounts” below. In transactions where the Firm is acting as the lender in a securities-for-securities lending agreement and receives securities that can be pledged or sold as collateral, the Firm recognizes the securities received at fair value within other assets and the obligation to return those securities within accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

December 31, 2025
(in millions)Gross amountsAmounts netted on the Consolidated balance sheetsAmounts presented on the Consolidated balance sheetsAmounts notnettable on the Consolidatedbalance sheets(b)Net amounts(c)
Assets
Securities purchased under resale agreements$618,516$(282,090)$336,426$(324,217)$12,209
Securities borrowed357,361(71,170)286,191(234,466)51,725
Liabilities
Securities sold under repurchase agreements$715,251$(282,090)$433,161$(397,550)$35,611
Securities loaned and other(a)86,829(71,170)15,659(15,534)125
December 31, 2024
(in millions)Gross amountsAmounts netted on the Consolidated balance sheetsAmounts presented on the Consolidated balance sheetsAmounts notnettable on the Consolidatedbalance sheets(b)Net amounts(c)
Assets
Securities purchased under resale agreements$607,154$(312,183)$294,971$(282,220)$12,751
Securities borrowed267,917(48,371)219,546(170,702)48,844
Liabilities
Securities sold under repurchase agreements$603,683$(312,183)$291,500$(249,763)$41,737
Securities loaned and other(a)58,989(48,371)10,618(10,557)61

(a)Includes securities-for-securities lending agreements of $6.6 billion and $5.9 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, accounted for at fair value, where the Firm is acting as lender.

(b)In some cases, collateral exchanged with a counterparty exceeds the net asset or liability balance with that counterparty. In such cases, the amounts reported in this column are limited to the related net asset or liability with that counterparty.

(c)Includes securities financing agreements that provide collateral rights, but where an appropriate legal opinion with respect to the master netting agreement has not been either sought or obtained. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, included $9.4 billion and $8.7 billion, respectively, of securities purchased under resale agreements; $44.0 billion and $42.9 billion, respectively, of securities borrowed; $34.9 billion and $40.9 billion, respectively, of securities sold under repurchase agreements; and securities loaned and other which were not material.

The tables below present as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 the types of financial assets pledged in securities financing agreements and the remaining contractual maturity of the securities financing agreements.

Gross liability balance
20252024
December 31, (in millions)Securities sold under repurchase agreementsSecurities loaned and otherSecurities sold under repurchase agreementsSecurities loaned and other
Mortgage-backed securities:
U.S. GSEs and government agencies$124,776$—$82,645$—
Residential - nonagency1,685—2,610—
Commercial - nonagency2,285—2,344—
U.S. Treasury, GSEs and government agencies346,938703300,022759
Obligations of U.S. states and municipalities1,624—1,872—
Non-U.S. government debt122,3461,415117,6141,852
Corporate debt securities66,1003,43344,4954,033
Asset-backed securities6,545—4,619—
Equity securities42,95281,27847,46252,345
Total$715,251$86,829$603,683$58,989
Remaining contractual maturity of the agreements
December 31, 2025(in millions)Overnight and continuousUp to 30 days30 – 90 daysGreater than 90 daysTotal
Total securities sold under repurchase agreements$406,605$168,256$18,169$122,221$715,251
Total securities loaned and other78,2331,3169766,30486,829
Remaining contractual maturity of the agreements
December 31, 2024(in millions)Overnight and continuousUp to 30 days30 – 90 daysGreater than 90 daysTotal
Total securities sold under repurchase agreements$308,392$171,346$19,932$104,013$603,683
Total securities loaned and other54,0661,46313,45958,989

Transfers not qualifying for sale accounting

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Firm held $787 million and $805 million, respectively, of financial assets for which the rights have been transferred to third parties; however, the transfers did not qualify as a sale in accordance with U.S. GAAP. These transfers have been recognized as collateralized financing transactions. The transferred assets are recorded in trading assets and loans, and the corresponding liabilities are recorded primarily in short-term borrowings and long-term debt on the Consolidated balance sheets.

Note 12 –Loans

Loan accounting framework

The accounting for a loan depends on management’s strategy for the loan. The Firm accounts for loans based on the following categories:

Originated or purchased loans held-for-investment (i.e., “retained”)

Loans held-for-sale

Loans at fair value

The following provides a detailed accounting discussion of the Firm’s loans by category:

Loans held-for-investment

Originated or purchased loans held-for-investment, including PCD, are recorded at amortized cost, reflecting the principal amount outstanding, net of the following: unamortized deferred loan fees, costs, premiums or discounts; charge-offs; collection of cash; and foreign exchange. Credit card loans also include billed finance charges and fees.

Interest income

Interest income on performing loans held-for-investment is accrued and recognized as interest income at the contractual rate of interest. Purchase price discounts or premiums, as well as net deferred loan fees or costs, are recognized in interest income over the contractual life of the loan as an adjustment of yield.

The Firm classifies accrued interest on loans, including accrued but unbilled interest on credit card loans, in accrued interest and accounts receivable on the Consolidated balance sheets. For credit card loans, accrued interest once billed is then recognized in the loan balances, with the related allowance recorded in the allowance for credit losses. Changes in the allowance for credit losses on accrued interest on credit card loans are recognized in the provision for credit losses and charge-offs are recognized by reversing interest income. For other loans, the Firm generally does not recognize an allowance for credit losses on accrued interest receivables, consistent with its policy to write them off no later than 90 days past due by reversing interest income.

Nonaccrual loans are those on which the accrual of interest has been suspended. Loans (other than credit card loans and certain consumer loans insured by U.S. government agencies) are placed on nonaccrual status and considered nonperforming when full payment of principal and interest is not expected, regardless of delinquency status, or when principal and interest has been in default for a period of 90 days or more, unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection. A loan is determined to be past due when the minimum payment is not received from

the borrower by the contractually specified due date or for certain loans (e.g., residential real estate loans), when a monthly payment is due and unpaid for 30 days or more. Wholesale loans may be placed on nonaccrual status prior to becoming 90 days past due, as delinquency is generally a lagging indicator of credit quality. The Firm carefully monitors wholesale borrower liquidity, cash flows, enterprise/asset values, access to capital, and other relevant factors to make judgments about the borrower’s ability to make all contractual payments. Finally, collateral-dependent loans are typically maintained on nonaccrual status.

On the date a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, all interest accrued but not collected is reversed against interest income. In addition, the amortization of deferred amounts is suspended. Interest income on nonaccrual loans may be recognized as cash interest payments are received (i.e., on a cash basis) if the recorded loan balance is deemed fully collectible; however, if there is doubt regarding the ultimate collectibility of the recorded loan balance, all interest cash receipts are applied to reduce the carrying value of the loan (the cost recovery method). For consumer loans, application of this policy typically results in the Firm recognizing interest income on nonaccrual consumer loans on a cash basis.

A loan may be returned to accrual status when repayment is reasonably assured and there has been demonstrated performance under the terms of the loan or, if applicable, the terms of the restructured loan.

As permitted by regulatory guidance, credit card loans are generally exempt from being placed on nonaccrual status; accordingly, interest and fees related to credit card loans continue to accrue until the loan is charged off or paid in full.

Allowance for loan losses

The allowance for loan losses represents the estimated expected credit losses in the held-for-investment loan portfolio at the balance sheet date and is recognized on the balance sheet as a contra asset, which brings the amortized cost to the net carrying value. Changes in the allowance for loan losses resulting from lending-related activity, macroeconomic variables, changes in credit and other inputs are recorded in the provision for credit losses on the Firm’s Consolidated statements of income. Refer to Note 13 for further information on the Firm’s accounting policies for the allowance for loan losses.

Charge-offs

Consumer loans are generally charged off or charged down to the lower of the amortized cost or the net realizable value of the underlying collateral (i.e., fair value less estimated costs to sell), with an offset to the allowance for loan losses, upon reaching specified stages of delinquency in accordance with standards established by the FFIEC. Residential real estate loans, unmodified credit card loans and scored business banking loans are generally charged off no later than 180 days past due. Scored auto and closed-end consumer loans, including modified credit card accounts placed on a fixed payment plan, are charged off no later than 120 days past due.

Certain consumer loans are charged off or charged down to their net realizable value earlier than the FFIEC charge-off standards in the following circumstances:

Loans modified to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty that are determined to be collateral-dependent.

Loans to borrowers who have experienced an event that suggests a loss is either known or highly certain are subject to accelerated charge-off standards (e.g., residential real estate and auto loans are charged off or charged down within 60 days of receiving notification of a bankruptcy filing).

Auto loans upon repossession of the automobile.

Other than in certain limited circumstances, the Firm typically does not recognize charge-offs on the government-guaranteed portion of loans.

Wholesale loans are charged off when they are deemed to be uncollectible. For loans that are not collateral-dependent, the determination of whether to recognize a charge-off as well as amount includes many factors, including the Firm’s confidence and visibility of the loan’s impairment, after considering the prioritization of the Firm’s claim in bankruptcy, expectations of the workout/restructuring of the loan and valuation of the borrower’s equity or the loan collateral.

Collateral-dependent loans are charged down to the lower of its amortized cost or the estimated net realizable value of the underlying collateral, the determination of the fair value of the collateral depends on the type of collateral (e.g., securities, real estate). In cases where the collateral is in the form of liquid securities, the fair value is based on quoted market prices or broker quotes. For illiquid securities or other financial assets, the fair value of the collateral is generally estimated using a discounted cash flow model.

For residential real estate loans, collateral values are based upon external valuation sources. When it becomes likely that a borrower is either unable or unwilling to pay, the Firm utilizes a broker’s price opinion, appraisal and/or an automated valuation model of the home based on an exterior-only valuation (“exterior opinions”), which is then updated at least every 12 months, or more frequently depending on various market factors. As soon as practicable after

the Firm receives the property in satisfaction of a debt (e.g., by taking legal title or physical possession), the Firm generally obtains an appraisal based on an inspection that includes the interior of the home (“interior appraisals”). Exterior opinions and interior appraisals are discounted based upon the Firm’s experience with actual liquidation values as compared with the estimated values provided by exterior opinions and interior appraisals, considering state-specific factors.

For commercial real estate loans, collateral values are generally based on appraisals from internal and external valuation sources. Collateral values are typically updated everysix totwelve months, either by obtaining a new appraisal or by performing an internal analysis, in accordance with the Firm’s policies. The Firm also considers both borrower- and market-specific factors, which may result in obtaining appraisal updates or broker price opinions at more frequent intervals.

Loans held-for-sale

Loans held-for-sale are measured at the lower of cost or fair value, with valuation changes recorded in noninterest revenue. For consumer loans, the valuation is performed on a portfolio basis. For wholesale loans, the valuation is performed on an individual loan basis.

Interest income on loans held-for-sale is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest.

Loan origination fees or costs and purchase price discounts or premiums are deferred in a contra loan account until the related loan is sold. The deferred fees or costs and discounts or premiums are an adjustment to the basis of the loan and therefore are included in the periodic determination of the lower of cost or fair value adjustments and/or the gain or loss recognized at the time of sale.

Because these loans are recognized at the lower of cost or fair value, the Firm’s allowance for loan losses and charge-off policies do not apply to these loans. However, loans held-for-sale are subject to the Firm’s nonaccrual policies.

Loans at fair value

Loans for which the fair value option has been elected are measured at fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in noninterest revenue.

Interest income on these loans is accrued and recognized based on the contractual rate of interest. Loan origination fees are recognized upfront in noninterest revenue. Loan origination costs are recognized in the associated expense category as incurred.

Because these loans are recognized at fair value, the Firm’s allowance for loan losses and charge-off policies do not apply to these loans. However, loans at fair value are subject to the Firm’s nonaccrual policies.

Refer to Note 3 for further information on the Firm’s elections of fair value accounting under the fair value option. Refer to Note 2 and Note 3 for further information on loans carried at fair value and classified as trading assets.

Loan classification changes

Loans in the held-for-investment portfolio that management decides to sell are transferred to the held-for-sale portfolio at the lower of cost or fair value on the date of transfer. Credit-related losses are charged against the allowance for loan losses; non-credit related losses such as those due to changes in interest rates or foreign currency exchange rates are recognized in noninterest revenue.

In the event that management decides to retain a loan in the held-for-sale portfolio, the loan is transferred to the held-for-investment portfolio at amortized cost on the date of transfer. These loans are subsequently assessed for impairment based on the Firm’s allowance methodology. Refer to Note 13 for a further discussion of the methodologies used in establishing the Firm’s allowance for loan losses.

The Firm seeks to modify certain loans in conjunction with its loss mitigation activities. Through the modification, JPMorganChase grants one or more concessions to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulty in order to minimize the Firm’s economic loss and avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral, and to ultimately maximize payments received by the Firm from the borrower. The concessions granted vary by program and by borrower-specific characteristics, and may include interest rate reductions, term extensions, other-than-insignificant payment delays or principal forgiveness.

Loans, except for credit card loans, reported as FDMs are generally placed on nonaccrual status, although in many cases such loans were already on nonaccrual status prior to modification. These loans may be returned to performing status (the accrual of interest is resumed) if the following criteria are met: (i) the borrower has performed under the modified terms for a minimum ofsix months and/orsix payments, and (ii) the Firm has an expectation that repayment of the modified loan is reasonably assured based on, for example, the borrower’s debt capacity and level of future earnings, collateral values, LTV ratios, and other current market considerations. In certain limited and well-defined circumstances in which the loan is current at the modification date, such loans are not placed on nonaccrual status at the time of modification.

The allowance for credit losses associated with FDMs is measured using the Firm’s established allowance

methodology, which considers the expected default rates for the modified loans. Refer to Note 13 for further discussion.

Foreclosed property

The Firm acquires property from borrowers through loan restructurings, workouts, and foreclosures. Property acquired may include real property (e.g., residential real estate, land, and buildings) and other commercial and personal property (e.g., automobiles, aircraft, railcars, and ships).

The Firm recognizes foreclosed property upon receiving assets in satisfaction of a loan (e.g., by taking legal title or physical possession). For loans collateralized by real property, the Firm generally recognizes the asset received at foreclosure sale or upon the execution of a deed in lieu of foreclosure transaction with the borrower. Foreclosed assets are reported in other assets on the Consolidated balance sheets and initially recognized at fair value less estimated costs to sell. Each quarter the fair value of the acquired property is reviewed and adjusted, if necessary, to the lower of cost or fair value. Subsequent adjustments to fair value are charged/credited to noninterest revenue. Operating expense, such as real estate taxes and maintenance, are charged to other expense.

Loan portfolio

The Firm’s loan portfolio is divided into three portfolio segments, which are the same segments used by the Firm to determine the allowance for loan losses: Consumer, excluding credit card; Credit card; and Wholesale. Within each portfolio segment the Firm monitors and assesses the credit risk in the following classes of loans, based on the risk characteristics of each loan class.

Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesale(c)(d)
• Residential real estate(a)• Auto and other(b)• Credit card loans• Secured by real estate• Commercial and industrial• Other(e)

(a)Includes scored mortgage and home equity loans held in CCB and AWM, and scored mortgage loans held in CIB.

(b)Includes scored auto, business banking and consumer unsecured loans as well as overdrafts, primarily in CCB.

(c)Includes loans held in CIB, AWM, Corporate, and risk-rated exposure held in CCB, for which the wholesale methodology is applied when determining the allowance for loan losses.

(d)The wholesale portfolio segment's classes align with loan classifications as defined by the Federal Reserve Board (“FRB”) in effect at each period presented, based on the loan's collateral, purpose, and type of borrower.

(e)Includes loans to financial institutions, personal investment companies and trusts, individuals and individual entities (predominantly Global Private Bank clients within AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management within CCB), states and political subdivisions, nonprofits, as well as loans to SPEs. Refer to Note 14 for more information on SPEs.

The following tables summarize the Firm’s loan balances by portfolio segment.

December 31, 2025(in millions)Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal(a)(b)
Retained$368,741$247,797$792,367$1,408,905
Held-for-sale334—13,50613,840
At fair value33,183—37,50170,684
Total$402,258$247,797$843,374$1,493,429
December 31, 2024(in millions)Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal(a)(b)
Retained$376,334$232,860$690,396$1,299,590
Held-for-sale945—6,1037,048
At fair value15,531—25,81941,350
Total$392,810$232,860$722,318$1,347,988

(a)Excludes $7.0 billion and $6.6 billion of accrued interest receivable at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Firm wrote off accrued interest receivable of $109 million and $84 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(b)Loans (other than those for which the fair value option has been elected) are presented net of unamortized discounts and premiums and net deferred loan fees or costs, which were not material as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. For the discount associated with First Republic loans, refer to Note 34 on pages 312–314.

The following tables provide information about the amounts paid or received for retained loans purchased and sold during the periods indicated. Retained loans reclassified to held-for-sale during the periods indicated are reported at the lower of cost or market value on the date of transfer. Loans that were reclassified to held-for-sale and sold in a subsequent period are excluded from the sales line of these tables.

Year ended December 31, 2025(in millions)Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
Purchases$756(b)(c)$—$1,696$2,452
Sales3,006—52,57755,583
Retained loans reclassified to held-for-sale(a)332—1,2201,552
Year ended December 31, 2024(in millions)Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
Purchases$647(b)(c)$—$1,432$2,079
Sales10,440—45,14755,587
Retained loans reclassified to held-for-sale(a)1,656—7492,405
Year ended December 31, 2023(in millions)Consumer, excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
Purchases$92,205(b)(c)(d)$—$60,300(d)$152,505
Sales2,202—43,94946,151
Retained loans reclassified to held-for-sale(a)274—1,4861,760

(a)Reclassifications of loans to held-for-sale are non-cash transactions.

(b)Includes purchases of residential real estate loans, including the Firm’s voluntary repurchases of certain delinquent loans from loan pools as permitted by Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”) guidelines for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. The Firm typically elects to repurchase these delinquent loans as it continues to service them and/or manage the foreclosure process in accordance with applicable requirements of Ginnie Mae, FHA, RHS, and/or VA.

(c)Excludes purchases of retained loans of $3.7 billion, $902 million and $5.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, which are predominantly sourced through the correspondent origination channel and underwritten in accordance with the Firm’s standards.

(d)Includes loans acquired in the First Republic acquisition consisting of $91.9 billion in Consumer, excluding credit card and $59.2 billion in Wholesale. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

Gains and losses on sales of loans

The following table provides information on the net gains/(losses) on sales of loans and lending-related commitments (including adjustments to record loans and lending-related commitments held-for-sale at the lower of cost or fair value), which were recognized in noninterest revenue. In addition, the sale of loans may also result in write downs, recoveries or changes in the allowance recognized in the provision for credit losses.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)202520242023
Net gains/(losses) on sales of loans and lending-related commitments (a)$208$154$56

(a)Includes $148 million, $113 million and $62 million related to loans for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Consumer, excluding credit card loan portfolio

Consumer loans, excluding credit card loans, consist primarily of scored residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, auto and business banking loans, with a focus on serving the prime consumer credit market. These loans include home equity loans secured by junior liens and prime mortgage loans with an interest-only payment period.

The following table provides information about retained consumer loans, excluding credit card, by class.

December 31, (in millions)20252024
Residential real estate$303,531$309,513
Auto and other65,21066,821
Total retained loans$368,741$376,334

Delinquency rates are the primary credit quality indicator for consumer loans. Loans that are more than 30 days past due provide an early warning of borrowers who may be experiencing financial difficulties and/or who may be unable or unwilling to repay the loan. As the loan continues to age, it becomes more clear whether the borrower is likely to be unable or unwilling to pay. In the case of residential real estate loans, late-stage delinquencies (greater than 150 days past due) are a strong indicator of loans that will ultimately result in a foreclosure or similar liquidation transaction. In addition to delinquency rates, other credit quality indicators for consumer loans vary based on the class of loan, as follows:

For residential real estate loans, the current estimated LTV ratio, or the combined LTV ratio in the case of junior lien loans, is an indicator of the potential loss severity in the event of default. Additionally, LTV or combined LTV ratios can provide insight into a borrower’s continued willingness to pay, as the delinquency rate of high-LTV loans tends to be greater than that for loans where the borrower has equity in the collateral. The geographic distribution of the loan collateral also provides insight as to the credit quality of the portfolio, as factors such as the regional economy, home price changes and specific events such as natural disasters, will affect credit quality. The borrower’s current or “refreshed” FICO score is a secondary credit quality indicator for certain loans, as FICO scores are an indication of the borrower’s credit payment history. Thus, a loan to a borrower with a low FICO score (less than 660) is considered to be of higher risk than a loan to a borrower with a higher FICO score. Further, a loan to a borrower with a high LTV ratio and a low FICO score is at greater risk of default than a loan to a borrower that has both a high LTV ratio and a high FICO score.

For scored auto and business banking loans, geographic distribution is an indicator of the credit performance of the portfolio. Similar to residential real estate loans, geographic distribution provides insights into the portfolio performance based on regional economic activity and events.

Residential real estate

Delinquency is the primary credit quality indicator for retained residential real estate loans. The following tables provide information on delinquency and gross charge-offs.

As of or for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in millions, except ratios) · Term loans by origination year(c) · Revolving loans · Total
2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · Prior to 2021 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans
Loan delinquency(a)
Current$21,179$9,894$14,334$57,258$74,916$110,489$6,644$6,246$300,960
30–149 days past due416369899770271841,234
150 or more days past due—1268242231653121191,337
Total retained loans$21,183$9,922$14,438$57,598$75,246$111,912$6,683$6,549$303,531
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans(b)0.02%0.28%0.72%0.59%0.44%1.26%0.58%4.63%0.84%
Gross charge-offs$—$2$4$7$10$9$22$4$58
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions, except ratios) · Term loans by origination year(c) · Revolving loans · Total
2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · 2020 · Prior to 2020 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans
Loan delinquency(a)
Current$12,301$17,280$61,337$79,760$52,289$70,270$6,974$7,088$307,299
30–149 days past due135413911059747532041,379
150 or more days past due—117168495018127835
Total retained loans$12,314$17,345$61,547$79,938$52,397$71,518$7,035$7,419$309,513
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans(b)0.11%0.37%0.34%0.22%0.21%1.72%0.87%4.46%0.71%
Gross charge-offs$—$—$1$1$—$176$21$7$206

(a)Individual delinquency classifications include mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies which were not material at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(b)Excludes mortgage loans that are 30 or more days past due insured by U.S. government agencies which were not material at December 31, 2025 and 2024. These amounts have been excluded based upon the government guarantee.

(c)Purchased loans are included in the year in which they were originated.

Approximately 37% of the total revolving loans are senior lien loans; the remaining balance are junior lien loans. The lien position the Firm holds is considered in the Firm’s allowance for credit losses. Revolving loans that have been converted to term loans have higher delinquency rates than those that are still within the revolving period. That is primarily because the fully-amortizing payment that is generally required for those products is higher than the minimum payment options available for revolving loans within the revolving period.

Nonaccrual loans and other credit quality indicators

The following table provides information on nonaccrual and other credit quality indicators for retained residential real estate loans.

(in millions, except weighted-average data)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Nonaccrual loans(a)(b)(c)(d)$3,632$2,984
Current estimated LTV ratios(e)(f)(g)
Greater than 125% and refreshed FICO scores:
Equal to or greater than 660$71$72
Less than 66043
Greater than 100% but less than or equal to 125% and refreshed FICO scores:
Equal to or greater than 660282161
Less than 66055
Greater than 80% but less than or equal to 100% and refreshed FICO scores:
Equal to or greater than 6605,9904,962
Less than 66013173
Less than or equal to 80% and refreshed FICO scores:
Equal to or greater than 660287,923294,797
Less than 6608,4358,534
No FICO/LTV available(h)690906
Total retained loans$303,531$309,513
Weighted-average LTV ratio(e)(i)48%47%
Weighted-average FICO(f)(i)775774
Geographic region(h)(j)
California$117,500$120,944
New York46,37846,854
Florida21,86421,820
Texas14,39814,531
Massachusetts12,98513,511
Colorado10,31610,465
Washington9,4089,372
Illinois9,1529,835
New Jersey7,4867,554
Connecticut6,8236,854
All other47,22147,773
Total retained loans$303,531$309,513

(a)Includes collateral-dependent residential real estate loans that are charged down to the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell. The Firm reports, in accordance with regulatory guidance, residential real estate loans that have been discharged under Chapter 7 bankruptcy and not reaffirmed by the borrower (“Chapter 7 loans”) as collateral-dependent nonaccrual loans, regardless of their delinquency status. At December 31, 2025, approximately 9% of Chapter 7 residential real estate loans were 30 days or more past due.

(b)Mortgage loans insured by U.S. government agencies excluded from nonaccrual loans were not material at December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(c)Generally, all consumer nonaccrual loans have an allowance. In accordance with regulatory guidance, certain nonaccrual loans that are considered collateral-dependent have been charged down to the lower of amortized cost or the fair value of their underlying collateral less costs to sell. If the value of the underlying collateral improves subsequent to charge down, the related allowance may be negative.

(d)Interest income on nonaccrual loans recognized on a cash basis was $147 million and $160 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(e)Represents the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans divided by the estimated current property value. Current property values are estimated, at a minimum, quarterly, based on home valuation models using nationally recognized home price index valuation estimates incorporating actual data to the extent available and forecasted data where actual data is not available. Current estimated combined LTV for junior lien home equity loans considers all available lien positions, as well as unused lines, related to the property.

(f)Refreshed FICO scores represent each borrower’s most recent credit score, which is obtained by the Firm on at least a quarterly basis.

(g)Includes residential real estate loans, primarily held in LLCs in AWM that did not have a refreshed FICO score. These loans have been included in a FICO band based on management’s estimation of the borrower’s credit quality.

(h)Included U.S. government-guaranteed loans as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(i)Excludes loans with no FICO and/or LTV data available.

(j)The geographic regions presented in the table are ordered based on the magnitude of the corresponding loan balances at December 31, 2025.

The Firm grants certain modifications of residential real estate loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. The Firm's proprietary modification programs as well as government programs, including U.S. GSE programs, that generally provide various modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty including, but not limited to, interest rate reductions, term extensions, other-than-insignificant payment deferral and principal forgiveness that would otherwise have been required under the terms of the original agreement, are considered FDMs.

In addition, the Firm offers trial modifications of residential real estate loans, which generally include athree-month trial payment period during which the borrower makes monthly payments under the proposed modified loan terms. Loans in a trial payment period continue to age and accrue interest in accordance with the original contractual terms. At the completion of a trial period, the loan modification is considered permanent.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, retained residential real estate FDMs were $1.0 billion, which included $882 million of FDMs in the form of other-than-insignificant payment deferrals. These other-than-insignificant payment deferrals were driven by forbearances granted to certain borrowers impacted by the wildfires in Los Angeles County, California in January 2025 who were granted a second 90-day forbearance arrangement. The financial effects of the remaining FDMs, which were largely in the form of term extensions and interest rate reductions, included extending the weighted-average life of the loans by 19 years, and reducing the weighted-average contractual interest rate from 6.94% to 6.08% for the year ended December 31, 2025.

For the year ended December 31, 2024, retained residential real estate FDMs were $206 million. The financial effects of the FDMs, which were predominantly in the form of term extensions and interest rate reductions, included extending the weighted-average life of the loans by 15 years, and reducing the weighted-average contractual interest rate from 7.53% to 5.44% for the year ended December 31, 2024.

For the year ended December 31, 2023, retained residential real estate FDMs were $136 million. The financial effects of the FDMs, which were predominantly in the form of term extensions and interest rate reductions, included extending the weighted-average life of the loans by 20 years, and reducing the weighted-average contractual interest rate from 7.21% to 4.44% for the year ended December 31, 2023.

As of December 31, 2025, additional unfunded commitments to lend to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty whose loans have been modified as FDMs werenot material, while there wereno additional unfunded commitments as of December 31, 2024.

For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, loans subject to a trial modification, where the terms of the loans have not been permanently modified, and Chapter 7 loans were not material.

The following table provides information on the payment status of retained residential real estate FDMs during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)Amortized cost basis
2025 · 2024 · 2023
Current$408$139$107
30-149 days past due454713
150 or more days past due5712016
Total$1,024$206$136

During the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, defaults of retained residential real estate FDMs that had been modified within twelve months were $83 million, $93 million andnot material, respectively.

Active and suspended foreclosure

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Firm had retained residential real estate loans, excluding those insured by U.S. government agencies, with a carrying value of $575 million and $576 million, respectively, that were not included in REO, but were in the process of active or suspended foreclosure.

Auto and other

Delinquency is the primary credit quality indicator for retained auto and other loans. The following tables provide information on delinquency and gross charge-offs.

As of or for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in millions, except ratios) · Term loans by origination year · Revolving loans
2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · Prior to 2021 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans · Total
Loan delinquency
Current$26,490$15,586$9,443$4,899$2,961$846$3,817$177$64,219
30–119 days past due17018022517099253348950
120 or more days past due—22—1—23441
Total retained loans$26,660$15,768$9,670$5,069$3,061$871$3,852$259$65,210
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans0.64%1.15%2.35%3.35%3.23%2.87%0.91%31.66%1.52%
Gross charge-offs$242$228$244$157$69$83$—$8$1,031
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions, except ratios) · Term loans by origination year · Revolving loans
2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · 2020 · Prior to 2020 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans · Total
Loan delinquency
Current$26,165$15,953$9,201$7,014$2,895$624$3,714$148$65,714
30–119 days past due190283259179532340341,061
120 or more days past due11—56—33046
Total retained loans$26,356$16,237$9,460$7,198$2,954$647$3,757$212$66,821
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans0.72%1.75%2.74%2.50%1.76%3.55%1.14%30.19%1.64%
Gross charge-offs$269$348$224$126$37$82$1$6$1,093

Nonaccrual loans and other credit quality indicators

The following table provides information on nonaccrual and geographic region as a credit quality indicator for retained auto and other consumer loans.

(in millions)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Nonaccrual loans(a)(b)$243$249
Geographic region(c)
California$9,926$10,321
Texas7,9407,772
Florida5,3825,428
New York4,7714,905
Illinois2,8042,890
New Jersey2,3472,468
Pennsylvania2,0662,012
Georgia1,6821,716
Arizona1,5831,643
North Carolina1,5781,597
All other25,13126,069
Total retained loans$65,210$66,821

(a)Generally, all consumer nonaccrual loans have an allowance. In accordance with regulatory guidance, certain nonaccrual loans that are considered collateral-dependent have been charged down to the lower of amortized cost or the fair value of their underlying collateral less costs to sell. If the value of the underlying collateral improves subsequent to charge down, the related allowance may be negative.

(b)Interest income on nonaccrual loans recognized on a cash basis was not material for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(c)The geographic regions presented in this table are ordered based on the magnitude of the corresponding loan balances at December 31, 2025.

The Firm grants certain modifications of auto and other loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.

For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 retained auto and other FDMs were not material.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, there wereno additional unfunded commitments to lend to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty whose loans have been modified as FDMs.

Credit card loan portfolio

The credit card portfolio segment includes credit card loans originated and purchased by the Firm. Delinquency rates are the primary credit quality indicator for credit card loans as they provide an early warning that borrowers may be experiencing difficulties (30 days past due); information on those borrowers that have been delinquent for a longer period of time (90 days past due) is also considered. In addition to delinquency rates, the geographic distribution of the loans provides insight as to the credit quality of the portfolio based on the regional economy.

While the borrower’s credit score is another general indicator of credit quality, the Firm does not view credit scores as a primary indicator of credit quality because the borrower’s credit score tends to be a

lagging indicator. The distribution of such scores provides a general indicator of credit quality trends within the portfolio; however, the score does not capture all factors that would be predictive of future credit performance. Refreshed FICO score information, which is obtained at least quarterly, for a statistically significant random sample of the credit card portfolio is indicated in other credit quality indicators. FICO is considered to be the industry benchmark for credit scores.

The Firm generally originates new credit card accounts to prime consumer borrowers. However, certain cardholders’ FICO scores may decrease over time, depending on the performance of the cardholder and changes in the credit score calculation.

The following tables provide information on delinquency and gross charge-offs.

As of or for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in millions, except ratios)Within the revolving periodConverted to term loansTotal
Loan delinquency
Current and less than 30 days past due and still accruing$240,147$2,289$242,436
30–89 days past due and still accruing2,4222072,629
90 or more days past due and still accruing2,6191132,732
Total retained loans$245,188$2,609$247,797
Loan delinquency ratios
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans2.06%12.27%2.16%
% of 90+ days past due to total retained loans1.074.331.10
Gross charge-offs$8,812$352$9,164
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions, except ratios)Within the revolving periodConverted to term loansTotal
Loan delinquency
Current and less than 30 days past due and still accruing$226,532$1,284$227,816
30–89 days past due and still accruing2,2911092,400
90 or more days past due and still accruing2,591532,644
Total retained loans$231,414$1,446$232,860
Loan delinquency ratios
% of 30+ days past due to total retained loans2.11%11.20%2.17%
% of 90+ days past due to total retained loans1.123.671.14
Gross charge-offs$7,951$247$8,198

Other credit quality indicators

The following table provides information on other credit quality indicators for retained credit card loans.

(in millions, except ratios)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Geographic region(a)
California$38,702$36,385
Texas26,31324,423
New York19,48818,525
Florida18,62217,236
Illinois13,16012,442
New Jersey10,2829,644
Colorado7,3846,962
Ohio7,3266,976
Pennsylvania6,9216,558
Arizona6,2955,796
All other93,30487,913
Total retained loans$247,797$232,860
Percentage of portfolio based on carrying value with estimated refreshed FICO scores
Equal to or greater than 66084.6%85.5%
Less than 66015.214.3
No FICO available0.20.2

(a)The geographic regions presented in the table are ordered based on the magnitude of the corresponding loan balances at December 31, 2025.

The Firm grants certain modifications of credit card loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. These modifications may involve placing the customer’s credit card account on a fixed payment plan, generally for 60 months, which typically includes reducing the interest rate on the credit card account. If the borrower does not make the contractual payments when due under the modified payment terms, the credit card loan continues to age and will be charged-off in accordance with the Firm's standard charge-off policy. In most cases, the Firm does not reinstate the borrower's line of credit.

The following tables provide information on retained credit card FDMs.

Loan modifications
Year ended December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios)Amortized cost basis% of loan modifications to total retained credit card loansFinancial effect of loan modifications
Term extension and interest rate reduction(a)(b)$1,8000.73%Term extension with a reduction in the weighted average contractual interest rate from 22.88% to 3.48%
Other(b)(c)2840.11Reduced weighted-average contractual interest rate from 22.75% to 8.09%
Total$2,084
Loan modifications
Year ended December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios)Amortized cost basis% of loan modifications to total retained credit card loansFinancial effect of loan modifications
Term extension and interest rate reduction(a)(b)$9260.40%Term extension with a reduction in the weighted average contractual interest rate from 23.64% to 3.20%
Total$926
Loan modifications
Year ended December 31, 2023(in millions, except ratios)Amortized cost basis% of loan modifications to total retained credit card loansFinancial effect of loan modifications
Term extension and interest rate reduction(a)(b)$6480.31%Term extension with a reduction in the weighted average contractual interest rate from 23.19% to 3.64%
Total$648

(a)Term extension includes credit card loans whose terms have been modified under long-term programs by placing the customer’s credit card account on a fixed payment plan.

(b)The interest rates represent weighted average at the time of modification.

(c)Primarily interest rate reduction.

The following table provides information on the payment status of retained credit card FDMs during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Amortized cost basis
Year ended December 31,(in millions)202520242023
Current and less than 30 days past due and still accruing$1,801$811$558
30-89 days past due and still accruing1797459
90 or more days past due and still accruing1044131
Total$2,084$926$648

During the year ended December 31, 2025, defaults of retained credit card FDMs that had been modified within twelve months were $111 million. During the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, defaults of retained credit card FDMs that had been modified within twelve months werenot material.

For credit card loans modified as FDMs, payment default is deemed to have occurred when the borrower missestwo consecutive contractual payments. Defaulted modified credit card loans remain in the modification program and continue to be charged off in accordance with the Firm’s standard charge-off policy.

Wholesale loan portfolio

Wholesale loans include loans made to a variety of clients, ranging from large corporate and institutional clients to small businesses and high-net-worth individuals.

The primary credit quality indicator for wholesale loans is the internal risk rating assigned to each loan. Risk ratings are used to identify the credit quality of loans and differentiate risk within the portfolio. Risk ratings on loans consider the PD and the LGD. The PD is the likelihood that a loan will default. The LGD is the estimated loss on the loan that would be realized upon the default of the borrower and takes into consideration collateral and structural support for each credit facility.

Management considers several factors to determine an appropriate internal risk rating, including the obligor’s debt capacity and financial flexibility, the level of the obligor’s earnings, the amount and sources for repayment, the level and nature of contingencies, management strength, and the industry and geography in which the obligor operates. The Firm’s internal risk ratings generally align with the qualitative characteristics (e.g., borrower capacity to meet financial commitments and vulnerability to changes in the economic environment) defined by S&P and Moody’s, however the quantitative characteristics (e.g., PD and LGD) may differ as they reflect internal historical experiences and assumptions. The Firm generally considers internal ratings with qualitative characteristics equivalent to BBB-/Baa3 or higher as investment grade, and these ratings have a lower PD and/or lower LGD than non-investment grade ratings.

Noninvestment-grade ratings are further classified as noncriticized and criticized, and the criticized portion is further subdivided into performing and nonaccrual loans, representing management’s assessment of the collectibility of principal and interest. Criticized loans have a higher PD than noncriticized loans. The Firm’s definition of criticized aligns with the U.S. banking regulatory definition of criticized exposures, which consist of special mention, substandard and doubtful categories.

Risk ratings are reviewed on a regular and ongoing basis by Credit Risk Management and are adjusted as necessary for updated information affecting the obligor’s ability to fulfill its obligations.

As noted above, the risk rating of a loan considers the industry in which the obligor conducts its operations. As part of the overall credit risk management framework, the Firm focuses on the management and diversification of its industry and client exposures, with particular attention paid to industries with an actual or potential credit concern. Refer to Note 4 for further detail on industry concentrations.

Internal risk rating is the primary credit quality indicator for retained wholesale loans. The following tables provide information on internal risk rating and gross charge-offs.

December 31,(in millions, except ratios) · Secured by real estate · Commercial and industrial · Other(a) · Total retained loans
2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024
Loans by risk ratings
Investment-grade$118,875$114,280$66,942$70,862$355,547$286,528$541,364$471,670
Noninvestment-grade:
Noncriticized36,12037,42292,85683,19193,27372,743222,249193,356
Criticized performing8,8729,29112,65110,9772,8331,16024,35621,428
Criticized nonaccrual1,6781,4391,9541,7607667434,3983,942
Total noninvestment-grade46,67048,152107,46195,92896,87274,646251,003218,726
Total retained loans$165,545$162,432$174,403$166,790$452,419$361,174$792,367$690,396
% of investment-grade to total retained loans71.81%70.36%38.38%42.49%78.59%79.33%68.32%68.32%
% of total criticized to total retained loans6.376.618.377.640.800.533.633.67
% of criticized nonaccrual to total retained loans1.010.891.121.060.170.210.560.57

(a)Includes loans to financial institutions, personal investment companies and trusts, individuals and individual entities (predominantly Global Private Bank clients within AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management within CCB), states and political subdivisions, nonprofits, as well as loans to SPEs. As of December 31, 2025, predominantly consisted of $245.1 billion to financial institutions, which includes loans to certain SPEs, primarily asset securitizations, as redefined by the FRB, $141.1 billion to individuals and individual entities, and $7.4 billion to other SPEs. As of December 31, 2024, predominantly consisted of $114.8 billion to individuals and individual entities, $94.0 billion to financial institutions, and $92.5 billion to SPEs. Refer to Note 14 for more information on SPEs.

Secured by real estate
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in millions) · Term loans by origination year · Revolving loans
2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · Prior to 2021 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans · Total
Loans by risk ratings
Investment-grade$17,242$9,440$9,187$22,472$22,019$37,392$1,123$—$118,875
Noninvestment-grade6,9303,0324,39212,4446,62510,9782,1769346,670
Total retained loans$24,172$12,472$13,579$34,916$28,644$48,370$3,299$93$165,545
Gross charge-offs$—$54$13$92$119$141$1$—$420
Secured by real estate
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions) · Term loans by origination year · Revolving loans
2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · 2020 · Prior to 2020 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans · Total
Loans by risk ratings
Investment-grade$10,002$9,834$25,284$22,796$15,548$29,488$1,328$—$114,280
Noninvestment-grade4,2385,36614,7178,5673,46210,3921,3179348,152
Total retained loans$14,240$15,200$40,001$31,363$19,010$39,880$2,645$93$162,432
Gross charge-offs$72$18$43$2$109$80$—$—$324
Commercial and industrial
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in millions) · Term loans by origination year · Revolving loans
2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · Prior to 2021 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans · Total
Loans by risk ratings
Investment-grade$16,186$5,418$3,040$4,352$1,836$1,225$34,884$1$66,942
Noninvestment-grade32,90613,3765,9275,6002,00682546,721100107,461
Total retained loans$49,092$18,794$8,967$9,952$3,842$2,050$81,605$101$174,403
Gross charge-offs$43$64$11$151$129$26$461$8$893
Commercial and industrial
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions) · Term loans by origination year · Revolving loans
2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · 2020 · Prior to 2020 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans · Total
Loans by risk ratings
Investment-grade$11,564$6,285$6,588$3,119$1,067$1,139$41,099$1$70,862
Noninvestment-grade21,25111,35010,9425,32278397545,18112495,928
Total retained loans$32,815$17,635$17,530$8,441$1,850$2,114$86,280$125$166,790
Gross charge-offs$25$22$128$24$1$50$270$5$525
Other(a)
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2025 (in millions) · Term loans by origination year · Revolving loans
2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · Prior to 2021 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans · Total
Loans by risk ratings
Investment-grade$43,073$13,123$7,939$10,838$5,574$11,757$263,150$93$355,547
Noninvestment-grade16,1626,4564,4254,0792,0132,56361,0957996,872
Total retained loans$59,235$19,579$12,364$14,917$7,587$14,320$324,245$172$452,419
Gross charge-offs$46$195$32$2$9$58$26$106$474
Other(a)
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2024 (in millions) · Term loans by origination year · Revolving loans
2024 · 2023 · 2022 · 2021 · 2020 · Prior to 2020 · Within the revolving period · Converted to term loans · Total
Loans by risk ratings
Investment-grade$30,484$17,039$13,272$6,288$8,632$7,382$201,949$1,482$286,528
Noninvestment-grade11,7847,2485,9183,2961,3661,88642,95419474,646
Total retained loans$42,268$24,287$19,190$9,584$9,998$9,268$244,903$1,676$361,174
Gross charge-offs$—$38$3$36$40$50$6$—$173

(a)Includes loans to financial institutions, personal investment companies and trusts, individuals and individual entities (predominantly Global Private Bank clients within AWM and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management within CCB), states and political subdivisions, nonprofits, as well as loans to SPEs. Refer to Note 14 for more information on SPEs.

The following table presents additional information on retained loans secured by real estate, which consists of loans secured wholly or substantially by a lien or liens on real property at origination. Multifamily lending includes financing for acquisition, leasing and construction of apartment buildings. Other commercial lending largely includes financing for acquisition, leasing and construction, largely for office, retail and industrial real estate. Included in secured by real estate loans were $12.4 billion and $12.2 billion as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, of construction and development loans made to finance land development and on-site construction of commercial, industrial, residential, or farm buildings.

December 31,(in millions, except ratios) · Multifamily · Other Commercial · Total retained Secured by real estate loans
2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024
Retained loans secured by real estate$105,130$101,114$60,415$61,318$165,545$162,432
Criticized4,6614,7005,8896,03010,55010,730
% of criticized to total retained loans secured by real estate4.43%4.65%9.75%9.83%6.37%6.61%
Criticized nonaccrual$422$337$1,256$1,102$1,678$1,439
% of criticized nonaccrual loans to total retained loans secured by real estate0.40%0.33%2.08%1.80%1.01%0.89%

Geographic distribution and delinquency

The following table provides information on the geographic distribution and delinquency for retained wholesale loans.

December 31,(in millions) · Secured by real estate · Commercial and industrial · Other · Total retained loans
2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024
Loans by geographic distribution(a)
Total U.S.$162,378$159,209$131,945$127,626$331,737$278,077$626,060$564,912
Total non-U.S.3,1673,22342,45839,164120,68283,097166,307125,484
Total retained loans$165,545$162,432$174,403$166,790$452,419$361,174$792,367$690,396
Loan delinquency
Current and less than 30 days past due and still accruing$163,189$159,949$171,227$164,104$450,582$359,191$784,998$683,244
30–89 days past due and still accruing6369181,2208681,0571,1522,9132,938
90 or more days past due and still accruing(b)42126258148858272
Criticized nonaccrual1,6781,4391,9541,7607667434,3983,942
Total retained loans$165,545$162,432$174,403$166,790$452,419$361,174$792,367$690,396

(a)The U.S. and non-U.S. distribution is determined based predominantly on the domicile of the borrower.

(b)Represents loans that are considered well-collateralized and therefore still accruing interest.

The following table provides information on retained wholesale nonaccrual loans.

December 31, (in millions) · Secured by real estate · Commercial and industrial · Other · Total retained loans
2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024
Nonaccrual loans
With an allowance$365$366$1,562$1,362$468$555$2,395$2,283
Without an allowance(a)1,3131,0733923982981882,0031,659
Total nonaccrual loans(b)$1,678$1,439$1,954$1,760$766$743$4,398$3,942

(a)When the discounted cash flows or collateral value equals or exceeds the amortized cost of the loan, the loan does not require an allowance. This typically occurs when the loans have been partially charged off and/or there have been interest payments received and applied to the loan balance.

(b)Interest income on nonaccrual loans recognized on a cash basis wasnot material and $51 million for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Firm grants certain modifications of wholesale loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty, which generally align with loans graded substandard or worse consistent with the U.S. banking regulators’ definition of criticized exposures.

The following tables provide information on retained wholesale loan modifications considered FDMs during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Secured by real estate
Year ended December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios)Amortized cost basis% of loan modifications to total retained Secured by real estate loansFinancial effect of loan modifications
Single modifications
Term extension$7360.44%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 14 months
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral230.01Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily recaptured at maturity
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and term extension540.03Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts recaptured at maturity and extended loans by a weighted-average of 28 months
Other(a)2—NM
Total$815
Secured by real estate
Year ended December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios)Amortized cost basis% of loan modifications to total retained Secured by real estate loansFinancial effect of loan modifications
Single modifications
Term extension$2710.17%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 21 months
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral370.02Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts re-amortized over the remaining tenor
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and interest rate reduction460.03Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts recaptured at maturity and reduced weighted-average contractual interest by 162 bps
Total$354
Secured by real estate
Year ended December 31, 2023(in millions, except ratios)Amortized cost basis% of loan modifications to total retained Secured by real estate loansFinancial effect of loan modifications
Single modifications
Term extension$1490.09%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 14 months
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral3—NM
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and interest rate reduction5—Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily recaptured at maturity and reduced weighted-average contractual interest 184 bps
Other(a)3—NM
Total$160

(a) Includes a loan with multiple modifications.

Commercial and industrial
Year ended December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios)Amortized cost basis% of loan modifications to total retained Commercial and industrial loansFinancial effect of loan modifications
Single modifications
Term extension$1,3080.75%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 19 months
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral6890.40Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily recaptured at the end of the deferral period
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and term extension2470.14Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily recaptured at maturity and extended loans by a weighted-average of 20 months
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral, interest rate reduction, and term extension860.05Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts recaptured at maturity, reduced weighted-average contractual interest by 1060 bps and extended loans by a weighted-average of 16 months
Interest rate reduction and term extension670.04Reduced weighted-average contractual interest by 672 bps and extended loans by a weighted-average of 15 months
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral, principal forgiveness, and term extension190.01Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts recaptured at maturity, reduced amortized cost basis of the loan by $37 million and extended the loan by a weighted-average of 42 months
Other(a)450.03Reduced the net amortized cost basis by $273 million due to modified loans that include principal forgiveness
Total$2,461
Commercial and industrial
Year ended December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios) · Amortized cost basis · % of loan modifications to total retained Commercial and industrial loans · Financial effect of loan modifications
Single modifications
Term extension$1,1800.71%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 20 months
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral4640.28Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily re-amortized over the remaining tenor
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and term extension1750.10Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily recaptured at maturity and extended loans by a weighted-average of 18 months
Interest rate reduction and term extension510.03Reduced weighted-average contractual interest by 434 bps and extended loans by a weighted-average of 36 months
Other(a)300.02NM
Total$1,900
Commercial and industrial
Year ended December 31, 2023(in millions, except ratios) · Amortized cost basis · % of loan modifications to total retained Commercial and industrial loans · Financial effect of loan modifications
Single modifications
Term extension$9160.55%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 17 months
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral4020.24Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily recaptured at the end of the deferral period
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and term extension350.02Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily re-amortized over the remaining life of the loan and extended loans by a weighted-average of 7 months
Interest rate reduction and term extension1—NM
Other(a)9—NM
Total$1,363

(a) Include loans with multiple modifications.

Other
Year ended December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios)Amortized cost basis% of loan modifications to total retained Other loansFinancial effect of loan modification
Single modifications
Term extension$1230.03%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 14 months
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and term extension3—NM
Other(a)1—NM
Total$127

(a) Includes a loan with a single modification.

Other
Year ended December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios) · Amortized cost basis · % of loan modifications to total retained Other loans · Financial effect of loan modifications
Single modifications
Term extension$2680.07%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 28 months
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and term extension2—NM
Other(a)5—NM
Total$275

(a) Includes loans with a single modification.

Other
Year ended December 31, 2023(in millions, except ratios) · Amortized cost basis · % of loan modifications to total retained Other loans · Financial effect of loan modifications
Single modifications
Term extension$3550.10%Extended loans by a weighted-average of 23 months
Multiple modifications
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral and term extension2450.07Provided payment deferrals with delayed amounts primarily recaptured at the end of the deferral period and extended loans by a weighted-average of 137 months
Other(a)9—NM
Total$609

(a) Includes a loan with a single modification.

The following table provides information on the payment status of retained wholesale FDMs during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)Amortized cost basis
Secured by real estate · Commercial and industrial · Other
2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2025 · 2024 · 2023
Current and less than 30 days past due and still accruing$377$264$118$1,669$1,215$947$115$240$400
30-89 days past due and still accruing—3271342—9—
Criticized nonaccrual43887407866723741226209
Total$815$354$160$2,462$1,900$1,363$127$275$609

The following table provides information on defaults of retained wholesale FDMs that had been modified within twelve months during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)Amortized cost basis
Secured by real estate · Commercial and industrial · Other
2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2025 · 2024 · 2023 · 2025 · 2024 · 2023
Term extension$173$3$1$57$92$49$3$22$31
Other-than-insignificant payment deferral——25118————
Interest rate reduction and term extension——33—1———
Total(a)$173$3$6$65$210$50$3$22$31

(a)Represents FDMs that were 30 days or more past due.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, additional unfunded commitments on modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty were $2.8 billion and $1.8 billion, respectively, in Commercial and industrial, and $73 million and $69 million, respectively, in Other. Additional unfunded commitments on modified loans to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty whose loans have been modified as FDMs in Secured by real estate werenot material at both periods.

Note 13 –Allowance for credit losses

The Firm’s allowance for credit losses represents management's estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of the Firm's financial assets measured at amortized cost and certain off-balance sheet lending-related commitments. The allowance for credit losses generally comprises:

the allowance for loan losses, which covers the Firm’s retained loan portfolios (scored and risk-rated),

the allowance for lending-related commitments, which is presented on the Consolidated balance sheets in accounts payable and other liabilities, and

the allowance for credit losses on investment securities, which is reflected in investment securities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

The income statement effect of all changes in the allowance for credit losses is recognized in the provision for credit losses. Determining the appropriateness of the allowance for credit losses is complex and requires significant judgment by management about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain. At least quarterly, the allowance for credit losses is reviewed by the CRO, the CFO and the Controller of the Firm. Subsequent evaluations of credit exposures, considering the macroeconomic conditions, forecasts and other factors then prevailing, may result in significant changes in the allowance for credit losses in future periods.

The Firm’s policies used to determine its allowance for loan losses and its allowance for lending-related commitments are described in the following paragraphs. Refer to Note 10 for a description of the policies used to determine the allowance for credit losses on investment securities.

Methodology for allowances for loan losses and lending-related commitments

The allowance for loan losses and allowance for lending-related commitments represent expected credit losses over the remaining expected life of retained loans and lending-related commitments that are not unconditionally cancellable. The Firm does not record an allowance for future draws on unconditionally cancellable lending-related commitments (e.g., credit cards). Expected losses related to accrued interest on credit card loans are considered in the Firm’s allowance for loan losses. However, the Firm does not record an allowance on other accrued interest receivables, due to its policy to write these receivables off no later than 90 days past due by reversing interest income.

The expected life of each instrument is determined by considering its contractual term, expected prepayments, cancellation features, and certain extension and call options. The expected life of funded credit card loans is generally estimated by considering expected future payments on the credit card account, and determining how much of those amounts should be

allocated to repayments of the funded loan balance (as of the balance sheet date) versus other account activity. This allocation is made using an approach that incorporates the payment application requirements of the Credit Card Accountability Responsibility and Disclosure Act of 2009, generally paying down the highest interest rate balances first.

The estimate of expected credit losses includes expected recoveries of amounts previously charged off or expected to be charged off, even if such recoveries result in a negative allowance.

Collective and Individual Assessments

When calculating the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments, the Firm assesses whether exposures share similar risk characteristics. If similar risk characteristics exist, the Firm estimates expected credit losses collectively, considering the risk associated with a particular pool and the probability that the exposures within the pool will deteriorate or default. The assessment of risk characteristics is subject to significant management judgment. Emphasizing one characteristic over another or considering additional characteristics could affect the allowance.

Relevant risk characteristics for the consumer portfolio include product type, delinquency status, current FICO scores, geographic distribution, and, for collateralized loans, current LTV ratios.

Relevant risk characteristics for the wholesale portfolio include risk rating, delinquency status, tenor, level and type of collateral, LOB, geography, industry, credit enhancement, product type, facility purpose, and payment terms.

The majority of the Firm’s credit exposures share risk characteristics with other similar exposures, and as a result are collectively assessed for impairment (“portfolio-based component”). The portfolio-based component covers consumer loans, performing risk-rated loans and certain lending-related commitments.

If an exposure does not share risk characteristics with other exposures, the Firm generally estimates expected credit losses on an individual basis, considering expected repayment and conditions impacting that individual exposure (“asset-specific component”). The asset-specific component covers collateral-dependent loans and risk-rated loans that have been placed on nonaccrual status.

Portfolio-based component

The portfolio-based component begins with a quantitative calculation that considers the likelihood of the borrower changing delinquency status or moving from one risk rating to another. The quantitative calculation covers expected credit losses over an instrument’s expected life and is estimated by applying credit loss factors to the Firm’s estimated exposure at default. The credit loss factors incorporate the probability of borrower default as well as loss severity in the event of default. Expected credit losses are derived using a weighted average of five internally developed macroeconomic scenarios over an eight-quarter forecast period, followed by a single year straight-line interpolation to revert to long run historical information for periods beyond the eight-quarter forecast period. The five macroeconomic scenarios consist of a central, relative adverse, extreme adverse, relative upside and extreme upside scenario, and are updated by the Firm’s central forecasting team. The scenarios take into consideration the Firm’s macroeconomic outlook, internal perspectives from subject matter experts across the Firm, and market consensus and involve a governed process that incorporates feedback from senior management across LOBs, Corporate Finance and Risk Management.

The quantitative calculation is adjusted to take into consideration additional qualitative factors, including model imprecision, emerging risk assessments, trends, changes to the weights of the Firm’s macroeconomic scenarios and other subjective factors that are not yet reflected in the calculation. These adjustments are accomplished in part by analyzing the historical loss experience, including during stressed periods, for each major product or model. In addition, management takes into account uncertainties associated with the economic and political conditions, quality of underwriting standards, borrower behavior, credit concentrations or deterioration within an industry, product or portfolio, as well as other relevant internal and external factors affecting the credit quality of the portfolio. In certain instances, the interrelationships between these factors create further uncertainties.

The application of different inputs into the quantitative calculation, and the assumptions used by management to adjust the quantitative calculation, are subject to significant management judgment, and emphasizing one input or assumption over another, or considering other inputs or assumptions, could affect the estimate of the allowance for loan losses and the allowance for lending-related commitments.

Asset-specific component

To determine the asset-specific component of the allowance, collateral-dependent loans (including those loans for which foreclosure is probable) and nonaccrual risk-rated loans in the wholesale portfolio segment are generally evaluated individually.

For collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of collateral less estimated costs to sell, as applicable, is used to determine the charge-off amount for declines in value (to reduce the amortized cost of the loan to the fair value of collateral) or the amount of negative allowance that should be recognized (for recoveries of prior charge-offs associated with improvements in the fair value of the collateral).

For non-collateral dependent loans, the Firm generally measures the asset-specific allowance as the difference between the amortized cost of the loan and the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected, discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. Subsequent changes in impairment are generally recognized as an adjustment to the allowance for loan losses. The asset-specific component of the allowance for non-collateral dependent loans incorporates the effect of the modification on the loan’s expected cash flows including changes in interest rates, principal forgiveness, and other concessions, as well as management’s expectation of the borrower’s ability to repay under the modified terms.

Estimating the timing and amounts of future cash flows is highly judgmental as these cash flow projections rely upon estimates such as loss severities, asset valuations, the amounts and timing of interest or principal payments (including any expected prepayments) or other factors that are reflective of current and expected market conditions. These estimates are, in turn, dependent on factors such as the duration of current overall economic conditions, industry, portfolio, or borrower-specific factors, the expected outcome of insolvency proceedings as well as, in certain circumstances, other economic factors. All of these estimates and assumptions require significant management judgment and certain assumptions are highly subjective.

Other financial assets

In addition to loans and investment securities, the Firm holds other financial assets that are measured at amortized cost on the Consolidated balance sheets, including credit exposures arising from lending activities subject to collateral maintenance requirements. Management estimates the allowance for other financial assets using various techniques considering historical losses and current economic conditions.

Credit risk arising from lending activities subject to collateral maintenance requirements is generally mitigated by factors such as the short-term nature of the activity, the fair value of collateral held and the Firm’s right to call for, and the borrower’s obligation to provide additional margin when the fair value of the collateral declines. Because of these mitigating factors, these exposures generally do not require an allowance for credit losses. However, management may also consider other factors such as the borrower’s ongoing ability to provide collateral to satisfy margin requirements, or whether collateral is significantly concentrated in an individual issuer or in securities with similar risk characteristics. If in management’s judgment, an allowance for credit losses for these exposures is required, the Firm estimates expected credit losses based on the value of the collateral and probability of borrower default.

Allowance for credit losses and related information

The table below summarizes information about the allowances for credit losses and includes a breakdown of loans and lending-related commitments by impairment methodology. Refer to Note 10 for further information on the allowance for credit losses on investment securities.

(Table continued on next page)
2025
Year ended December 31,(in millions)Consumer,excluding credit cardCredit cardWholesaleTotal
Allowance for loan losses
Beginning balance at January 1,$1,807$14,600$7,938$24,345
Cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(a)NANANANA
Gross charge-offs1,0899,1641,78712,040
Gross recoveries collected(510)(1,492)(189)(2,191)
Net charge-offs5797,6721,5989,849
Provision for loan losses6928,6291,94311,264
Other——55
Ending balance at December 31,$1,920$15,557$8,288$25,765
Allowance for lending-related commitments
Beginning balance at January 1,$82$—$2,019$2,101
Provision for lending-related commitments12,200(f)7682,969
Other——11
Ending balance at December 31,$83$2,200$2,788$5,071
Total allowance for investment securitiesNANANA$106
Total allowance for credit losses(b)$2,003$17,757$11,076$30,942
Allowance for loan losses by impairment methodology
Asset-specific(c)$(647)$—$707$60
Portfolio-based2,56715,5577,58125,705
Total allowance for loan losses$1,920$15,557$8,288$25,765
Loans by impairment methodology
Asset-specific(c)$3,457$—$4,391$7,848
Portfolio-based365,284247,797787,9761,401,057
Total retained loans$368,741$247,797$792,367$1,408,905
Collateral-dependent loans
Net charge-offs$7$—$542$549
Loans measured at fair value of collateral less cost to sell3,412—1,8525,264
Allowance for lending-related commitments by impairment methodology
Asset-specific$—$—$119$119
Portfolio-based832,200(f)2,6694,952
Total allowance for lending-related commitments(d)$83$2,200$2,788$5,071
Lending-related commitments by impairment methodology
Asset-specific$—$—$925$925
Portfolio-based(e)24,35823,617(g)555,047603,022
Total lending-related commitments$24,358$23,617$555,972$603,947

(a)Represents the impact to the allowance for loan losses upon the adoption of the Financial Instruments - Credit Losses: Troubled Debt Restructurings accounting guidance. Refer to Note 1 for further information.

(b)At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, in addition to the allowance for credit losses in the table above, the Firm also had an allowance for credit losses of $288 million, $268 million and $243 million, respectively, associated with certain accounts receivable in CIB.

(c)Includes collateral-dependent loans, including those for which foreclosure is deemed probable, and nonaccrual risk-rated loans.

(d)The allowance for lending-related commitments is reported in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(e)At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, lending-related commitments excluded $19.2 billion, $19.2 billion and $17.2 billion, respectively, for the consumer, excluding credit card portfolio segment; $1.2 trillion, $1.0 trillion and $915.7 billion, respectively, for the credit card portfolio segment; and $40.0 billion, $20.5 billion and $19.7 billion, respectively, for the wholesale portfolio segment, which were not subject to the allowance for lending-related commitments.

(f)Represents the impact of the Apple Card transaction.

(g)Includes estimated drawn loans related to the Apple Card transaction at the time that the transaction is expected to close of approximately $23 billion.

(table continued from previous page)
2024 · 2023
Consumer,excluding credit card · Credit card · Wholesale · Total · Consumer,excluding credit card · Credit card · Wholesale · Total
$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420$2,040$11,200$6,486$19,726
NANANANA(489)(100)2(587)
1,2998,1981,02210,5191,1515,4911,0117,653
(625)(1,056)(200)(1,881)(519)(793)(132)(1,444)
6747,1428228,6386324,6988796,209
6249,29257810,4949366,0482,4849,468
1—68691—2122
$1,807$14,600$7,938$24,345$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420
$75$—$1,899$1,974$76$—$2,306$2,382
7—121128(1)—(407)(408)
——(1)(1)————
$82$—$2,019$2,101$75$—$1,899$1,974
NANANA$152NANANA$128
$1,889$14,600$9,957$26,598$1,931$12,450$10,013$24,522
$(728)$—$526$(202)$(876)$—$392$(484)
2,53514,6007,41224,5472,73212,4507,72222,904
$1,807$14,600$7,938$24,345$1,856$12,450$8,114$22,420
$2,805$—$3,912$6,717$3,287$—$2,338$5,625
373,529232,860686,4841,292,873393,988211,123670,1341,275,245
$376,334$232,860$690,396$1,299,590$397,275$211,123$672,472$1,280,870
$1$—$324$325$6$—$180$186
2,696—1,8344,5303,216—1,0124,228
$—$—$109$109$—$—$89$89
82—1,9101,99275—1,8101,885
$82$—$2,019$2,101$75$—$1,899$1,974
$—$—$737$737$—$—$464$464
25,60819510,254535,88128,248—516,577544,825
$25,608$19$510,991$536,618$28,248$—$517,041$545,289

Discussion of changes in the allowance

The allowance for credit losses as of December 31, 2025 was $31.2 billion, reflecting a net addition of $4.4 billion from December 31, 2024.

The net addition to the allowance for credit losses included:

$3.3 billion inconsumer, driven by $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction, loan growth in Card Services and the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook, partially offset by reduced borrower uncertainty, and

$1.1 billion inwholesale, driven by net increases in the loan and lending-related commitment portfolios, an update to loss assumptions on certain leveraged loans, and net changes in credit quality of client-specific exposures, partially offset by the impact of changes in the Firm's weighted-average macroeconomic outlook and a reduction due to the impact of charge-offs.

The Firm's qualitative adjustments and its weighted-average macroeconomic outlook continued to include additional weight placed on the adverse scenarios to reflect ongoing uncertainties and downside risks related to the geopolitical and macroeconomic environment. During 2025, the Firm further increased the weight placed on the adverse scenarios.

The Firm's allowance for credit losses is estimated using a weighted average of five internally developed macroeconomic scenarios. The adverse scenarios incorporate more punitive macroeconomic factors than the central case assumptions provided in the following table, resulting in:

a weighted average U.S. unemployment rate peaking at 5.8% in the fourth quarter of 2026, and

a weighted average U.S. real GDP level that is 2.1% lower than the central case at the end of the second quarter of 2027.

The following table presents the Firm’s central case assumptions for the periods presented:

Central case assumptions at December 31, 2025
2Q264Q262Q27
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.6%4.4%4.2%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)2.0%1.8%1.9%
Central case assumptions at December 31, 2024
2Q254Q252Q26
U.S. unemployment rate(a)4.5%4.3%4.3%
YoY growth in U.S. real GDP(b)2.0%1.9%1.8%

(a)Reflects quarterly average of forecasted U.S. unemployment rate.

(b)The year over year growth in U.S. real GDP in the forecast horizon of the central scenario is calculated as the percentage change in U.S. real GDP levels from the prior year.

Subsequent changes to this forecast and related estimates will be reflected in the provision for credit losses in future periods.

Refer to Note 12 for additional information on the consumer and wholesale credit portfolios.

Note 14 –Variable interest entities

Refer to Note 1 on page 170 for a further description of the Firm’s accounting policies regarding consolidation of and involvement with VIEs.

The following table summarizes the most significant types of Firm-sponsored VIEs by business segment. The Firm considers a “Firm-sponsored” VIE to include any entity where: (1) JPMorganChase is the primary beneficiary of the structure; (2) the VIE is used by JPMorganChase to securitize Firm assets; (3) the VIE issues financial instruments with the JPMorganChase name; or (4) the entity is a JPMorganChase–administered asset-backed commercial paper conduit.

CCBCredit card securitization trustsSecuritization of originated credit card receivablespages 263–264
Mortgage securitization trustsServicing and securitization of both originated and purchased residential mortgagespages 264–266
CIBMortgage and other securitization trustsSecuritization of both originated and purchased residential and commercial mortgages, and other consumer loanspages 264–266
Multi-seller conduitsAssisting clients in accessing the financial markets in a cost-efficient manner and structuring transactions to meet investor needspage 266
Municipal bond vehiclesFinancing of municipal bond investmentspages 266–267

The Firm’s other business segments and Corporate are also involved with VIEs (both third-party and Firm-sponsored), but to a lesser extent, as follows:

Asset & Wealth Management: AWM sponsors and manages certain funds that are deemed VIEs. As asset manager of the funds, AWM earns a fee based on assets managed; the fee varies with each fund’s investment objective and is competitively priced. For fund entities that qualify as VIEs, AWM’s interests are, in certain cases, considered to be significant variable interests that result in consolidation of the financial results of these entities.

Corporate: Corporate is involved with entities that may meet the definition of VIEs; however these entities are generally subject to specialized investment company accounting, which does not require the consolidation of investments, including VIEs. In addition, Treasury and CIO invest in securities generally issued by third parties which may meet the definition of VIEs (e.g., issuers of asset-backed securities). In general, the Firm does not have the power to direct the significant activities of these entities and therefore does not consolidate these entities. Refer to Note 10 for further information on the Firm’s investment securities portfolio.

In addition, CIB also invests in and provides financing, lending-related services and other services to VIEs sponsored by third parties. Refer to page 268 of this Note for more information on the VIEs sponsored by third parties.

Significant Firm-sponsored VIEs

Credit card securitizations

CCB’s Card Services business may securitize originated credit card loans, primarily through the Chase Issuance Trust (the “Trust”). The Firm’s continuing involvement in credit card securitizations includes servicing the receivables, retaining an undivided seller’s interest in the receivables, retaining certain senior and subordinated securities and maintaining escrow accounts.

The Firm consolidates the assets and liabilities of its sponsored credit card trusts as it is considered to be the primary beneficiary of these securitization trusts based on the Firm’s ability to direct the activities of these VIEs through its servicing responsibilities and other duties, including making decisions as to the receivables that are transferred into those trusts and as to any related modifications and workouts. Additionally, the nature and extent of the Firm’s other

continuing involvement with the trusts, as indicated above, obligates the Firm to absorb losses and gives the Firm the right to receive certain benefits from these VIEs that could potentially be significant.

The underlying securitized credit card receivables and other assets of the securitization trusts are available only for payment of the beneficial interests issued by the securitization trusts; they are not available to pay the Firm’s other obligations or the claims of the Firm’s creditors.

The agreements with the credit card securitization trusts require the Firm to maintain a minimum undivided interest in the credit card trusts (generally 5%). As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Firm held undivided interests in Firm-sponsored credit card securitization trusts of $5.4 billion and $6.6 billion, respectively. The Firm maintained an average undivided interest in principal receivables owned by those trusts of approximately 40% and 45% for the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The Firm didnot retain any senior securities and retained $1.5 billion of subordinated securities in certain of its credit card securitization trusts at both December 31, 2025 and 2024. The Firm’s undivided interests in the credit card trusts and securities retained are eliminated in consolidation.

Firm-sponsored mortgage and other securitization trusts

The Firm securitizes (or has securitized) originated and purchased residential mortgages, commercial mortgages and other consumer loans primarily in its CCB and CIB businesses. Depending on the particular transaction, as well as the respective business involved, the Firm may act as the servicer of the loans and/or retain certain beneficial interests in the securitization trusts.

The following tables present the total unpaid principal amount of assets held in Firm-sponsored private-label securitization entities, including those in which the Firm has continuing involvement, and those that are consolidated by the Firm. Continuing involvement includes servicing the loans, holding senior interests or subordinated interests (including amounts required to be held pursuant to credit risk retention rules), recourse or guarantee arrangements, and derivative contracts. In certain instances, the Firm’s only continuing involvement is servicing the loans. The Firm’s maximum loss exposure from retained and purchased interests is the carrying value of these interests. Refer to page 271 of this Note for information on the securitization-related loan delinquencies and liquidation losses.

Principal amount outstanding · JPMorganChase interest in securitized assets in nonconsolidated VIEs(c)(d)(e)
December 31, 2025(in millions)Total assets held by securitization VIEsAssets held in consolidated securitization VIEsAssets held in nonconsolidated securitization VIEs with continuing involvementTrading assetsInvestment securitiesOther financial assetsTotal interests held by JPMorganChase
Securitization-related(a)
Residential mortgage:
Prime/Alt-A and option ARMs$83,442$548$58,525$707$1,799$1,526$4,032
Subprime10,690—2,76610012—112
Commercial and other(b)212,555170138,9861,2225,2858237,330
Total$306,687$718$200,277$2,029$7,096$2,349$11,474
Principal amount outstanding · JPMorganChase interest in securitized assets in nonconsolidated VIEs(c)(d)(e)
December 31, 2024(in millions)Total assets held by securitization VIEsAssets held in consolidated securitization VIEsAssets held in nonconsolidated securitization VIEs with continuing involvementTrading assetsInvestment securitiesOther financial assetsTotal interests held by JPMorganChase
Securitization-related(a)
Residential mortgage:
Prime/Alt-A and option ARMs$71,085$615$50,846$613$1,850$614$3,077
Subprime8,824—1,8474419—63
Commercial and other(b)186,293243125,5105305,7681,0747,372
Total$266,202$858$178,203$1,187$7,637$1,688$10,512

(a)Excludes U.S. GSEs and government agency securitizations and re-securitizations, which are not Firm-sponsored.

(b)Consists of securities backed by commercial real estate loans and non-mortgage-related consumer receivables.

(c)Excludes the following: retained servicing; securities retained from loan sales and securitization activity related to U.S. GSEs and government agencies; interest rate and foreign exchange derivatives primarily used to manage interest rate and foreign exchange risks of securitization entities; senior securities of $188 million and $256 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and subordinated securities of $56 million and $49 million at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which the Firm purchased in connection with CIB’s secondary market-making activities.

(d)Includes interests held in re-securitization transactions.

(e)At December 31, 2025 and 2024,74% and 77%, respectively, of the Firm’s retained securitization interests, which are predominantly carried at fair value and include amounts required to be held pursuant to credit risk retention rules, were risk-rated “A” or better, on an S&P-equivalent basis. The retained interests in prime residential mortgages consisted of $3.5 billion and $2.9 billion of investment-grade retained interests at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and $525 million and $216 million of noninvestment-grade retained interests at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The retained interests in commercial and other securitization trusts consisted of $6.2 billion and $6.0 billion of investment-grade retained interests, and $1.1 billion and $1.4 billion of noninvestment-grade retained interests at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Residential mortgage

The Firm securitizes residential mortgage loans originated by CCB, as well as residential mortgage loans purchased from third parties by either CCB or CIB. CCB generally retains servicing for all residential mortgage loans it originated or purchased, and for certain mortgage loans purchased by CIB. For securitizations of loans serviced by CCB, the Firm has the power to direct the significant activities of the VIE because it is responsible for decisions related to loan modifications and workouts. CCB may also retain an interest upon securitization.

In addition, CIB engages in underwriting and trading activities involving securities issued by Firm-sponsored securitization trusts. As a result, CIB at times retains senior and/or subordinated interests (including residual interests and amounts required to be held pursuant to credit risk retention rules) in residential mortgage securitizations at the time of securitization, and/or reacquires positions in the secondary market in the normal course of business. In certain instances, as a result of the positions retained or reacquired by CIB or held by Treasury and CIO or CCB, when considered together with the servicing arrangements entered into by CCB, the Firm is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of certain securitization trusts.

The Firm does not consolidate residential mortgage securitizations (Firm-sponsored or third-party-sponsored) when it is not the servicer (and therefore does not have the power to direct the most significant activities of the trust) or does not hold a beneficial interest in the trust that could potentially be significant to the trust.

Commercial mortgages and other consumer securitizations

CIB originates and securitizes commercial mortgage loans, and engages in underwriting and trading activities involving the securities issued by securitization trusts. CIB may retain unsold senior and/or subordinated interests (including amounts required to be held pursuant to credit risk retention rules) in commercial mortgage securitizations at the time of securitization but, generally, the Firm does not service commercial loan securitizations. Treasury and CIO may choose to invest in these securitizations as well. For commercial mortgage securitizations the power to direct the significant activities of the VIE generally is held by the servicer or investors in a specified class of securities (“controlling class”). The Firm generally does not retain an interest in the controlling class in its sponsored commercial mortgage securitization transactions.

Re-securitizations

The Firm engages in certain re-securitization transactions in which debt securities are transferred to a VIE in exchange for new beneficial interests. These transfers occur in connection with both U.S. GSEs and government agency sponsored VIEs, which are backed by residential mortgages. The Firm’s consolidation analysis is largely dependent on the Firm’s role and interest in the re-securitization trusts.

The following table presents the principal amount of securities transferred to re-securitization VIEs.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Transfers of securities to VIEs
U.S. GSEs and government agencies$24,350$44,456$18,864

Most re-securitizations with which the Firm is involved are client-driven transactions in which a specific client or group of clients is seeking a specific return or risk profile. For these transactions, the Firm has concluded that the decision-making power of the entity is shared between the Firm and its clients, considering the joint effort and decisions in establishing the re-securitization trust and its assets, as well as the significant economic interest the client holds in the re-securitization trust; therefore the Firm does not consolidate the re-securitization VIE.

The Firm didnot transfer any private label securities to re-securitization VIEs during 2025, 2024 and 2023, and retained interests in any such Firm-sponsored VIEs as of December 31, 2025 and 2024 were not material.

Additionally, the Firm may invest in beneficial interests of third-party-sponsored re-securitizations and generally purchases these interests in the secondary market. In these circumstances, the Firm does not have the unilateral ability to direct the most significant activities of the re-securitization trust, either because it was not involved in the initial design of the trust, or the Firm was involved with an independent third-party sponsor and demonstrated shared power over the creation of the trust; therefore, the Firm does not consolidate the re-securitization VIE.

The following table presents information on the Firm's interests in nonconsolidated re-securitization VIEs.

December 31, (in millions)Nonconsolidated re-securitization VIEs
20252024
U.S. GSEs and government agencies
Interest in VIEs$2,558$3,219

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Firm did not consolidate any U.S. GSE and government agency re-securitization VIEs. As of December 31, 2025, the Firm consolidated an insignificant amount of assets and liabilities of Firm-sponsored private-label re-securitization VIEs. As of December 31, 2024, the Firm did not consolidate any Firm-sponsored private-label re-securitization VIEs.

Multi-seller conduits

Multi-seller conduit entities are separate bankruptcy remote entities that provide secured financing, collateralized by pools of receivables and other financial assets, to customers of the Firm. The conduits fund their financing facilities through the issuance of highly rated commercial paper. The primary source of repayment of the commercial paper is the cash flows from the pools of assets. In most instances, the assets are structured with deal-specific credit enhancements provided to the conduits by the customers (i.e., sellers) or other third parties. Deal-specific credit enhancements are generally structured to cover a multiple of historical losses expected on the pool of assets, and are typically in the form of overcollateralization provided by the seller. The deal-specific credit enhancements mitigate the Firm’s potential losses on its agreements with the conduits.

To ensure timely repayment of the commercial paper, and to provide the conduits with funding to provide financing to customers in the event that the conduits do not obtain funding in the commercial paper market, each asset pool financed by the conduits has a minimum 100% deal-specific liquidity facility associated with it provided by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. also provides the multi-seller conduit vehicles with uncommitted program-wide liquidity facilities and program-wide credit enhancement in the form of standby letters of credit. The amount of program-wide credit enhancement required is based upon commercial paper issuance and approximates 10% of the outstanding balance of commercial paper.

The Firm consolidates its Firm-administered multi-seller conduits, as the Firm has both the power to direct the significant activities of the conduits and a potentially significant economic interest in the conduits. As administrative agent and in its role in structuring transactions, the Firm makes decisions regarding asset types and credit quality, and manages the commercial paper funding needs of the conduits.

The Firm’s interests that could potentially be significant to the VIEs include the fees received as administrative agent and liquidity and program-wide credit enhancement provider, as well as the potential exposure created by the liquidity and credit enhancement facilities provided to the conduits.

In the normal course of business, JPMorganChase makes markets in and invests in commercial paper issued by the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. The Firm held $2.2 billion and $2.9 billion of the commercial paper issued by the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, which have been eliminated in consolidation. The Firm’s investments reflect the Firm’s funding needs and capacity and were not driven by market illiquidity. Other than the amounts required to be held pursuant to credit risk retention rules, the Firm is not obligated under any agreement to purchase the commercial paper issued by the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits.

Deal-specific liquidity facilities, program-wide liquidity and credit enhancement provided by the Firm have been eliminated in consolidation. The Firm or the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits provide lending-related commitments to certain clients of the Firm-administered multi-seller conduits. The unfunded commitments were $9.9 billion and $10.3 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, and are reported as off-balance sheet lending-related commitments in other unfunded commitments to extend credit. Refer to Note 28 for more information on off-balance sheet lending-related commitments.

Municipal bond vehicles

Municipal bond vehicles or tender option bond (“TOB”) trusts allow institutions to finance their municipal bond investments at short-term rates. In a typical TOB transaction, the trust purchases highly rated municipal bond(s) of a single issuer and funds the purchase by issuing two types of securities: (1) puttable floating-rate certificates (“floaters”) and (2) inverse floating-rate residual interests (“residuals”). The floaters are typically purchased by money market funds or other short-term investors and may be tendered, with requisite notice, to the TOB trust. The residuals are retained by the investor seeking to finance its municipal bond investment. TOB transactions where the residual is held by a third-party investor are typically known as customer TOB trusts, and non-customer TOB trusts are transactions where the Residual is retained by the Firm. Customer TOB trusts are sponsored by a third party. The Firm serves as sponsor for all non-customer TOB transactions. The Firm may provide various services to a TOB trust, including remarketing agent, liquidity or tender option provider, and/or sponsor.

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC may serve as a remarketing agent on the floaters for TOB trusts. The remarketing agent is responsible for establishing the periodic variable rate on the floaters, conducting the initial placement and remarketing tendered floaters. The remarketing agent may, but is not obligated to, make markets in floaters. Floaters held by the Firm were not material during 2025 and 2024.

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. or J.P. Morgan Securities LLC often serves as the sole liquidity or tender option provider for the TOB trusts. The liquidity provider’s obligation to perform is conditional and is limited by certain events (“Termination Events”), which include bankruptcy or failure to pay by the municipal bond issuer or credit enhancement provider, an event of taxability on the municipal bonds or the immediate downgrade of the municipal bond to below investment grade. In addition, the liquidity provider’s exposure is typically further limited by the high credit quality of the

underlying municipal bonds, the excess collateralization in the vehicle, or, in certain transactions, the reimbursement agreements with the Residual holders.

Holders of the floaters may “put,” or tender, their floaters to the TOB trust. If the remarketing agent cannot successfully remarket the floaters to another investor, the liquidity provider either provides a loan to the TOB trust for the TOB trust’s purchase of the floaters, or it directly purchases the tendered floaters.

TOB trusts are considered to be variable interest entities. The Firm consolidates non-customer TOB trusts because as the Residual holder, the Firm has the right to make decisions that significantly impact the economic performance of the municipal bond vehicle, and it has the right to receive benefits and bear losses that could potentially be significant to the municipal bond vehicle.

Consolidated VIE assets and liabilities

The following table presents information on assets and liabilities related to VIEs consolidated by the Firm as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Assets · Liabilities
December 31, 2025(in millions)Trading assetsLoansOther(c)Total assets(d)Beneficial interests in VIE assets(e)Other(f)Total liabilities
VIE program type
Firm-sponsored credit card trusts$—$12,872$170$13,042$5,884$11$5,895
Firm-administered multi-seller conduits—20,14011520,25518,1742418,198
Municipal bond vehicles3,367—293,3963,760173,777
Mortgage securitization entities(a)2566957710540145
Other1,4664,199(b)3606,02528599627
Total$4,835$37,777$683$43,295$27,951$691$28,642
Assets · Liabilities
December 31, 2024(in millions)Trading assetsLoansOther(c)Total assets(d)Beneficial interests in VIE assets(e)Other(f)Total liabilities
VIE program type
Firm-sponsored credit card trusts$—$13,531$168$13,699$5,312$10$5,322
Firm-administered multi-seller conduits120,38313320,51718,2282618,254
Municipal bond vehicles3,388—223,4103,617153,632
Mortgage securitization entities(a)—630863811548163
Other4961,9663502,81251355406
Total$3,885$36,510$681$41,076$27,323$454$27,777

(a)Includes residential mortgage securitizations.

(b)Primarily includes consumer loans in CIB.

(c)Includes assets classified as cash and other asset line items on the Consolidated balance sheets.

(d)The assets of the consolidated VIEs included in the program types above are used to settle the liabilities of those entities. The assets and liabilities include third-party assets and liabilities of consolidated VIEs and exclude intercompany balances that eliminate in consolidation.

(e)The interest-bearing beneficial interest liabilities issued by consolidated VIEs are classified on the Consolidated balance sheets as “Beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs.” The holders of these beneficial interests generally do not have recourse to the general credit of JPMorganChase. Included in beneficial interests in VIE assets are long-term beneficial interests of $6.0 billion and $5.5 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(f)Includes liabilities classified as accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets.

VIEs sponsored by third parties

The Firm enters into transactions with VIEs structured by other parties. These include, for example, acting as a derivative counterparty, liquidity provider, investor, underwriter, placement agent, remarketing agent, trustee or custodian. These transactions are conducted at arm’s-length, and individual credit decisions are based on the analysis of the specific VIE, taking into consideration the quality of the underlying assets. Where the Firm does not have the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, or a variable interest that could potentially be significant, the Firm generally does not consolidate the VIE, but it records and reports these positions on its Consolidated balance sheets in the same manner it would record and report positions in respect of any other third-party transaction.

Tax credit vehicles

The Firm holds investments in unconsolidated tax credit vehicles, which are limited partnerships and similar entities that own and operate affordable housing, alternative energy, and other projects. These entities are primarily considered VIEs. A third party is typically the general partner or managing member and has control over the significant activities of the tax credit vehicles, and accordingly the Firm does not consolidate tax credit vehicles. The Firm generally invests in these partnerships as a limited partner and earns a return primarily through the receipt of tax credits allocated to the projects. At December 31, 2025 and 2024, the maximum loss exposure, represented by equity investments and funding commitments, was $38.1 billion and $35.2 billion, of which $16.4 billion and $15.0 billion was unfunded, respectively. The Firm assesses each project and to reduce the risk of loss, may withhold varying amounts of its capital investment until the project qualifies for tax credits. Refer to Note 28 for more information on off-balance sheet lending-related commitments.

The Firm elected the proportional amortization method for certain tax-oriented investments on a program-by-program basis. The proportional amortization method requires the cost of eligible investments, within an elected program, be amortized in proportion to the tax benefits received with the resulting amortization reported directly in income tax expense, which aligns with the associated tax credits and other tax benefits. Investments must meet certain criteria to be eligible, including that substantially all of the return is from income tax credits and other income tax benefits.

In addition, under this method deferred taxes are generally not recorded as the investment is now amortized in proportion to the income tax credits and other income tax benefits received. Delayed equity contributions that are unconditional and legally

binding or conditional and probable of occurring are recorded in other liabilities with a corresponding increase in the carrying value of the investment. The guidance also requires a reevaluation of eligible investments when significant modifications or events occur that result in a change in the nature of the investment or a change in the Firm's relationship with the underlying project. During the period, there were no significant modifications or events that resulted in a change in the nature of an eligible investment or a change in the Firm's relationship with the underlying project.

The following table provides information on tax-oriented investments for which the Firm elected to apply the proportional amortization method.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)Alternative energy and affordable housing programs(d)
2025 · 2024 · 2023
Programs for which the Firm elected proportional amortization:
Carrying value(a)$33,858$31,978$14,644
Tax credits and other tax benefits(b)6,0976,3792,044
Investments that qualify to be accounted for using proportional amortization:
Amortization losses recognized as a component of income tax expense(4,553)(5,018)(1,561)
Non-income-tax-related gains/(losses) and other returns received that are recognized outside of income tax expense(c)169142(1)

(a)Recorded in Other assets on the Consolidated balance sheets. Excludes programs to which the Firm does not apply the proportional amortization method, such as historic tax credit and new market tax credit programs.

(b)Reflected in Income tax expense on the Consolidated statements of income and Operating activities on the Consolidated statements of cash flows. Additionally, the Firm recognized $1.1 billion, $1.0 billion andzero of income tax credits along with $(1.4) billion, $(1.2) billion andzero of amortization losses from investments in programs for which the Firm elected proportional amortization but the investments did not meet certain eligibility criteria for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Those amounts were recorded on a net basis in Other income on the Consolidated statements of income and in Operating activities on the Consolidated statements of cash flows.

(c)Recorded in Other income on the Consolidated statements of income and Operating activities on the Consolidated statements of cash flows. Refer to Note 6 for further information.

(d)As of December 31, 2023 represents eligible affordable housing investments.

Customer municipal bond vehicles (TOB trusts)

The Firm may provide various services to customer TOB trusts, including remarketing agent and liquidity or tender option provider. In certain customer TOB transactions, the Firm, as liquidity provider, has entered into a reimbursement agreement with the Residual holder. In those transactions, upon the termination of the vehicle, the Firm has recourse to the third-party Residual holders for any shortfall. The Firm does not have any intent to protect Residual holders from potential losses on any of the underlying municipal bonds. The Firm does not consolidate customer TOB trusts, since the Firm does not have the power to make decisions that significantly impact the economic performance of the municipal bond vehicle.

The Firm’s maximum exposure as a liquidity provider to customer TOB trusts at December 31, 2025 and 2024, was $7.7 billion and $5.8 billion, respectively. The fair value of assets held by such VIEs at December 31, 2025 and 2024 was $10.5 billion and $8.1 billion, respectively.

Loan securitizations

The Firm has securitized and sold a variety of loans, including residential mortgages, credit card receivables, commercial mortgages and other consumer loans. The purposes of these securitization transactions were to satisfy investor demand and to generate liquidity for the Firm.

For loan securitizations in which the Firm is not required to consolidate the trust, the Firm records the transfer of the loan receivable to the trust as a sale when all of the following accounting criteria for a sale are met: (1) the transferred financial assets are legally isolated from the Firm’s creditors; (2) the transferee or beneficial interest holder can pledge or exchange the transferred financial assets; and (3) the Firm does not maintain effective control over the transferred financial assets (e.g., the Firm cannot repurchase the transferred assets before their maturity and it does not have the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return the transferred assets).

For loan securitizations accounted for as a sale, the Firm recognizes a gain or loss based on the difference between the value of proceeds received (including cash, beneficial interests, or servicing assets received) and the carrying value of the assets sold. Gains and losses on securitizations are reported in noninterest revenue.

Securitization activity

The following table provides information related to the Firm’s securitization activities for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, related to assets held in Firm-sponsored securitization entities that were not consolidated by the Firm, and where sale accounting was achieved at the time of the securitization.

202520242023
Year ended December 31,(in millions)Residential mortgage(d)Commercial and other(e)Residential mortgage(d)Commercial and other(e)Residential mortgage(d)Commercial and other(e)
Principal securitized$26,361$16,059$19,988$17,683$7,678$3,901
All cash flows during the period:(a)
Proceeds received from loan sales as financial instruments(b)(c)$27,136$15,780$19,870$17,346$7,251$3,896
Servicing fees collected34413535245
Cash flows received on interests8341,3764051,303325425

(a)Excludes re-securitization transactions.

(b)Primarily includes Level 2 assets.

(c)The carrying value of the loans accounted for at fair value approximated the proceeds received upon loan sale.

(d)Represents prime mortgages. Excludes loan securitization activity related to U.S. GSEs and government agencies.

(e)Includes commercial mortgages and auto loans.

Key assumptions used to value retained interests originated during the year are shown in the table below.

Year ended December 31,202520242023
Residential mortgage retained interest:
Weighted-average life (in years)3.14.39.6
Weighted-average discount rate5.4%7.1%4.8%
Commercial and other retained interest:
Weighted-average life (in years)5.34.53.0
Weighted-average discount rate4.9%6.2%4.6%

Loans and excess MSRs sold to U.S. government-sponsored enterprises and loans in securitization transactions pursuant to Ginnie Mae guidelines

In addition to the amounts reported in the securitization activity tables above, the Firm, in the normal course of business, sells originated and purchased mortgage loans and certain originated excess MSRs on a nonrecourse basis, predominantly to U.S. GSEs. These loans and excess MSRs are sold primarily for the purpose of securitization by the U.S. GSEs, who provide certain guarantee provisions (e.g., credit enhancement of the loans). The Firm also sells loans into securitization transactions pursuant to Ginnie Mae guidelines; these loans are typically insured or guaranteed by another U.S. government agency. The Firm does not consolidate the securitization vehicles underlying these transactions as it is not the primary beneficiary. For a limited number of loan sales, the Firm is obligated to share a portion of the credit risk associated with the sold loans with the purchaser. Refer to Note 28 for additional information about the Firm’s loan sales- and securitization-related indemnifications and Note 15 for additional information about the impact of the Firm’s sale of certain excess MSRs.

The following table summarizes the activities related to loans sold to the U.S. GSEs, and loans in securitization transactions pursuant to Ginnie Mae guidelines.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)202520242023
Carrying value of loans sold$30,496$25,765$19,906
Proceeds received from loan sales as cash$1,905$2,380$300
Proceeds from loan sales as securities(a)(b)28,44923,17819,389
Total proceeds received from loan sales(c)$30,354$25,558$19,689
Gains/(losses) on loan sales(d)(e)$—$—$—

(a)Includes securities from U.S. GSEs and Ginnie Mae that are generally sold shortly after receipt or retained as part of the Firm’s investment securities portfolio.

(b)Included in level 2 assets.

(c)Excludes the value of MSRs retained upon the sale of loans.

(d)Gains/(losses) on loan sales include the value of MSRs.

(e)The carrying value of the loans accounted for at fair value approximated the proceeds received upon loan sale.

Options to repurchase delinquent loans

In addition to the Firm’s obligation to repurchase certain loans due to material breaches of representations and warranties as discussed in Note 28, the Firm also has the option to repurchase delinquent loans that it services for Ginnie Mae loan pools, as well as for other U.S. government agencies under certain arrangements. The Firm typically elects to repurchase delinquent loans from Ginnie Mae loan pools as it continues to service them and/or manage the foreclosure process in accordance with the applicable requirements, and such loans continue to be insured or guaranteed. When the Firm’s repurchase option becomes exercisable, such loans must be reported on the Consolidated balance sheets as a loan with a corresponding liability. Refer to Note 12 for additional information.

The following table presents loans the Firm repurchased or had an option to repurchase, real estate owned, and foreclosed government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans recognized on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Substantially all of these loans and real estate are insured or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies.

December 31,(in millions)20252024
Loans repurchased or option to repurchase(a)$856$577
Real estate owned26
Foreclosed government-guaranteed residential mortgage loans(b)910

(a)Primarily all of these amounts relate to loans that have been repurchased from Ginnie Mae loan pools.

(b)Relates to voluntary repurchases of loans, which are included in accrued interest and accounts receivable.

Loan delinquencies and liquidation losses

The table below includes information about components of and delinquencies related to nonconsolidated securitized financial assets held in Firm-sponsored private-label securitization entities, in which the Firm has continuing involvement as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. For loans sold or securitized where servicing is the Firm’s only form of continuing involvement, the Firm generally experiences a loss only if the Firm was required to repurchase a delinquent loan or foreclosed asset due to a breach in representations and warranties associated with its loan sale or servicing contracts.

As of or for the year ended December 31,(in millions) · Securitized assets · 90 days past due · Net liquidation losses / (recoveries)
2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024
Securitized loans
Residential mortgage:
Prime/ Alt-A & option ARMs$58,525$50,846$654$501$9$10
Subprime2,7661,84792113—2
Commercial and other138,986125,5104,4871,71529277
Total loans securitized$200,277$178,203$5,233$2,329$301$89

Note 15 –Goodwill, mortgage servicing rights, and other intangible assets

Goodwill

Goodwill is recorded upon completion of a business combination as the difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the net assets acquired, and can be adjusted up to one year from the acquisition date as additional information pertaining to facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date is obtained about the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Subsequent to initial recognition, goodwill is not amortized but is tested for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year, or more often if events or circumstances, such as adverse changes in the business climate, indicate that there may be an impairment.

The goodwill associated with each business combination is allocated to the related reporting units, which are generally determined based on how the Firm’s businesses are managed and how they are reviewed. The following table presents goodwill attributed to the reportable business segments and Corporate.

December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Consumer & Community Banking$32,116$32,116$32,116
Commercial & Investment Bank11,25911,23611,251
Asset & Wealth Management8,6348,5218,582
Corporate722692685
Total goodwill$52,731$52,565$52,634

The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill.

(in millions)202520242023
Balance at beginning of period$52,565$52,634$51,662
Changes during the period from:
Business combinations(a)—29917
Other(b)166(98)55
Balance at December 31,$52,731$52,565$52,634

(a)For 2024, includes estimated goodwill associated with the acquisition of LayerOne Financial in CIB. For 2023, predominantly represents estimated goodwill associated with the acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in CIFM in AWM and the acquisition of Aumni Inc., predominantly in CIB.

(b)Primarily foreign currency adjustments and an immaterial amount of goodwill written off due to impairment during the third quarter of 2025.

Goodwill impairment testing

The Firm’s goodwill was not impaired as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

The goodwill impairment test is performed by comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying value. If the fair value is in excess of the carrying value, then the reporting unit’s goodwill is considered not to be impaired. If the fair value is less than the carrying value, then an impairment is recognized for the amount by which the reporting unit’s carrying value exceeds its fair value, up to the amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.

The Firm uses the reporting units’ allocated capital plus goodwill and other intangible assets as a proxy for the carrying values of equity for the reporting units in the goodwill impairment testing. Reporting unit equity is determined on a similar basis as the allocation of capital to the LOBs which takes into consideration a variety of factors including capital levels of similarly rated peers and applicable regulatory capital requirements. LOB’s allocated capital levels are incorporated into the Firm’s annual budget process, which is reviewed by the Firm’s Board of Directors and Operating Committee.

The primary method the Firm uses to estimate the fair value of its reporting units is the income approach. This approach projects cash flows for the forecast period and uses the perpetuity growth method to calculate terminal values. These cash flows and terminal values, which are based on the reporting units’ annual budgets and forecasts are then discounted using an appropriate discount rate. The discount rate used for each reporting unit represents an estimate of the cost of equity for that reporting unit and is determined considering the Firm’s overall estimated cost of equity (estimated using the Capital Asset Pricing Model), as adjusted for the risk characteristics specific to each reporting unit (for example, for higher levels of risk or uncertainty associated with the business or management’s forecasts and assumptions). To assess the reasonableness of the discount rates used for each reporting unit, management compares the discount rate to the estimated cost of equity for publicly traded institutions with similar businesses and risk characteristics. In addition, the weighted average cost of equity (aggregating the various reporting units) is compared with the Firm’s overall estimated cost of equity for reasonableness. The valuations derived from the discounted cash flow analyses are then compared with market-based trading and transaction multiples for relevant competitors. Trading and transaction comparables are used as general indicators to assess the overall reasonableness of the estimated fair values, although precise conclusions generally cannot be drawn due to the differences that naturally exist between the Firm’s businesses and competitor institutions.

The Firm also takes into consideration a comparison between the aggregate fair values of the Firm’s reporting units and JPMorganChase’s market capitalization. In evaluating this comparison, the Firm considers several factors, including (i) a control premium that would exist in a market transaction, (ii) factors related to the level of execution risk that would exist at the Firmwide level that do not exist at the reporting unit level and (iii) short-term market volatility and other factors that do not directly affect the value of individual reporting units.

Unanticipated declines in business performance, increases in credit losses, increases in capital requirements, as well as deterioration in economic or market conditions, adverse regulatory or legislative changes or increases in the estimated market cost of equity, could cause the estimated fair values of the Firm’s reporting units to decline in the future, which could result in a material impairment charge to earnings in a future period related to some portion of the associated goodwill.

Mortgage servicing rights

MSRs represent the fair value of expected future cash flows for performing servicing activities for others. The fair value considers estimated future servicing fees and ancillary revenue, offset by estimated costs to service the loans, and generally declines over time as net servicing cash flows are received, effectively amortizing the MSR asset against contractual servicing and ancillary fee income. MSRs are either purchased from third parties or recognized upon sale or securitization of mortgage loans if servicing is retained.

As permitted by U.S. GAAP, the Firm has elected to account for its MSRs at fair value. The Firm treats its MSRs as a single class of servicing assets based on the availability of market inputs used to measure the fair value of its MSR asset and its treatment of MSRs as one aggregate pool for risk management purposes. The Firm estimates the fair value of MSRs using an option-adjusted spread (“OAS”) model, which projects MSR cash flows over multiple interest rate scenarios in conjunction with the Firm’s prepayment model, and then discounts these cash flows at risk-adjusted rates. The model considers portfolio characteristics, contractually specified servicing fees, prepayment assumptions, delinquency rates, costs to service, late charges and other ancillary revenue, and other economic factors. The Firm compares fair value estimates and assumptions to observable market data where available, and also considers recent market activity and actual portfolio experience.

The fair value of MSRs is sensitive to changes in interest rates, including their effect on prepayment speeds. MSRs typically decrease in value when interest rates decline because declining interest rates tend to increase prepayments and therefore reduce the expected life of the net servicing cash flows that comprise the MSR asset. Conversely, securities (e.g., mortgage-backed securities), and certain derivatives

(e.g., those for which the Firm receives fixed-rate interest payments) increase in value when interest rates decline. JPMorganChase uses combinations of derivatives and securities to manage the risk of changes in the fair value of MSRs. The intent is to offset any interest-rate related changes in the fair value of MSRs with changes in the fair value of the related risk management instruments.

The following table summarizes MSR activity for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except where otherwise noted)202520242023
Fair value at beginning of period$9,121$8,522$7,973
MSR activity:
Originations of MSRs433325253
Purchase of MSRs(a)6246011,028
Disposition of MSRs9(21)(e)(188)(e)
Net additions/(dispositions)1,0669051,093
Changes due to collection/realization of expected cash flows(1,068)(1,068)(1,011)
Changes in valuation due to inputs and assumptions:
Changes due to market interest rates and other(b)48670424
Changes in valuation due to other inputs and assumptions:
Projected cash flows (e.g., cost to service)(36)102(22)
Discount rates(1)1414
Prepayment model changes and other(c)37(24)51
Total changes in valuation due to other inputs and assumptions—9243
Total changes in valuation due to inputs and assumptions48762467
Fair value at December 31,$9,167$9,121$8,522
Change in unrealized gains/(losses) included in income related to MSRs held at December 31,$48$762$467
Contractual service fees, late fees and other ancillary fees included in income1,6351,6061,590
Third-party mortgage loans serviced at December 31, (in billions)668652632
Servicer advances, net of an allowance for uncollectible amounts, at December 31(d)493577659

(a)Includes purchase price adjustments associated with purchased MSRs, primarily due to loans that prepaid within 90 days of settlement or did not meet certain criteria and were removed from the purchase prior to the transfer date, allowing the Firm to recover the purchase price.

(b)Represents both the impact of changes in estimated future prepayments due to changes in market interest rates, and the difference between actual and expected prepayments.

(c)Represents changes in prepayments other than those attributable to changes in market interest rates.

(d)Represents amounts the Firm pays as the servicer (e.g., scheduled principal and interest, taxes and insurance), which will generally be reimbursed within a short period of time after the advance from future cash flows from the trust or the underlying loans. The Firm’s credit risk associated with these servicer advances is minimal because reimbursement of the advances is typically senior to all cash payments to investors. In addition, the Firm maintains the right to stop payment to investors if the collateral is insufficient to cover the advance. However, certain of these servicer advances may not be recoverable if they were not made in accordance with applicable rules and agreements.

(e)Includes excess MSRs transferred to agency-sponsored trusts in exchange for stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBS”). In each transaction, a portion of the SMBS was acquired by third parties at the transaction date; the Firm acquired the remaining balance of those SMBS as trading securities.

The following table presents the components of mortgage fees and related income (including the impact of MSR risk management activities) for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)202520242023
CCB mortgage fees and related income
Production revenue$622$627$421
Net mortgage servicing revenue:
Operating revenue:
Loan servicing revenue1,6511,6591,634
Changes in MSR asset fair value due to collection/realization of expected cash flows(1,065)(1,067)(1,011)
Total operating revenue586592623
Risk management:
Changes in MSR asset fair value due to market interest rates and other(a)48670424
Other changes in MSR asset fair value due to other inputs and assumptions in model(b)—9243
Change in derivative fair value and other70(603)(336)
Total risk management118159131
Total net mortgage servicing revenue704751754
Total CCB mortgage fees and related income1,3261,3781,175
All other55231
Mortgage fees and related income$1,381$1,401$1,176

(a)Represents both the impact of changes in estimated future prepayments due to changes in market interest rates, and the difference between actual and expected prepayments.

(b)Represents the aggregate impact of changes in model inputs and assumptions such as projected cash flows (e.g., cost to service), discount rates and changes in prepayments other than those attributable to changes in market interest rates (e.g., changes in prepayments due to changes in home prices).

Changes in fair value based on variations in assumptions generally cannot be easily extrapolated, because the relationship of the change in the assumptions to the change in fair value are often highly interrelated and may not be linear. In the following table, the effect that a change in a particular assumption may have on the fair value is calculated without changing any other assumption. In reality, changes in one factor may result in changes in another, which would either magnify or counteract the impact of the initial change.

The table below outlines the key economic assumptions used to determine the fair value of the Firm’s MSRs at December 31, 2025 and 2024, and outlines the sensitivities of those fair values to immediate adverse changes in those assumptions, as defined below.

December 31,(in millions, except rates)20252024
Weighted-average prepayment speed assumption (constant prepayment rate)6.77%6.19%
Impact on fair value of 10% adverse change$(181)$(209)
Impact on fair value of 20% adverse change(353)(406)
Weighted-average option adjusted spread(a)6.14%5.97%
Impact on fair value of 100 basis points adverse change$(394)$(391)
Impact on fair value of 200 basis points adverse change(757)(751)

(a)Includes the impact of operational risk and regulatory capital.

Other intangible assets

The Firm’s finite-lived and indefinite-lived other intangible assets are initially recorded at their fair value primarily upon completion of a business combination. Finite-lived intangible assets, including core deposit intangibles, customer relationship intangibles, and certain other intangible assets, are amortized over their useful lives, estimated based on the expected future economic benefits. The Firm’s intangible assets with indefinite lives, such as asset management contracts, are not subject to amortization and are assessed periodically for impairment.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the gross carrying values of other intangible assets were $3.5 billion and $3.8 billion, respectively, and the accumulated amortization was $962 million and $879 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the net carrying values consist of finite-lived intangible assets of $1.3 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, as well as indefinite-lived intangible assets, which are not subject to amortization, of $1.3 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively.

As of December 31, 2025, other intangible assets reflected core deposit and certain wealth management customer relationship intangibles related to the First Republic acquisition, and asset management contracts related to the Firm’s acquisition of the remaining 51% interest in CIFM. Refer to Note 34 for additional information on the First Republic acquisition.

For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, amortization expense was $292 million and $339 million, respectively.

The following table presents estimated future amortization expense.

December 31, (in millions)Finite-lived intangible assets
2026$266
2027264
2028264
2029252
2030100

Impairment testing

The Firm’s finite-lived and indefinite-lived other intangible assets are assessed for impairment annually or more often if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the asset might be impaired. Once the Firm determines that an impairment exists for an intangible asset, the impairment is recognized in other expense.

Note 16 –Premises and equipment

Premises and equipment includes land carried at cost, as well as buildings, leasehold improvements, internal-use software and furniture and equipment carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. The Firm’s operating lease right-of-use assets are also included in Premises and equipment. Refer to Note 18 for a further discussion of the Firm’s right-of-use assets.

The following table presents certain components of Premises and equipment.

December 31, (in millions)20252024
Land, buildings and leasehold improvements$19,041$16,874
Right-of-use assets(a)8,4247,930
Other premises and equipment(b)8,7797,419
Total premises and equipment$36,244$32,223

(a)Excluded $477 million and $564 million of right-of-use assets that were recorded in Other assets at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(b)Other premises and equipment is comprised of internal-use software and furniture and equipment.

JPMorganChase computes depreciation using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life for buildings and furniture and equipment. The Firm depreciates leasehold improvements over the lesser of the remainder of the lease term or the estimated useful life. The Firm also capitalizes certain costs associated with the acquisition or development of internal-use software. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software’s expected useful life. The estimated useful lives range from 10 to 50 years for buildings and leasehold improvements, and 3 to 10 years for internal-use software and furniture and equipment.

Impairment is assessed when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be fully recoverable.

Note 17 –Deposits

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits were as follows:

December 31, (in millions)20252024
U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing (included $16,610 and $28,904 at fair value)(a)$583,342$592,500
Interest-bearing (included $1,085 and $1,101 at fair value)(a)1,452,7291,345,914
Total deposits in U.S. offices2,036,0711,938,414
Non-U.S. offices
Noninterest-bearing (included $3,099 and $2,255 at fair value)(a)37,05726,806
Interest-bearing (included $136 and $1,508 at fair value)(a)486,192440,812
Total deposits in non-U.S. offices523,249467,618
Total deposits$2,559,320$2,406,032

(a)Includes structured notes classified as deposits for which the fair value option has been elected. Refer to Note 3 for further discussion.

As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, time deposits in denominations that met or exceeded the insured limit were as follows:

December 31, (in millions)20252024
U.S. offices$155,114$149,239
Non-U.S. offices(a)89,08592,639
Total$244,199$241,878

(a)Represents all time deposits in non-U.S. offices as these deposits typically exceed the insured limit.

As of December 31, 2025, the remaining maturities of interest-bearing time deposits were as follows:

December 31,(in millions)
U.S. · Non-U.S. · Total
2026$223,575$85,868$309,443
2027746—746
2028195—195
2029612—612
2030156—156
After 5 years130118248
Total$225,414$85,986$311,400

Note 18 -Leases

Firm as lessee

At December 31, 2025 JPMorganChase and its subsidiaries were obligated under a number of noncancellable leases, predominantly operating leases for premises and equipment used primarily for business purposes. These leases generally have terms of 20 years or less, determined based on the contractual maturity of the lease, and include periods covered by options to extend or terminate the lease when the Firm is reasonably certain that it will exercise those options. All leases with lease terms greater than twelve months are reported as a lease liability with a corresponding right-of-use (“ROU”) asset. None of these lease agreements impose restrictions on the Firm’s ability to pay dividends, engage in debt or equity financing transactions or enter into further lease agreements. Certain of these leases contain escalation clauses that will increase rental payments based on maintenance, utility and tax increases, which are non-lease components. The Firm elected not to separate lease and non-lease components of a contract for its real estate leases. As such, real estate lease payments represent payments on both lease and non-lease components.

Operating lease liabilities and ROU assets are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of the future minimum lease payments over the lease term. The future lease payments are discounted at a rate that estimates the Firm’s collateralized borrowing rate for financing instruments of a similar term and are included in accounts payable and other liabilities. The operating lease ROU assets, predominantly included in premises and equipment, also include any lease prepayments made, plus initial direct costs incurred, less any lease incentives received. Rental expense associated with operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term, and generally included in occupancy expense in the Consolidated statements of income.

The carrying values of the Firm’s operating leases were as follows:

December 31,(in millions, except where otherwise noted)
20252024
Right-of-use assets$8,901$8,494
Lease liabilities9,3378,900
Weighted average remaining lease term (in years)8.28.3
Weighted average discount rate4.43%4.24%
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Supplemental cash flow information
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities - operating cash flows$1,759$1,734$1,662
Supplemental non-cash information
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease obligations$1,834$1,565$2,094
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Rental expense
Gross rental expense$2,388$2,231$2,079
Sublease rental income(28)(41)(72)
Net rental expense$2,360$2,190$2,007

The following table presents future payments under operating leases as of December 31, 2025.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)
2026$1,767
20271,699
20281,539
20291,322
20301,094
After 20303,834
Total future minimum lease payments11,255
Less: Imputed interest(1,918)
Total$9,337

In addition to the table above, as of December 31, 2025, the Firm had additional future operating lease commitments of $1.9 billion that were signed but had not yet commenced. These operating leases will commence between 2026 and 2029 with lease terms up to 21 years.

Firm as lessor

The Firm provides auto and equipment lease financing to its customers through lease arrangements with lease terms that may contain renewal, termination and/or purchase options. The Firm’s lease financings are predominantly auto operating leases. These assets subject to operating leases are recognized in other assets on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease term to reduce the asset to its estimated residual value. Depreciation expense is included in technology, communications and equipment expense in the Consolidated statements of income. The Firm’s lease income is generally recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term and is included in other income in the Consolidated statements of income.

On a periodic basis, the Firm assesses leased assets for impairment, and if the carrying amount of the leased asset exceeds the undiscounted cash flows from the lease payments and the estimated residual value upon disposition of the leased asset, an impairment is recognized.

The risk of loss on auto and equipment leased assets relating to the residual value of the leased assets is monitored through projections of the asset residual values at lease origination and periodic review of residual values, and is mitigated through arrangements with certain manufacturers or lessees.

The following table presents the carrying value of assets subject to leases reported on the Consolidated balance sheets.

December 31,(in millions)20252024
Carrying value of assets subject to operating leases, net of accumulated depreciation$20,130$12,988
Accumulated depreciation3,1772,509

The following table presents the Firm’s operating lease income and the related depreciation expense on the Consolidated statements of income.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Operating lease income$3,803$2,795$2,843
Depreciation expense2,4181,6851,778

The following table presents future receipts under operating leases as of December 31, 2025.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)
2026$3,637
20272,645
20281,023
202944
20304
After 2030—
Total future minimum lease receipts$7,353

Note 19 –Accounts payable and other liabilities

Accounts payable and other liabilities consist of brokerage payables, which include payables to customers and payables related to security purchases that did not settle; other accrued expenses, such as compensation accruals, credit card rewards liability, accrued interest payables, merchant servicing payables and income tax payables; and all other liabilities, including operating lease liabilities, obligations to return securities received as collateral which are measured at fair value, allowance for lending-related commitments, and litigation reserves.

The following table presents the components of accounts payable and other liabilities.

December 31, (in millions)20252024
Brokerage payables$186,658$153,153
Other payables and liabilities(a)130,136127,519
Total accounts payable and other liabilities$316,794$280,672

(a) Includes credit card rewards liability of $16.0 billion and $14.4 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The credit card rewards liability represents the estimated cost of rewards points earned and expected to be redeemed by cardholders. The liability is accrued as the cardholder earns the benefit and is reduced when the cardholder redeems points. The redemption rate and cost per point assumptions are key assumptions to estimate the liability and the current period impact is recognized in Card Income.

Refer to Notes 7, 13, 18, 25 and 30 for additional information on accrued interest, allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments, operating lease liabilities, income taxes and litigation reserves, respectively.

Note 20 –Long-term debt

JPMorganChase issues long-term debt denominated in various currencies, predominantly U.S. dollars, with both fixed and variable interest rates. Included in senior and subordinated debt below are various equity-linked or other indexed instruments, which the Firm has elected to measure at fair value. Changes in fair value are recorded in principal transactions revenue in the Consolidated statements of income, except for unrealized gains/(losses) due to DVA which are recorded in OCI. The following table is a summary of long-term debt carrying values (including unamortized premiums and discounts, issuance costs, valuation adjustments and fair value adjustments, where applicable) by remaining contractual maturity as of December 31, 2025.

By remaining maturity atDecember 31,(in millions, except rates) · 2025 · 2024
Under 1 year · 1-5 years · After 5 years · Total · Total
Parent company
Senior debt:Fixed rate$11,761$91,867$122,443$226,071$214,911
Variable rate486,7951,6188,4618,655
Interest rates(f)2.84%3.74%4.14%3.90%3.71%
Subordinated debt:Fixed rate$2,489$3,099$12,919$18,507$14,457
Variable rate—————
Interest rates(f)4.83%4.63%4.96%4.89%4.76%
Subtotal$14,298$101,761$136,980$253,039$238,023
Subsidiaries
Federal Home Loan Banks advances:Fixed rate$1,236$405$18$1,659$9,257
Variable rate—16,500—16,50020,000
Interest rates(f)3.33%4.05%5.65%4.01%4.67%
Purchase Money Note:(a)Fixed rate$—$49,435$—$49,435$49,208
Interest rates(f)—%3.40%—%3.40%3.40%
Senior debt:Fixed rate$5,896$19,908$11,973$37,777$26,545
Variable rate21,15943,39310,65075,20256,782
Interest rates(f)5.02%3.88%1.35%3.66%3.81%
Subtotal$28,291$129,641$22,641$180,573$161,792
Junior subordinated debt:Fixed rate$—$495$—$495$488
Variable rate—4216781,0991,115
Interest rates(f)—%6.87%5.06%6.10%6.58%
Subtotal$—$916$678$1,594$1,603
Total long-term debt(b)(c)(d)$42,589$232,318$160,299$435,206(g)(h)$401,418
Long-term beneficial interests:
Fixed rate$1,156$4,728$—$5,884$5,312
Variable rate—13120133166
Interest rates(f)5.16%4.54%3.14%4.63%4.62%
Total long-term beneficial interests(e)$1,156$4,741$120$6,017$5,478

(a)Reflects the Purchase Money Note associated with First Republic. Refer to Note 34 for additional information.

(b)Included long-term debt of $70.0 billion and $80.9 billion secured by assets totaling $191.0 billion and $185.5 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The amount of long-term debt secured by assets does not include amounts related to hybrid instruments.

(c)Included $134.6 billion and $100.8 billion of long-term debt accounted for at fair value at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(d)Included $18.1 billion and $13.5 billion of outstanding zero-coupon notes at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The aggregate principal amount of these notes at their respective maturities is $57.6 billion and $50.2 billion, respectively. The aggregate principal amount reflects the contractual principal payment at maturity, which may exceed the contractual principal payment at the Firm’s next call date, if applicable.

(e)Included on the Consolidated balance sheets in beneficial interests issued by consolidated VIEs. Also included amounts accounted for at fair value which were not material as of December 31, 2025 and 2024. Excluded short-term commercial paper and other short-term beneficial interests of $21.9 billion and $21.8 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

(f)The interest rates shown are the weighted average of contractual rates in effect at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively, including non-U.S. dollar fixed- and variable-rate issuances, which excludes the effects of the associated derivative instruments used in hedge accounting relationships, if applicable. The interest rates shown exclude structured notes accounted for at fair value.

(g)As of December 31, 2025, long-term debt in the aggregate of $320.4 billion was redeemable at the option of JPMorganChase, in whole or in part, prior to maturity, based on the terms specified in the respective instruments.

(h)The aggregate carrying values of debt that matures in each of the five years subsequent to 2025 is $42.6 billion in 2026, $55.8 billion in 2027, $105.4 billion in 2028, $31.4 billion in 2029 and $39.8 billion in 2030.

The weighted-average contractual interest rates for total long-term debt excluding structured notes accounted for at fair value were 3.89% and 3.82% as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. In order to modify exposure to interest rate and currency exchange rate movements, JPMorganChase utilizes derivative instruments, primarily interest rate and cross-currency interest rate swaps, in conjunction with some of its debt issuances. The use of these instruments modifies the Firm’s interest expense on the associated debt. The modified weighted-average interest rates for total long-term debt, including the effects of related derivative instruments, were 4.75% and 5.15% as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

JPMorgan Chase & Co. has guaranteed certain long-term debt of its subsidiaries, including structured notes. These guarantees rank pari passu with the Firm’s other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness. The amount of such guaranteed long-term debt and structured notes was $47.6 billion and $41.2 billion at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

The Firm’s unsecured debt does not contain requirements that would call for an acceleration of payments, maturities or changes in the structure of the existing debt, provide any limitations on future borrowings or require additional collateral, based on unfavorable changes in the Firm’s credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings or stock price.

Note 21 –Preferred stock

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, JPMorganChase was authorized to issue 200 million shares of preferred stock, in one or more series, with a par value of $1 per share. In the event of a liquidation or dissolution of the Firm, JPMorganChase’s preferred stock then outstanding takes precedence over the Firm’s common stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets.

The following is a summary of JPMorganChase’s non-cumulative preferred stock outstanding as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, and the quarterly dividend declarations for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Shares(a) · Carrying value (in millions) · Issue date · Contractual ratein effect atDecember 31, 2025 · Earliest redemption date(b) · Floating annualizedrate(c) · Dividend declared per share(d)
December 31, · December 31, · Year ended December 31,
2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024 · 2023
Fixed-rate:
Series DD169,625169,625$1,696$1,6969/21/20185.750%12/1/2023NA$575.00$575.00$575.00
Series EE185,000185,0001,8501,8501/24/20196.0003/1/2024NA600.00600.00600.00
Series GG90,00090,00090090011/7/20194.75012/1/2024NA475.00475.00475.00
Series JJ150,000150,0001,5001,5003/17/20214.5506/1/2026NA455.00455.00455.00
Series LL185,000185,0001,8501,8505/20/20214.6256/1/2026NA462.52462.52462.52
Series MM200,000200,0002,0002,0007/29/20214.2009/1/2026NA420.00420.00420.00
Fixed-to-floating rate:
Series Q————4/23/2013—5/1/2023SOFR + 3.25%—220.45801.41(h)
Series R————7/29/2013—8/1/2023SOFR + 3.30—221.70756.73(i)
Series S————1/22/2014—2/1/2024SOFR + 3.78—233.70(g)675.00
Series U————3/10/2014—4/30/2024SOFR + 3.33—153.13612.50
Series X————9/23/2014—10/1/2024SOFR + 3.33—457.50610.00
Series CC125,750125,7501,2581,25810/20/2017SOFR + 2.5811/1/2022SOFR + 2.58709.88812.73804.08
Series FF————7/31/2019—8/1/2024SOFR + 3.38—250.00500.00
Series HH—300,000—3,0001/23/2020—2/1/2025SOFR + 3.125—460.00460.00
Series II150,000150,0001,5001,5002/24/2020SOFR + 2.7454/1/2025SOFR + 2.745631.68(e)400.00400.00
Series KK200,000200,0002,0002,0005/12/20213.6506/1/2026CMT + 2.85365.00365.00365.00
Series NN250,000250,0002,4962,4963/12/20246.8756/1/2029CMT + 2.737687.52494.63(f)NA
Series OO300,000NA2,995NA2/4/20256.5004/1/2030CMT + 2.152590.42(f)NANA
Total preferred stock2,005,3752,005,375$20,045$20,050

(a)Represented by depositary shares.

(b)Each series of fixed-to-floating rate preferred stock converts to a floating rate at the earliest redemption date.

(c)References in the table to “SOFR” mean a floating annualized rate equal to three-month term SOFR (plus, in the case of the Series CC preferred stock, a spread adjustment of 0.26% per annum) plus the spreads noted. References to “CMT” mean a floating annualized rate equal to the five-year Constant Maturity Treasury (“CMT”) rate plus the spreads noted.

(d)Dividends on preferred stock are discretionary and non-cumulative. When declared, dividends are declared quarterly. Dividends are payable quarterly on fixed-rate preferred stock. Dividends are payable semiannually on fixed-to-floating rate preferred stock while at a fixed rate, and payable quarterly after converting to a floating rate.

(e)The dividend rate for Series II preferred stock became floating and payable quarterly starting on April 1, 2025; prior to which the dividend rate was fixed at 4.00% or $200.00 per share payable semiannually. The dividend rate for each quarterly dividend period commencing on April 1, 2025 was three-month term SOFR plus the spread of 2.745%.

(f)The initial dividend declared was prorated based on the number of days outstanding for the period. Dividends were declared quarterly thereafter at the contractual rate.

(g)The dividend rate for Series S preferred stock became floating and payable quarterly starting on February 1, 2024; prior to which the dividend rate was fixed at 6.75% or $337.50 per share payable semiannually. The dividend rate for each quarterly dividend period commencing on February 1, 2024 was three-month term SOFR (plus a spread adjustment of 0.26% per annum) plus the spread of 3.78%.

(h)The dividend rate for Series Q preferred stock became floating and payable quarterly starting on May 1, 2023; prior to which the dividend rate was fixed at 5.15% or $257.50 per share payable semiannually. The dividend rate for each quarterly dividend period commencing on August 1, 2023 was three-month term SOFR (plus a spread adjustment of 0.26% per annum) plus the spread of 3.25%.

(i)The dividend rate for Series R preferred stock became floating and payable quarterly starting on August 1, 2023; prior to which the dividend rate was fixed at 6.00% or $300.00 per share payable semiannually. The dividend rate for each quarterly dividend period commencing on August 1, 2023 was three-month term SOFR (plus a spread adjustment of 0.26% per annum) plus the spread of 3.30%.

Each series of preferred stock has a liquidation value and redemption price per share of $10,000, plus accrued but unpaid dividends. The aggregate liquidation value was $20.1 billion at December 31, 2025.

Issuances

On February 4, 2025, the Firm issued $3.0 billion of fixed-rate reset non-cumulative preferred stock, Series OO.

On March 12, 2024, the Firm issued $2.5 billion of fixed-rate reset non-cumulative preferred stock, Series NN.

Redemptions

On February 1, 2025, the Firm redeemed all $3.0 billion of its fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series HH.

On October 1, 2024, the Firm redeemed all $1.6 billion of its fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series X.

On August 1, 2024, the Firm redeemed all $2.3 billion of its fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series FF.

On May 1, 2024, the Firm redeemed all $5.0 billion of its fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series Q, Series R and Series S.

On April 30, 2024, the Firm redeemed all $1.0 billion of its fixed-to-floating rate non-cumulative preferred stock, Series U.

Redemption rights

Each series of the Firm’s preferred stock may be redeemed on any dividend payment date on or after the earliest redemption date for that series. All outstanding preferred stock series may also be redeemed following a “capital treatment event,” as described in the terms of each series. Any redemption of the Firm’s preferred stock is subject to non-objection from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”).

Note 22 –Common stock

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, JPMorganChase was authorized to issue 9.0 billion shares of common stock with a par value of $1 per share.

Common shares issued which were reissued from treasury by the Firm during the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 were as follows.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Total issued – balance at January 14,104.94,104.94,104.9
Treasury – balance at January 1(1,307.3)(1,228.3)(1,170.7)
Repurchase(114.4)(91.7)(69.5)
Reissuance:
Employee benefits and compensation plans12.311.910.9
Employee stock purchase plans0.70.81.0
Total reissuance13.012.711.9
Total treasury – balance at December 31(1,408.7)(1,307.3)(1,228.3)
Outstanding at December 312,696.22,797.62,876.6

On July 1, 2025, the Firm announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a new $50 billion common share repurchase program, effective July 1, 2025. Through June 30, 2025, the Firm was authorized to purchase up to $30 billion of common shares under its previously-approved common share repurchase program that was announced on June 28, 2024.

The following table sets forth the Firm’s repurchases of common stock for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)202520242023
Total number of shares of common stock repurchased114.491.769.5
Aggregate purchase price of common stock repurchases(a)$31,640$18,841$9,898

The Board of Directors’ authorization to repurchase common shares is utilized at management’s discretion. The common share repurchase program approved by the Board of Directors does not establish specific price targets or timetables. Management determines the amount and timing of common share repurchases based on various factors, including market conditions; legal and regulatory considerations affecting the amount and timing of repurchase activity; the Firm’s capital position (taking into account goodwill and intangibles); organic capital generation; current and proposed future capital requirements; and other investment opportunities. The amount of common shares that the Firm repurchases in any period may be substantially more or less than the amounts estimated or actually repurchased in prior periods, reflecting the dynamic nature of the decision-making process. The Firm’s common share repurchases may be suspended by management at any time; and may be executed through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions, or utilizing Rule 10b5-1 plans, which are written trading plans that the Firm may enter into from time to time under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and which allow the Firm to repurchase its common shares during periods when it may otherwise not be repurchasing common shares — for example, during internal trading blackout periods.

As of December 31, 2025, approximately 50.0 million shares of common stock were reserved for issuance under various employee incentive, compensation, option and stock purchase plans, and directors’ compensation plans.

Note 23 –Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share (“EPS”) is calculated using the two-class method. Under the two-class method, all earnings (distributed and undistributed) are allocated to common stock and participating securities. JPMorganChase grants RSUs under its share-based compensation programs, predominantly all of which entitle recipients to receive nonforfeitable dividends during the vesting period on a basis equivalent to dividends paid to holders of the Firm’s common stock. These unvested RSUs meet the definition of participating securities based on their respective rights to receive nonforfeitable dividends, and they are treated as a separate class of securities in computing basic EPS. Participating securities are not included as incremental shares in computing diluted EPS; refer to Note 9 for additional information.

Diluted EPS incorporates the potential impact of contingently issuable shares, including awards which require future service as a condition of delivery of the underlying common stock. Diluted EPS is calculated under both the two-class and treasury stock methods, and the more dilutive amount is reported. For each of the periods presented in the table below, diluted EPS calculated under the two-class method was more dilutive.

The following table presents the calculation of net income applicable to common stockholders and basic and diluted EPS for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

Year ended December 31,(in millions, except per share amounts)202520242023
Basic earnings per share
Net income$57,048$58,471$49,552
Less: Preferred stock dividends1,0991,2591,501
Net income applicable to common equity55,94957,21248,051
Less: Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities268344291
Net income applicable to common stockholders$55,681$56,868$47,760
Total weighted-average basic shares outstanding2,776.52,873.92,938.6
Net income per share$20.05$19.79$16.25
Diluted earnings per share
Net income applicable to common stockholders$55,681$56,868$47,760
Total weighted-average basic shares outstanding2,776.52,873.92,938.6
Add: Dilutive impact of unvested PSUs, nondividend-earning RSUs and SARs5.05.14.5
Total weighted-average diluted shares outstanding2,781.52,879.02,943.1
Net income per share$20.02$19.75$16.23

Note 24 –Accumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)

AOCI includes the after-tax change in unrealized gains and losses on investment securities, foreign currency translation adjustments (including the impact of related derivatives), fair value changes of excluded components on fair value hedges, cash flow hedging activities, net gain/(loss) related to the Firm’s defined benefit pension and OPEB plans, and fair value option-elected liabilities arising from changes in the Firm’s own credit risk (DVA).

Year ended December 31, (in millions)Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securitiesTranslation adjustments, net of hedgesFair valuehedgesCash flow hedgesDefined benefit pension and OPEB plansDVA on fair value option elected liabilitiesAccumulated other comprehensive income/(loss)
Balance at December 31, 2022$(9,124)$(1,545)$(33)$(5,656)$(1,451)$468$(17,341)
Net change5,381329(101)1,724373(808)6,898
Balance at December 31, 2023$(3,743)(a)$(1,216)$(134)$(3,932)$(1,078)$(340)$(10,443)
Net change(87)(858)(87)(882)(63)(36)(2,013)
Balance at December 31, 2024$(3,830)(a)$(2,074)$(221)$(4,814)$(1,141)$(376)$(12,456)
Net change3,5691,339643,388579(773)8,166
Balance at December 31, 2025$(261)(a)$(735)$(157)$(1,426)$(562)$(1,149)$(4,290)

(a)Included after-tax net unamortized unrealized losses of $(240) million, $(651) million, and $(895) million for the years ended 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to AFS securities that have been transferred to HTM. As of December 31, 2023, included after-tax net unamortized unrealized losses of $(29) million related to HTM securities that have been transferred to AFS as permitted by the new hedge accounting guidance adopted on January 1, 2023. Refer to Note 10 for further information.

The following table presents the pre-tax and after-tax changes in the components of OCI.

202520242023
Year ended December 31, (in millions)Pre-taxTax effectAfter-taxPre-taxTax effectAfter-taxPre-taxTax effectAfter-tax
Unrealized gains/(losses) on investment securities:
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period$4,646$(1,120)$3,526$(1,135)$274$(861)$3,891$(922)$2,969
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains)/losses included in net income(a)57(14)431,021(247)7743,180(768)2,412
Net change4,703(1,134)3,569(114)27(87)7,071(1,690)5,381
Translation adjustments:(b)
Translation6,123(218)5,905(4,385)250(4,135)1,714(95)1,619
Hedges(6,042)1,476(4,566)4,322(1,045)3,277(1,697)407(1,290)
Net change811,2581,339(63)(795)(858)17312329
Fair value hedges, net change(c)84(20)64(115)28(87)(134)33(101)
Cash flow hedges:
Net unrealized gains/(losses) arising during the period2,057(500)1,557(3,742)904(2,838)483(114)369
Reclassification adjustment for realized (gains)/losses included in net income(d)2,406(575)1,8312,579(623)1,9561,775(420)1,355
Net change4,463(1,075)3,388(1,163)281(882)2,258(534)1,724
Defined benefit pension and OPEB plans, net change691(112)579(131)68(63)421(48)373
DVA on fair value option elected liabilities, net change(1,025)252(773)(45)9(36)(1,066)258(808)
Total other comprehensive income/(loss)$8,997$(831)$8,166$(1,631)$(382)$(2,013)$8,567$(1,669)$6,898

(a)The pre-tax amount is reported in Investment securities gains/(losses) in the Consolidated statements of income.

(b)Reclassifications of pre-tax realized gains/(losses) on translation adjustments and related hedges are reported in other income/expense in the Consolidated statements of income. During the year ended December 31, 2025, the Firm reclassified a net pre-tax gain of $7 million to other income/expense, of which $14 million gain related to net investment hedges and $(7) million loss related to cumulative translation adjustments. During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Firm reclassified a net pre-tax gain of $7 million. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Firm reclassified a net pre-tax loss of $(3) million.

(c)Represents changes in fair value of cross-currency swaps attributable to changes in cross-currency basis spreads, which are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recorded in other comprehensive income. The initial cost of cross-currency basis spreads is recognized in earnings as part of the accrual of interest on the cross-currency swaps.

(d)The pre-tax amounts are primarily recorded in noninterest revenue, net interest income and compensation expense in the Consolidated statements of income.

Note 25 –Income taxes

JPMorganChase and its eligible subsidiaries file a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return. JPMorganChase uses the asset and liability method to provide for income taxes on all transactions recorded in the Consolidated Financial Statements. This method requires that income taxes reflect the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities for book and tax purposes. Accordingly, a deferred tax asset or liability for each temporary difference is determined based on the tax rates that the Firm expects to be in effect when the underlying items of income and expense are realized. JPMorganChase’s expense for income taxes includes the current and deferred portions of that expense. A valuation allowance is established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount the Firm expects to realize.

Due to the inherent complexities arising from the nature of the Firm’s businesses, and from conducting business and being taxed in a substantial number of

jurisdictions, significant judgments and estimates are required to be made. Agreement of tax liabilities between JPMorganChase and the many tax jurisdictions in which the Firm files tax returns may not be finalized for several years. Thus, the Firm’s final tax-related assets and liabilities may ultimately be different from those currently reported.

For the year ended December 31, 2025, the Firm adopted the Income Taxes: Improvement to Income Tax Disclosures accounting standard, under the retrospective method. The adoption of this guidance resulted in expanded disclosures in certain tables below.

Effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method guidance, under the modified retrospective method. Refer to Notes 1, 6 and 14 for additional information.

Effective tax rate and expense

The following table presents a reconciliation of the applicable statutory U.S. federal income tax rate to the effective tax rate.

202520242023
Year ended December 31,(in millions, except rates)Income tax expense% of income before income tax expenseIncome tax expense% of income before income tax expenseIncome tax expense% of income before income tax expense
Statutory U.S. federal tax rate$15,24521.0%$15,76721.0%$12,93821.0%
Increase/(decrease) in tax rate resulting from:
U.S. state and local income taxes, net of U.S. federal income tax benefit(a)2,6883.72,3733.21,7292.8
Foreign tax effects1,3861.91,6702.21,4112.3
Effect of changes in tax laws or rates enacted in the current period(134)(0.2)————
Effect of cross border tax laws, net(342)(0.5)(509)(0.7)(325)(0.5)
Tax credits, net(2,144)(3.0)(1,985)(2.6)(2,802)(4.5)
Alternative energy credits(1,135)(1.6)(1,125)(1.5)(2,170)(3.5)
All other(1,009)(1.4)(860)(1.1)(632)(1.0)
Change in valuation allowances2480.3————
Nontaxable or nondeductible items(246)(0.3)(369)(0.5)29—
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits(387)(0.5)(3)—560.1
Other, net(767)(1.0)(334)(0.5)(976)(1.6)
Total income tax expense and effective tax rate$15,54721.4%$16,61022.1%$12,060(b)19.6%(b)

(a)For the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024, California, New York City, and New York State made up greater than 50% of the effect of the U.S. state and local income taxes category. For the year ended December 31, 2023, New York City and California made up greater than 50% of the effect of the U.S. state and local income taxes category.

(b)Income tax expense associated with the First Republic acquisition was reflected in the estimated bargain purchase gain, which resulted in a reduction in the Firm’s effective tax rate.

The following table reflects the components of income tax expense/(benefit) included in the Consolidated statements of income.

Income tax expense/(benefit)
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Current income tax expense/(benefit)
U.S. federal$3,109$7,091$8,973
U.S. state and local2,5592,7623,266
Non-U.S.4,2684,7534,355
Total current income tax expense9,93614,60616,594
Deferred income tax expense/(benefit)
U.S. federal4,4471,771(3,475)
U.S. state and local906161(1,094)
Non-U.S.2587235
Total deferred income tax expense/(benefit)5,6112,004(4,534)
Total income tax expense$15,547$16,610$12,060

Total income tax expense includes $629 million, $314 million and $68 million of tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively, resulting from the resolution of tax audits.

Tax effect of items recorded in stockholders’ equity

The preceding table does not reflect the tax effect of certain items that are recorded each period directly in stockholders’ equity, which are predominantly reflected in OCI as disclosed in Note 24. For the year ended December 31, 2024, stockholders’ equity reflected the tax effect associated with the Firm’s adoption of the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures Using the Proportional Amortization Method guidance. For the year ended December 31, 2023, stockholders’ equity reflected the tax effect associated with the Firm’s adoption of the TDR accounting guidance. Both of the respective adoptions were recognized in retained earnings. Refer to Note 1, 6 and 14 for further information.

Results from U.S. and non-U.S. earnings

The following table presents the U.S. and non-U.S. components of income before income tax expense.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
U.S.$56,184$59,472$46,868
Non-U.S.(a)16,41115,60914,744
Income before income tax expense$72,595$75,081$61,612

(a)For purposes of this table, non-U.S. income is defined as income generated from operations located outside the U.S.

The Firm will recognize any U.S. income tax expense it may incur on global intangible low tax income as income tax expense in the period in which the tax is incurred.

Income taxes paid

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds, was $5.3 billion, $11.7 billion, and $9.9 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

The following table presents income taxes paid by respective jurisdiction in excess of 5% of total income taxes paid, net of refunds received.

Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
U.S. federal$(1,099)$3,465$2,797
U.S. state and local
New York State538NM590
California465810721
New York City270NMNM
All other4592,0651,432
Total U.S. state and local1,7322,8752,743
Non-U.S.
United Kingdom9871,2541,254
India582599NM
France459NMNM
Luxembourg272NMNM
GermanyNM647NM
All other2,3762,8753,114
Total Non-U.S.4,6765,3754,368
Total cash income taxes paid, net$5,309$11,715$9,908

NM refers to not meaningful, which reflects the amount of income taxes paid during the year that does not meet the 5% disaggregation threshold.

Deferred taxes

Deferred income tax expense/(benefit) reflects the differences between assets and liabilities measured for financial reporting purposes versus income tax return purposes. Deferred tax assets are recognized if, in management’s judgment, their realizability is determined to be more likely than not. If a deferred tax asset is determined to be unrealizable, a valuation allowance is established. The significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected in the following table, the net deferred tax assets are reflected in other assets on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets.

December 31, (in millions)20252024
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for loan losses$7,402$6,117
Employee benefits1,0791,165
Accrued expenses and other5,9078,881
Depreciation and amortization—386
Non-U.S. operations1,027948
Tax attribute carryforwards2,252352
Gross deferred tax assets17,66717,849
Valuation allowance(476)(249)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance$17,191$17,600
Deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation and amortization$2,343$—
Mortgage servicing rights, net of hedges1,9501,912
Leasing transactions4,2912,249
Other, net1,6591,264
Gross deferred tax liabilities10,2435,425
Net deferred tax assets$6,948$12,175

JPMorganChase has recorded deferred tax assets of $2.3 billion at December 31, 2025 in connection with tax attribute carryforwards. GBC and FTC carryforwards were $1.7 billion and $257 million, respectively. State and local capital loss carryforwards were $1.2 billion, non-U.S. NOL carryforwards were $1.0 billion, U.S. federal NOL carryforwards were $193 million, and other U.S. federal tax attributes were $61 million. If not utilized, a portion of the U.S. federal NOL carryforwards and other U.S. federal tax attributes will expire between 2026 and 2036 whereas others have an unlimited carryforward period. Similarly, certain non-U.S. NOL carryforwards will expire between 2028 and 2042 whereas others have an unlimited carryforward period. The state and local capital loss carryforwards will expire between 2026 and 2029. GBC carryforwards will expire in 2045 and FTC carryforwards will expire between 2030 and 2035.

The valuation allowance at December 31, 2025 was predominantly driven by deferred tax assets associated with FTCs and non-U.S. NOLs.

Unrecognized tax benefits

At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, JPMorganChase’s unrecognized tax benefits, excluding related interest expense and penalties, were $5.6 billion, $6.2 billion and $5.4 billion, respectively, of which $4.6 billion, $4.4 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively, if recognized, would reduce the annual effective tax rate. Included in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits are certain items that would not affect the effective tax rate if they were recognized in the Consolidated statements of income. These unrecognized items include the tax effect of certain temporary differences, the portion of gross state and local unrecognized tax benefits that would be offset by the benefit from associated U.S. federal income tax deductions, and the portion of gross non-U.S. unrecognized tax benefits that would have offsets in other jurisdictions. JPMorganChase evaluates the need for changes in unrecognized tax benefits based on its anticipated tax return filing positions as part of its U.S. federal, state and local, and non-U.S. tax returns. In addition, the Firm is presently under audit by a number of taxing authorities, most notably by the Internal Revenue Service, as summarized in the Tax examination status table below. The change in the unrecognized tax benefit would result in a payment or income statement recognition.

The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits.

(in millions)202520242023
Balance at January 1,$6,159$5,401$5,043
Increases based on tax positions related to the current period6091,7211,440
Increases based on tax positions related to prior periods1289237
Decreases based on tax positions related to prior periods(1,268)(907)(1,110)
Decreases related to cash settlements with taxing authorities(4)(148)(9)
Balance at December 31,$5,624$6,159$5,401

After-tax interest expense/(benefit) and penalties related to income tax liabilities recognized in income tax expense were $241 million, $288 million and $229 million for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

At December 31, 2025 and 2024, in addition to the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, the Firm had accrued $1.9 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively, for income tax-related interest and penalties.

Tax examination status

JPMorganChase is continually under examination by the Internal Revenue Service, by taxing authorities throughout the world, and by many state and local jurisdictions throughout the U.S. The following table summarizes the status of tax years that remain subject to income tax examination of JPMorganChase and its consolidated subsidiaries by significant jurisdictions as of December 31, 2025.

Periods under examinationStatus
JPMorganChase – U.S.2011 – 2013Field examination of amended returns; certain matters at Appellate level
JPMorganChase – U.S.2014 - 2020Field examination of original and amended returns; certain matters at Appellate level
JPMorganChase – New York City2015 - 2018Field examination
JPMorganChase – New York State2015 - 2018Field examination
JPMorganChase – U.K.2017 – 2023Field examination of certain select entities

Note 26 –Restricted cash, other restricted assets and intercompany funds transfers

Restricted cash and other restricted assets

Certain of the Firm’s cash and other assets are restricted as to withdrawal or usage. These restrictions are imposed by various regulatory authorities based on the particular activities of the Firm’s subsidiaries.

The business of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is subject to examination and regulation by the OCC. The Bank is a member of the U.S. Federal Reserve System, and its deposits in the U.S. are insured by the FDIC, subject to applicable limits.

The Firm is required to maintain cash reserves at certain non-US central banks.

The Firm is also subject to rules and regulations established by other U.S. and non-U.S. regulators. As part of its compliance with the respective regulatory requirements, the Firm’s broker-dealer activities are subject to certain restrictions on cash and other assets.

The following table presents the components of the Firm’s restricted cash:

December 31, (in billions)20252024
Segregated for the benefit of securities and cleared derivative customers$19.4$18.7
Cash reserves at non-U.S. central banks and held for other general purposes9.68.8
Total restricted cash(a)$29.0$27.5

(a)Comprises $27.8 billion and $26.1 billion in deposits with banks, and $1.2 billion and $1.4 billion in cash and due from banks on the Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively.

Also, as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, the Firm had the following other restricted assets:

Cash and securities pledged with clearing organizations for the benefit of customers of $44.9 billion and $40.7 billion, respectively.

Securities with a fair value of $40.8 billion and $26.8 billion, respectively, in relation to customer activity.

Intercompany funds transfers

Restrictions imposed by U.S. federal law prohibit JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., and its subsidiaries, from lending to JPMorgan Chase & Co. (“Parent Company”) and certain of its affiliates unless the loans are secured in specified amounts. Such secured loans provided by any banking subsidiary to the Parent Company or to any particular affiliate, together with certain other transactions with such affiliate (collectively referred to as “covered transactions”), must be made on terms and conditions that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices. In addition, unless collateralized with cash or US Government debt obligations, covered transactions are generally limited to 10% of the banking subsidiary’s total capital, as determined by the risk-based capital guidelines; the aggregate amount of covered transactions between any banking subsidiary and all of its affiliates is limited to 20% of the banking subsidiary’s total capital.

The Parent Company’stwo principal subsidiaries are JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and JPMorgan Chase Holdings LLC, an intermediate holding company (the “IHC”). The IHC generally holds the stock of JPMorganChase’s subsidiaries other than JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and its subsidiaries. The IHC also owns other assets and provides intercompany loans to the Parent Company. The Parent Company is obligated to contribute to the IHC substantially all the net proceeds received from securities issuances (including issuances of senior and subordinated debt securities and of preferred and common stock).

The principal sources of income and funding for the Parent Company are dividends from JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and dividends and extensions of credit from the IHC. In addition to dividend restrictions set forth in statutes and regulations, the Federal Reserve, the OCC and the FDIC have authority under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations they supervise, including the Parent Company and its subsidiaries that are banks or bank holding companies, if, in the banking regulator’s opinion, payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. The IHC is prohibited from paying dividends or extending credit to the Parent Company if certain capital or liquidity “thresholds” are breached or if limits are otherwise imposed by the Parent Company’s management or Board of Directors.

At January 1, 2026, the Parent Company’s principal banking subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., could pay approximately $30.1 billion in dividends to the Parent Company without the prior approval of its relevant banking regulators. The capacity to pay dividends in 2026 will be supplemented by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.’s earnings during the year.

Note 27 –Regulatory capital

The Federal Reserve establishes capital requirements, including well-capitalized standards, for the Firm as a consolidated financial holding company. The OCC establishes similar minimum capital requirements and standards for the Firm’s principal IDI subsidiary, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

The capital rules under Basel III establish minimum capital ratios and overall capital adequacy standards for large and internationally active U.S. bank holding companies and banks, including the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. Under the rules currently in effect, two comprehensive approaches are prescribed for calculating Basel III RWA: a Standardized approach, and an Advanced approach. For each of these risk-based capital ratios, the capital adequacy of the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is evaluated against the lower of the Standardized or Advanced approaches compared to their respective regulatory capital ratio requirements.

The three components of regulatory capital under the Basel III rules and their primary drivers are as illustrated below:

Under the risk-based capital and leverage-based guidelines of the Federal Reserve, JPMorgan Chase & Co. is required to maintain minimum ratios for CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital, Total capital, Tier 1 leverage and the SLR. Failure to meet these minimum requirements could cause the Federal Reserve to take action. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is also subject to these capital requirements established by its primary regulators.

The following table presents the risk-based regulatory capital ratio requirements and well-capitalized ratios to which the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were subject as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Standardized capital ratio requirements · Advanced capital ratio requirements · Well-capitalized ratios
BHC(a)(b)IDI(c)BHC(a)(b)IDI(c)BHC(d)IDI(e)
Risk-based capital ratios
CET1 capital11.5%7.0%11.5%7.0%NA6.5%
Tier 1 capital13.08.513.08.56.0%8.0
Total capital15.010.515.010.510.010.0

Note: The table above is as defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC and to which the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. are subject.

(a)Represents the regulatory capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm. The CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratio requirements each include a respective minimum requirement plus a GSIB surcharge of 4.5% as calculated under Method 2; plus a 2.5% SCB for Standardized ratios and a fixed 2.5% capital conservation buffer for Advanced ratios. The countercyclical buffer is currently set to 0% by the federal banking agencies.

(b)For the year ended December 31, 2024, the CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements under Standardized applicable to the Firm were 12.3%,13.8%, and 15.8%, respectively; the Advanced CET1, Tier 1, and Total capital ratio requirements applicable to the Firm were 11.5%,13.0%, and 15.0%, respectively.

(c)Represents requirements for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. The CET1, Tier 1 and Total capital ratio requirements include a fixed capital conservation buffer requirement of 2.5% that is applicable to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. is not subject to the GSIB surcharge.

(d)Represents requirements for bank holding companies pursuant to regulations issued by the Federal Reserve.

(e)Represents requirements for JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. pursuant to regulations issued under the FDIC Improvement Act.

The following table presents the leverage-based regulatory capital ratio requirements and well-capitalized ratios to which the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were subject as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Capital ratio requirements(a) · Well-capitalized ratios
BHCIDIBHC(b)IDI
Leverage-based capital ratios
Tier 1 leverage4.0%4.0%NA5.0%
SLR5.06.0NA6.0

Note: The table above is as defined by the regulations issued by the Federal Reserve, OCC and FDIC and to which the Firm and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. are subject.

(a)Represents minimum SLR requirement of 3.0%, as well as supplementary leverage buffer requirements of 2.0% and 3.0% for BHC and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., respectively.

(b)The Federal Reserve's regulations do not establish well-capitalized thresholds for these measures for BHCs.

CECL Regulatory Capital Transition

Beginning January 1, 2022, the $2.9 billion CECL capital benefit, provided by the Federal Reserve in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, was phased out at 25% per year over a three-year period and fully phased out as of January 1, 2025. As of December 31, 2024, the Firm’s CET1 capital reflected the remaining benefit of $720 million associated with the CECL capital transition provisions.

Similarly, as of January 1, 2025, the Firm has phased out the other CECL capital transition provisions which impacted Tier 2 capital, adjusted average assets, total leverage exposure and RWA, as applicable.

The following tables present risk-based capital metrics under both the Standardized and Advanced approaches and leverage-based capital metrics for JPMorgan Chase & Co. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, JPMorgan Chase & Co. and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. were well-capitalized and met all capital requirements to which each was subject.

December 31, 2025(in millions, except ratios) · Standardized · Advanced
JPMorgan Chase & Co. · JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. · JPMorgan Chase & Co. · JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Risk-based capital metrics:(a)
CET1 capital$288,469$294,804$288,469$294,804
Tier 1 capital307,630294,807307,630294,807
Total capital343,843317,684328,962(d)302,732(d)
Risk-weighted assets(b)1,981,6921,928,0392,045,249(d)1,864,923(d)
CET1 capital ratio(c)14.6%15.3%14.1%15.8%
Tier 1 capital ratio(c)15.515.315.015.8
Total capital ratio(c)17.416.516.116.2
December 31, 2024(in millions, except ratios) · Standardized · Advanced
JPMorgan Chase & Co. · JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. · JPMorgan Chase & Co. · JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Risk-based capital metrics:(a)
CET1 capital$275,513$275,732$275,513$275,732
Tier 1 capital294,881275,737294,881275,737
Total capital325,589296,041311,898(d)282,328(d)
Risk-weighted assets1,757,4601,718,7771,740,429(d)1,594,072(b)
CET1 capital ratio15.7%16.0%15.8%17.3%
Tier 1 capital ratio16.816.016.917.3
Total capital ratio18.517.217.917.7

(a)As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. The capital metrics for the year ended December 31, 2024 reflected the CECL capital transition provisions.

(b)Includes approximately $23 billion under the Standardized approach and approximately $110 billion under the Advanced approach for both the Firm and Bank related to the Apple Card transaction.

(c)Includes decreases of approximately 25 basis points under the Standardized approach for both the Firm and Bank and approximately 90 basis points and 110 basis points under the Advanced approach for the Firm and Bank, respectively, related to the Apple Card transaction.

(d)Includes the impacts of certain assets associated with First Republic to which the Standardized approach has been applied as permitted by the transition provisions in the U.S. capital rules.

Three months ended(in millions, except ratios) · December 31, 2025 · December 31, 2024
JPMorgan Chase & Co. · JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. · JPMorgan Chase & Co. · JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
Leverage-based capital metrics:(a)
Adjusted average assets(b)$4,472,394$3,766,709$4,070,499$3,491,283
Tier 1 leverage ratio6.9%7.8%7.2%7.9%
Total leverage exposure$5,302,001$4,571,728$4,837,568$4,246,516
SLR5.8%6.4%6.1%6.5%

(a)As of January 1, 2025, the benefit from the CECL capital transition provision had been fully phased out. The capital metrics for the year ended December 31, 2024 reflected the CECL capital transition provisions.

(b)Adjusted average assets, for purposes of calculating the leverage ratios, includes quarterly average assets adjusted for on-balance sheet assets that are subject to deduction from Tier 1 capital, predominantly goodwill (inclusive of estimated equity method goodwill) and other intangible assets.

Note 28 –Off–balance sheet lending-related

financial instruments, guarantees, and

other commitments

Generally, JPMorganChase provides lending-related financial instruments (e.g., commitments and guarantees) to address the financing needs of its customers and clients. The contractual amount of these financial instruments represents the maximum possible credit risk to the Firm should the customer or client draw upon the commitment or the Firm be required to fulfill its obligation under the guarantee, and should the customer or client subsequently fail to perform according to the terms of the contract. Most of these commitments and guarantees have historically been refinanced, extended, cancelled, or expired without being fully drawn or a default occurring. As a result, the total contractual amount of these instruments is not, in the Firm’s view, representative of its expected future credit exposure or funding requirements.

To provide for expected credit losses in wholesale and certain consumer lending-related commitments, an allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments is maintained. Refer to Note 13 for further information regarding the allowance for credit losses on lending-related commitments.

The following table summarizes the contractual amounts and carrying values of off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments at December 31, 2025 and 2024. The amounts in the table below for credit card, home equity and certain scored business banking lending-related commitments represent the total available credit for these products. The Firm has not experienced, and does not anticipate, that all available lines of credit for these commitments will be utilized at the same time. The Firm can generally reduce or cancel these commitments, in accordance with the contract, or to the extent otherwise permitted by law, including when there has been a demonstrable decline in the creditworthiness of the borrower or significant decrease in the value of underlying property.

Off–balance sheet lending-related financial instruments, guarantees and other commitments
Contractual amount · Carrying value(i)(j)
2025 · 2024 · 2025 · 2024
By remaining maturityas of December 31, (in millions) · Expires in 1 year or less · Expires after 1 year through 3 years · Expires after 3 years through 5 years · Expires after 5 years · Total · Total
Lending-related
Consumer, excluding credit card:
Residential Real Estate(a)$13,496$5,665$3,454$6,383$28,998$30,349$327$534
Auto and other10,784143,80014,58914,4951037
Total consumer, excluding credit card24,2805,6663,45810,18343,58744,844337571
Credit card(b)1,073,537104,229(h)——1,177,7661,001,3112,200(k)—
Total consumer(c)1,097,817109,8953,45810,1831,221,3531,046,1552,537571
Wholesale:
Other unfunded commitments to extend credit(d)135,171179,512219,91026,913561,506498,4373,1122,608
Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees(d)16,4438,1354,90543629,91928,676616473
Other letters of credit(d)4,18312662144,5294,3541337
Total wholesale(c)155,797187,773224,82127,563595,954531,4673,7413,118
Total lending-related$1,253,614$297,668$228,279$37,746$1,817,307$1,577,622$6,278$3,689
Other guarantees and commitments
Securities lending indemnification agreements and guarantees(e)$405,910$—$—$—$405,910$310,046$—$—
Derivatives qualifying as guarantees1,1686339,57237,65849,03149,628(12)113
Unsettled resale and securities borrowed agreements136,841231——137,072115,939—2
Unsettled repurchase and securities loaned agreements52,308587——52,89566,986—(2)
Loan sale and securitization-related indemnifications:
Mortgage repurchase liabilityNANANANANANA3745
Loans sold with recourseNANANANA2,0151,1891923
Exchange & clearing house guarantees and commitments(f)433,537NANANA433,537401,486——
Other guarantees and commitments (g)9,8662,07539190613,23812,3961528

(a)Includes certain commitments to purchase loans from correspondents.

(b)Also includes commercial card lending-related commitments primarily in CIB.

(c)Predominantly all consumer and wholesale lending-related commitments are in the U.S.

(d)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, reflected the contractual amount net of risk participations totaling $181 million and $85 million, respectively, for other unfunded commitments to extend credit; $9.2 billion and $9.5 billion, respectively, for standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees; and $514 million and $556 million, respectively, for other letters of credit. In regulatory filings with the Federal Reserve these commitments are shown gross of risk participations.

(e)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, collateral held by the Firm in support of securities lending indemnification agreements was $431.9 billion and $328.7 billion, respectively. Securities lending collateral primarily consists of cash, G7 government securities, and securities issued by U.S. GSEs and government agencies.

(f)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, includes guarantees to the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation under the sponsored member repo program and commitments and guarantees associated with the Firm’s membership in certain clearing houses.

(g)As of December 31, 2025 and 2024, primarily includes equity investment commitments, unfunded commitments to purchase secondary market loans, unfunded commitments related to certain tax-oriented equity investments, and commitments to purchase leased assets.

(h)Includes estimated total credit exposure related to the Apple Card transaction at the time that the transaction is expected to close of approximately $104 billion, including approximately $23 billion of estimated drawn loans.

(i)For lending-related products, the carrying value includes the allowance for lending-related commitments and the guarantee liability; for derivative-related products, and lending-related commitments for which the fair value option was elected, the carrying value represents the fair value.

(j)For lending-related commitments, the carrying value also includes fees and any purchase discounts or premiums that are deferred and recognized in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets. Deferred amounts for revolving commitments and commitments not expected to fund, are amortized to lending- and deposit-related fees on a straight line basis over the commitment period. For all other commitments the deferred amounts remain deferred until the commitment funds or is sold.

(k)Represents the allowance for lending-related commitments related to the Apple Card transaction.

Other unfunded commitments to extend credit

Other unfunded commitments to extend credit generally consist of commitments for working capital and general corporate purposes, extensions of credit to support commercial paper facilities and bond financings in the event that those obligations cannot be remarketed to new investors, as well as committed liquidity facilities to clearing organizations. The Firm also issues commitments under multipurpose facilities which could be drawn upon in several forms, including the issuance of a standby letter of credit.

Guarantees

U.S. GAAP requires that a guarantor recognize, at the inception of a guarantee, a liability in an amount equal to the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. U.S. GAAP defines a guarantee as a contract that contingently requires the guarantor to pay the guaranteed party based upon: (a) changes in an underlying asset, liability or equity security of the guaranteed party; or (b) a third party’s failure to perform under a specified agreement. The Firm considers the following off–balance sheet arrangements to be guarantees under U.S. GAAP: standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees, securities lending indemnifications, certain indemnification agreements included within third-party contractual arrangements, certain derivative contracts and the guarantees under the sponsored member repo program.

As required by U.S. GAAP, the Firm initially records guarantees at the inception date fair value of the non-contingent obligation assumed (e.g., the amount of consideration received or the net present value of the premium receivable). For these obligations, the Firm records this fair value amount in other liabilities with an offsetting entry recorded in cash (for premiums received), or other assets (for premiums receivable). Any premium receivable recorded in other assets is

reduced as cash is received under the contract, and the fair value of the liability recorded at inception is amortized into income as lending and deposit-related fees over the life of the guarantee contract. The lending-related contingent obligation is recognized based on expected credit losses in addition to, and separate from, any non-contingent obligation.

Non-lending-related contingent obligations are recognized when the liability becomes probable and reasonably estimable. These obligations are not recognized if the estimated amount is less than the carrying amount of any non-contingent liability recognized at inception (adjusted for any amortization). Examples of non-lending-related contingent obligations include indemnifications provided in sales agreements, where a portion of the sale proceeds is allocated to the guarantee, which adjusts the gain or loss that would otherwise result from the transaction. For these indemnifications, the initial liability is amortized to income as the Firm’s risk is reduced (i.e., over time or when the indemnification expires).

The contractual amount and carrying value of guarantees and indemnifications are included in the table on page 296.

For additional information on the guarantees, see below.

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees

Standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees are conditional lending commitments issued by the Firm to guarantee the performance of a client or customer to a third party under certain arrangements, such as commercial paper facilities, bond financings, acquisition financings, trade financings and similar transactions.

The following table summarizes the contractual amount and carrying value of standby letters of credit and other financial guarantees and other letters of credit arrangements as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

Standby letters of credit, other financial guarantees and other letters of credit

20252024
December 31,(in millions)Standby letters of credit and other financial guaranteesOther letters of creditStandby letters of credit and other financial guaranteesOther letters of credit
Investment-grade(a)$20,535$3,187$20,443$3,380
Noninvestment-grade(a)9,3841,3428,233974
Total contractual amount$29,919$4,529$28,676$4,354
Allowance for lending-related commitments$175$13$94$37
Guarantee liability441—379—
Total carrying value$616$13$473$37
Commitments with collateral$16,969$540$16,805$357

(a)The ratings scale is based on the Firm’s internal risk ratings. Refer to Note 12 for further information on internal risk ratings.

Securities lending indemnifications

Through the Firm’s securities lending program, counterparties’ securities, via custodial and non-custodial arrangements, may be lent to third parties. As part of this program, the Firm provides an indemnification in the lending agreements which protects the lender against the failure of the borrower to return the lent securities. To minimize its liability under these indemnification agreements, the Firm obtains cash or other highly liquid collateral with a market value exceeding 100% of the value of the securities on loan from the borrower. Collateral is marked to market daily to help assure that collateralization is adequate. Additional collateral is called from the borrower if a shortfall exists, or collateral may be released to the borrower in the event of overcollateralization. If a borrower defaults, the Firm would use the collateral held to purchase replacement securities in the market or to credit the lending client or counterparty with the cash equivalent thereof.

The cash collateral held by the Firm may be invested on behalf of the client in indemnified resale agreements, whereby the Firm indemnifies the client against the loss of principal invested. To minimize its liability under these agreements, the Firm obtains collateral with a market value exceeding 100% of the principal invested.

Derivatives qualifying as guarantees

The Firm transacts in certain derivative contracts that have the characteristics of a guarantee under U.S. GAAP. These contracts include written put options that require the Firm to purchase assets upon exercise by the option holder at a specified price by a specified date in the future. The Firm may enter into written put option contracts in order to meet client needs, or for other trading purposes. The terms of written put options are typically five years or less.

Derivatives deemed to be guarantees also includes stable value contracts, commonly referred to as “stable value products”, that require the Firm to make a payment of the difference between the market value and the book value of a counterparty’s reference portfolio of assets in the event that market value is less than book value and certain other conditions have been met. Stable value products are transacted in order to allow investors to realize investment returns with less volatility than an unprotected portfolio. These contracts are typically longer-term or may have no stated maturity, but allow the Firm to elect to terminate the contract under certain conditions.

The notional value of derivative guarantees generally represents the Firm’s maximum exposure. However, exposure to certain stable value products is contractually limited to a substantially lower percentage of the notional amount.

The fair value of derivative guarantees reflects the probability, in the Firm’s view, of whether the Firm will be required to perform under the contract. The Firm reduces exposures to these contracts by entering into offsetting transactions, or by entering into contracts that hedge the market risk related to the derivative guarantees.

The following table summarizes the derivatives qualifying as guarantees as of December 31, 2025 and 2024.

(in millions)December 31, 2025December 31, 2024
Notional amounts
Derivative guarantees$49,031$49,628
Stable value contracts with contractually limited exposure35,46232,939
Maximum exposure of stable value contracts with contractually limited exposure1,3121,740
Fair value
Derivative guarantees(12)113

In addition to derivative contracts that meet the characteristics of a guarantee, the Firm is both a purchaser and seller of credit protection in the credit derivatives market. Refer to Note 5 for a further discussion of credit derivatives.

Unsettled securities financing agreements

In the normal course of business, the Firm enters into resale and securities borrowed agreements. At settlement, these commitments result in the Firm advancing cash to and receiving securities collateral from the counterparty. The Firm also enters into repurchase and securities loaned agreements. At settlement, these commitments result in the Firm receiving cash from and providing securities collateral to the counterparty. Such agreements settle at a future date. These agreements generally do not meet the definition of a derivative, and therefore, are not recorded on the Consolidated balance sheets until settlement date. These agreements predominantly have regular-way settlement terms. Refer to Note 11 for a further discussion of securities financing agreements.

Loan sales- and securitization-related indemnifications

Mortgage repurchase liability

In connection with the Firm’s mortgage loan sale and securitization activities with U.S. GSEs the Firm has made representations and warranties that the loans sold meet certain requirements, and that may require the Firm to repurchase mortgage loans and/or indemnify the loan purchaser if such representations and warranties are breached by the Firm.

Private label securitizations

The liability related to repurchase demands associated with private label securitizations is separately evaluated by the Firm in establishing its litigation reserves.

Refer to Note 30 for additional information regarding litigation.

Loans sold with recourse

The Firm provides servicing for mortgages and certain commercial lending products on both a recourse and nonrecourse basis. In nonrecourse servicing, the principal credit risk to the Firm is the cost of temporary servicing advances of funds (i.e., normal servicing advances). In recourse servicing, the servicer agrees to share credit risk with the owner of the mortgage loans, such as Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac or a private investor, insurer or guarantor. Losses on recourse servicing predominantly occur when foreclosure sales proceeds of the property underlying a defaulted loan are less than the sum of the outstanding principal balance, plus accrued interest on the loan and the cost of holding and disposing of the underlying property. The Firm’s securitizations are predominantly nonrecourse, thereby effectively transferring the risk of future credit losses to the purchaser of the mortgage-backed securities issued by the trust. The unpaid principal balance of loans sold with recourse as well as the carrying value of the related liability that the Firm has recorded in accounts payable and other liabilities on the Consolidated balance sheets, which is representative of the Firm’s view of the likelihood it will have to perform under its recourse obligations, are disclosed in the table on page 296.

Other off-balance sheet arrangements

Indemnification agreements – general

In connection with issuing securities to investors outside the U.S., the Firm may agree to pay additional amounts to the holders of the securities in the event that, due to a change in tax law, certain types of withholding taxes are imposed on payments on the securities. The terms of the securities may also give the Firm the right to redeem the securities if such additional amounts are payable. The Firm may also enter into indemnification clauses such as in connection with the licensing of software to clients (“software licensees”) or when it sells a business or assets to a third party (“third-party purchasers”), pursuant to which it indemnifies software licensees for claims of liability or damages that may occur subsequent to the licensing of the software, or third-party purchasers for losses they may incur due to actions taken by the Firm prior to the sale of the business or assets. It is difficult to estimate the Firm’s maximum exposure under these indemnification arrangements, since this would require an assessment of future changes in tax law and future claims that may be made against the Firm that have not yet occurred.

However, based on historical experience, management expects the risk of loss to be remote.

Merchant charge-backs

Under the rules of payment networks, in its role as a merchant acquirer, the Firm’s Merchant Services business in CIB Payments, retains a contingent liability for disputed processed credit and debit card transactions that result in a charge-back to the merchant. If a dispute is resolved in the cardholder’s favor, the Firm will (through the cardholder’s issuing bank) credit or refund the amount to the cardholder and will charge back the transaction to the merchant. If the Firm is unable to collect the amount from the merchant, the Firm will bear the loss for the amount credited or refunded to the cardholder. The Firm mitigates this risk by withholding future settlements, retaining cash reserve accounts or obtaining other collateral. In addition, the Firm recognizes a valuation allowance that covers the payment or performance risk related to charge-backs.

Clearing Services – Client Credit Risk

The Firm provides clearing services for clients by entering into securities purchases and sales and derivative contracts with CCPs, including ETDs such as futures and options, as well as OTC-cleared derivative contracts. As a clearing member, the Firm stands behind the performance of its clients, collects cash and securities collateral (margin) as well as any settlement amounts due from or to clients, and remits them to the relevant CCP or client in whole or part. There are two types of margin: variation margin is posted on a daily basis based on the value of clients’ derivative contracts and initial margin is posted at inception of a derivative contract, generally on the basis of the potential changes in the variation margin requirement for the contract.

As a clearing member, the Firm is exposed to the risk of nonperformance by its clients, but is not liable to clients for the performance of the CCPs. Where possible, the Firm seeks to mitigate its risk to the client through the collection of appropriate amounts of margin at inception and throughout the life of the transactions. The Firm can also cease providing clearing services if clients do not adhere to their obligations under the clearing agreement. In the event of nonperformance by a client, the Firm would close out the client’s positions and access available margin. The CCP would utilize any margin it holds to make itself whole, with any remaining shortfalls required to be paid by the Firm as a clearing member.

The Firm reflects its exposure to nonperformance risk of the client through the recognition of margin receivables from clients and margin payables to CCPs; the clients’ underlying securities or derivative contracts are not reflected in the Firm’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

It is difficult to estimate the Firm’s maximum possible exposure through its role as a clearing member, as this would require an assessment of transactions that clients may execute in the future. However, based upon historical experience, and the credit risk mitigants available to the Firm, management believes it is unlikely that the Firm will have to make any material payments under these arrangements and the risk of loss is expected to be remote.

Refer to Note 5 for information on the derivatives that the Firm executes for its own account and records in its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Exchange & Clearing House Memberships

The Firm is a member of several securities and derivative exchanges and clearing houses, both in the U.S. and other countries, and it provides clearing services to its clients. Membership in some of these organizations requires the Firm to pay a pro rata share of the losses incurred by the organization as a result of the default of another member. Such obligations vary with different organizations. These obligations may be limited to the amount (or a multiple of the amount) of the Firm’s contribution to the guarantee fund maintained by a clearing house or exchange as part of the resources available to cover any losses in the event of a member default. Alternatively, these obligations may also include a pro rata share of the residual losses after applying the guarantee fund. Additionally, certain clearing houses require the Firm as a member to pay a pro rata share of losses that may result from the clearing house’s investment of guarantee fund contributions and initial margin, unrelated to and independent of the default of another member. Generally a payment would only be required should such losses exceed the resources of the clearing house or exchange that are contractually required to absorb the losses in the first instance. In certain cases, it is difficult to estimate the Firm’s maximum possible exposure under these membership agreements, since this would require an assessment of future claims that may be made against the Firm that have not yet occurred. However, based on historical experience, management expects the risk of loss to the Firm to be remote. Where the Firm’s maximum possible exposure can be estimated, the amount is disclosed in the table on page 296, in the Exchange & clearing house guarantees and commitments line.

Sponsored member repo program

The Firm acts as a sponsoring member to clear eligible overnight and term resale and repurchase agreements through the Government Securities Division of the Fixed Income Clearing Corporation (“FICC”) on behalf of clients that become sponsored members under the FICC’s rules. The Firm also guarantees to the FICC the prompt and full payment and performance of its sponsored member clients’ respective obligations under the FICC’s rules. The Firm minimizes its liability under these guarantees by obtaining a security interest in the cash or high-quality securities collateral that the clients place with the clearing house; therefore, the Firm expects the risk of loss to be remote. The Firm’s maximum possible exposure, without taking into consideration the associated collateral, is included in the Exchange & clearing house guarantees and commitments line on page 296. Refer to Note 11 for additional information on credit risk mitigation practices on resale agreements and the types of collateral pledged under repurchase agreements.

Guarantees of subsidiaries

In the normal course of business, the Parent Company may provide counterparties with guarantees of certain of the trading and other obligations of its subsidiaries on a contract-by-contract basis, as negotiated with the Firm’s counterparties. The obligations of the subsidiaries are included on the Firm’s Consolidated balance sheets or are reflected as off-balance sheet commitments; therefore, the Parent Company has not recognized a separate liability for these guarantees. The Firm believes that the occurrence of any event that would trigger payments by the Parent Company under these guarantees is remote.

The Parent Company has guaranteed certain long-term debt and structured notes of its subsidiaries, including JPMorgan Chase Financial Company LLC (“JPMFC”), a 100%-owned finance subsidiary. All securities issued by JPMFC are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Parent Company and no other subsidiary of the Parent Company guarantees these securities. These guarantees, which rank pari passu with the Firm’s unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness, are not included in the table on page 296 of this Note. Refer to Note 20 for additional information.

Note 29 –Pledged assets and collateral

Pledged assets

The Firm pledges financial assets that it owns to maintain potential borrowing capacity at discount windows with Federal Reserve banks, various other central banks and FHLBs. Additionally, the Firm pledges assets for other purposes, including to collateralize repurchase and other securities financing agreements, to cover short sales and to collateralize derivative contracts and deposits. Certain of these pledged assets may be sold or repledged or otherwise used by the secured parties and are parenthetically identified on the Consolidated balance sheets as assets pledged.

The following table presents the carrying value of the Firm’s pledged assets.

December 31, (in billions)20252024
Assets that may be sold or repledged or otherwise used by secured parties$185.6$152.5
Assets that may not be sold or repledged or otherwise used by secured parties410.9297.9
Assets pledged at Federal Reserve banks and FHLBs737.1724.0
Total pledged assets$1,333.6$1,174.4

Total pledged assets do not include assets of consolidated VIEs; these assets are used to settle the liabilities of those entities. Refer to Note 14 for additional information on assets and liabilities of consolidated VIEs. Refer to Note 11 for additional information on the Firm’s securities financing activities. Refer to Note 20 for additional information on the Firm’s long-term debt. The significant components of the Firm’s pledged assets were as follows.

December 31, (in billions)20252024
Investment securities$82.7$89.6
Loans763.8740.9
Trading assets and other487.1343.9
Total pledged assets$1,333.6$1,174.4

Collateral

The Firm accepts financial assets as collateral that it is permitted to sell or repledge, deliver or otherwise use. This collateral is generally obtained under resale and other securities financing agreements, prime brokerage-related held-for-investment customer receivables and derivative contracts. Collateral is generally used under repurchase and other securities financing agreements, to cover short sales, and to collateralize derivative contracts and deposits.

The following table presents the fair value of collateral accepted.

December 31, (in billions)20252024
Collateral permitted to be sold or repledged, delivered, or otherwise used$1,771.0$1,544.0
Collateral sold, repledged, delivered or otherwise used1,426.41,210.7

Note 30 –Litigation

Contingencies

As of December 31, 2025, the Firm and its subsidiaries and affiliates are defendants or respondents in numerous evolving legal proceedings, including private proceedings, public proceedings, government investigations, regulatory enforcement matters, and the matters described below. These range from individual actions involving a single plaintiff to class action lawsuits with potentially millions of class members. Investigations and regulatory enforcement matters involve both formal and informal proceedings, by both governmental agencies and self-regulatory organizations. These legal proceedings are at varying stages of adjudication, arbitration or investigation, and involve each of the Firm’s lines of business in several geographies and varied claims (including common law tort and contract claims and statutory antitrust, securities and consumer protection claims), some of which present novel legal theories.

The Firm estimates the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses, in excess of reserves established, for its legal proceedings is from $0 to approximately $1.2 billion at December 31, 2025. This estimated aggregate range of reasonably possible losses was based upon information available as of that date for those proceedings in which the Firm believes that an estimate of reasonably possible loss can be made. For certain matters, the Firm does not believe that such an estimate can be made, as of that date. The Firm’s estimate of the aggregate range of reasonably possible losses involves significant judgment, given:

the number, variety and varying stages of the proceedings, including the fact that many are in preliminary stages,

the existence in many such proceedings of multiple defendants, including the Firm, whose share of liability (if any) has yet to be determined,

the numerous yet-unresolved issues in many of the proceedings, including issues regarding class certification and the scope of many of the claims, and

the uncertainty of the various potential outcomes of such proceedings, including where the Firm has made assumptions concerning future rulings by the court or other adjudicator, or about the behavior or incentives of adverse parties or regulatory authorities, and those assumptions later prove to be incorrect.

In addition, the outcome of a particular proceeding may be a result that the Firm did not take into account in its estimate because the Firm had deemed the likelihood of that outcome to be remote. Accordingly, the Firm’s estimate of the aggregate range of

reasonably possible losses will change from time to time, and actual losses may vary significantly.

Set forth below are descriptions of the Firm’s material legal proceedings.

Amrapali. India’s Enforcement Directorate (“ED”) is investigating J.P. Morgan India Private Limited in connection with investments made in 2010 and 2012 bytwo offshore funds formerly managed by JPMorganChase entities into residential housing projects developed by the Amrapali Group (“Amrapali”) relating to delays in delivering or failure to deliver residential units. In July 2019, the Supreme Court of India issued an order making preliminary findings that Amrapali and other parties, including unspecified JPMorganChase entities, violated certain criminal currency control and money laundering provisions, and ordered the ED to conduct a further inquiry. The Firm is cooperating with the inquiry. In addition, in August 2021, the ED issued an order fining J.P. Morgan India Private Limited approximately $31.5 million, which the Firm is appealing.

Fair Access to Banking. In August 2025, the President of the United States issued an Executive Order entitled “Guaranteeing Fair Banking for All Americans” that addressed access to financial services and directed several actions by certain federal agencies, including a review and revision of their internal policies and manuals. JPMorganChase is responding to requests from government authorities and other external parties regarding, among other things, the Firm’s policies and processes and the provision of services to customers and potential customers. Certain of these matters are at various stages, including reviews, investigations, and legal proceedings, including a civil lawsuit filed in January 2026 in Florida state court by President Donald J. Trump, in his personal capacity, and several affiliated corporate entities, against JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and its CEO.

Foreign Exchange Investigations and Litigation. The Firm previously reported settlements with certain government authorities relating to its foreign exchange (“FX”) sales and trading activities and controls related to those activities. Among those resolutions, in May 2015, the Firm pleaded guilty to a single violation of federal antitrust law. The Department of Labor ("DOL") granted the Firm exemptions that permit the Firm and its affiliates to continue to rely on the Qualified Professional Asset Manager exemption under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (“ERISA”) through theten-year disqualification period, which began in January 2017. The only remaining FX-related governmental inquiry is a South Africa Competition Commission matter which is currently pending before the South Africa Competition Tribunal.

With respect to civil litigation matters, some FX-related individual and putative class actions filed outside the U.S., including in the U.K., Israel, the Netherlands and Brazil remain. In December 2025, the U.K. Supreme Court confirmed the initial decision of the Competition Appeal Tribunal, which denied a request for class certification on an opt-out basis. In Israel, a settlement in principle has been reached on the putative class action, which remains subject to court approval.

Interchange Litigation. Groups of merchants and retail associations filed a series of class action complaints alleging that Visa and Mastercard, as well as certain banks, conspired to set the price of credit and debit card interchange fees and enacted related rules in violation of antitrust laws.

In September 2018, the parties settled the class action seeking monetary relief. A separate class action seeking injunctive relief continues. In June 2024, the District Court for the Eastern District of New York denied preliminary approval of a settlement of the injunctive class action in which Visa and Mastercard agreed to certain changes to their respective network rules and system-wide reductions in interchange rates for U.S.-based merchants. In November 2025, the parties to that settlement reached a superseding and amended class settlement and submitted the agreement to the District Court for its approval.

Of the merchants who opted out of the damages class settlement, certain merchants filed individual actions raising similar allegations against Visa and Mastercard, as well as against the Firm and other banks. The defendants have reached settlements with the merchants who opted out representing over 90% of the combined Mastercard-branded and Visa-branded payment card sales volume. The remaining opt out actions are pending. A number of these actions are pending in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and that court has scheduled a trial of the claims brought by several merchants to begin in April 2026.

LIBOR and Other Benchmark Rate Investigations and Litigation. JPMorganChase has responded to inquiries from various governmental agencies and entities around the world relating primarily to the British Bankers Association’s (“BBA”) London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) for various currencies and the European Banking Federation’s Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”). The Firm appealed a December 2016 decision by the European Commission against the Firm and other banks finding an infringement of European antitrust rules relating to EURIBOR. In December 2023, the European General Court annulled the fine imposed by the European

Commission, but exercised its discretion to re-impose a fine in an identical amount. In March 2024, the Firm filed an appeal of this decision with the Court of Justice of the European Union, which held a hearing in January 2026 and reserved judgment.

In addition, the Firm was named as a defendant along with other banks in various individual and putative class actions related to benchmark rates, including U.S. dollar LIBOR. In September 2025, the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York granted summary judgment in favor of the defendants on all remaining claims related to U.S. dollar LIBOR, decertified the class, and dismissed all claims in their entirety with prejudice to refiling. Plaintiffs have filed an appeal.

Russian Litigation. The Firm is obligated to comply with international sanctions laws, which mandate the blocking of certain assets. These laws apply when assets associated with individuals, companies, products or services are within the scope of the sanctions. The Firm has faced actual and threatened litigation in Russia seeking payments that the Firm cannot make under, and is contractually excused from paying as a result of, relevant sanctions laws. In claims involving the Firm and claims filed against other financial institutions, Russian courts have disregarded the parties’ contractual agreements concerning forum selection and did not recognize foreign sanctions laws as a basis for not making payment. Russian courts have entered judgment against the Firm in a number of claims. This includes one claim for $439 million, for which the courts have stayed the enforcement of the judgment against the Firm's unprotected assets in Russia pending the outcome of an appeal, and a judgment for another claim has been executed against assets held onshore by the Firm in Russia. The total amount of the judgments exceeds the total amount of available assets that the Firm holds in Russia. Russian courts have allowed plaintiffs to withhold dividends due to the Firm’s clients for the purpose of satisfying judgments, which the Firm is opposing as unlawful. The Firm continues to appeal the Russian courts' decisions, but certain judgments are now enforceable against Firm assets in Russia. Russian courts have also ordered interim freezes of Firm assets in Russia (including, among other things, funds in bank accounts, securities, shares in authorized capital, and certain trademarks, of the named defendants) pending a determination of certain underlying claims against the Firm. The Firm has challenged claims being pursued in the Russian courts and related freeze orders in other jurisdictions provided for by the parties’ contractual forum selections. If further claims are enforced despite the actions taken by the Firm to challenge the claims and orders and to seek the proper application of law, the Firm’s assets in Russia could be seized in full, and certain client assets could also be seized, or the Firm could be prevented from complying with its obligations.

Shareholder Litigation. A shareholder derivative action purporting to act on behalf of the Firm is pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of New York against the Firm, its Board of Directors and certain of its current and former officers relating to historical trading practices by former employees in the precious metals and U.S. treasuries markets and related conduct which were the subject of the Firm’s resolutions with the DOJ, CFTC and SEC in September 2020. Defendants have moved to dismiss the complaint.

In addition to the various legal proceedings discussed above, JPMorganChase and its subsidiaries are named as defendants or are otherwise involved in a substantial number of other legal proceedings. The Firm believes it has meritorious defenses to the claims asserted against it in its currently outstanding legal proceedings and it intends to defend itself vigorously. Additional legal proceedings may be initiated from time to time in the future.

The Firm has established reserves for several hundred of its currently outstanding legal proceedings. Under U.S. GAAP for contingencies, the Firm accrues for a litigation-related liability when it is probable that such a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. The Firm evaluates its outstanding legal proceedings each quarter to assess its litigation reserves, and makes adjustments in such reserves, upward or downward, as appropriate, based on management’s best judgment after consultation with counsel. The Firm’s legal expense was $361 million, $740 million and $1.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. There is no assurance that the Firm’s litigation reserves will not need to be adjusted in the future.

In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal proceedings, particularly where the claimants seek very large or indeterminate damages, or where the matters present novel legal theories, involve a large number of parties or are in early stages of discovery, the Firm cannot state with confidence what will be the eventual outcomes of the currently pending matters, the timing of their ultimate resolution or the eventual losses, fines, penalties or consequences related to those matters. JPMorganChase believes, based upon its current knowledge and after consultation with counsel, consideration of the material legal proceedings described above and after taking into account its current litigation reserves and its estimated aggregate range of possible losses, that the other legal proceedings currently pending against it should not

have a material adverse effect on the Firm’s consolidated financial condition. The Firm notes, however, that in light of the uncertainties involved in such proceedings, there is no assurance that the ultimate resolution of these matters will not significantly exceed the reserves it has currently accrued or that a matter will not have material reputational consequences. As a result, the outcome of a particular matter may be material to JPMorganChase’s operating results for a particular period, depending on, among other factors, the size of the loss or liability imposed and the level of JPMorganChase’s income for that period.

Note 31 –International operations

The following table presents income statement and balance sheet-related information for JPMorganChase by major international geographic area. The Firm defines international activities for purposes of this footnote presentation as business transactions that involve clients residing outside of the U.S., and the information presented below is based predominantly on the domicile of the client, the location from which the client relationship is managed, booking location or the location of the trading desk. However, many of the Firm’s U.S. operations serve international businesses.

As the Firm’s operations are highly integrated, estimates and subjective assumptions have been made to apportion revenue and expense between U.S. and international operations. These estimates and assumptions are consistent with the allocations used for the Firm’s segment reporting as set forth in Note 32.

The Firm’s long-lived assets for the periods presented are not considered by management to be significant in relation to total assets. The majority of the Firm’s long-lived assets are located in the U.S.

As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions)Revenue(b)Expense(c)Income before income tax expenseNet incomeTotal assets
Europe/Middle East/Africa$24,478$14,825$9,653$6,813$641,190(d)
Asia-Pacific14,0658,2715,7944,101343,520
Latin America/Caribbean4,2152,1802,0351,56196,759
Total international42,75825,27617,48212,4751,081,469
North America(a)139,68984,57655,11344,5733,343,431
Total$182,447$109,852$72,595$57,048$4,424,900
Europe/Middle East/Africa$22,353$12,843$9,510$6,713$552,407(d)
Asia-Pacific11,9956,9225,0733,615296,430
Latin America/Caribbean3,8851,8951,9901,51273,631
Total international38,23321,66016,57311,840922,468
North America(a)139,32380,81558,50846,6313,080,346
Total$177,556$102,475$75,081$58,471$4,002,814
Europe/Middle East/Africa$20,974$11,947$9,027$6,402$529,335(d)
Asia-Pacific10,6056,5504,0552,709251,588
Latin America/Caribbean3,2941,9711,32399483,003
Total international34,87320,46814,40510,105863,926
North America(a)123,23176,02447,20739,4473,011,467
Total$158,104$96,492$61,612$49,552$3,875,393

(a)Substantially reflects the U.S.

(b)Revenue is composed of net interest income and noninterest revenue.

(c)Expense is composed of noninterest expense and the provision for credit losses.

(d)Total assets for the U.K. were approximately $449 billion, $369 billion and $352 billion at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Note 32 –Business segments & Corporate

The Firm is managed on an LOB basis. The Firm hasthree reportable business segments – Consumer & Community Banking, Commercial & Investment Bank, and Asset & Wealth Management – with the remaining activities in Corporate.

The business segments are determined based on the products and services provided, or the type of customers and clients served, and they reflect the manner in which financial information is evaluated by the Firm’s Operating Committee, whose members act collectively as the Firm’s chief operating decision maker. Segment results are presented on a managed basis.

The following is a description of each of the Firm’s reportable business segments, and the products and services that they provide to their respective client bases, as well as a description of Corporate activities.

Consumer & Community Banking

Consumer & Community Banking offers products and services to consumers and small businesses through bank branches, ATMs, digital (including mobile and online) and telephone banking. CCB is organized into Banking & Wealth Management (including Consumer Banking, Business Banking and J.P. Morgan Wealth Management), Home Lending (including Home Lending Production, Home Lending Servicing and Real Estate Portfolios) and Card Services & Auto. Banking & Wealth Management offers deposit, investment and lending products, cash management, payments and services. Home Lending includes mortgage origination and servicing activities, as well as portfolios consisting of residential mortgages and home equity loans. Card Services issues credit cards and offers payment solutions, travel services, merchant offers and lifestyle benefits. Auto originates and services auto loans and leases.

Commercial & Investment Bank

The Commercial & Investment Bank is comprised of the Banking & Payments and Markets & Securities Services businesses. These businesses offer investment banking, lending, payments, market-making, financing, custody and securities products and services to a global base of corporate and institutional clients. Banking & Payments offers products and services in all major capital markets, including advising on corporate strategy and structure, capital-raising in equity and debt markets, and loan origination and syndication. Banking & Payments also provides services that enable clients to manage payments globally across liquidity and account solutions, commerce solutions, clearing, trade, and working capital. Markets & Securities Services includes Markets, which is a global market-maker across products, including cash and derivative instruments, and also offers sophisticated risk

management solutions, lending, prime brokerage, clearing and research. Markets & Securities Services also includes Securities Services, a leading global custodian that provides custody, fund services, liquidity and trading services, and data solutions products.

Asset & Wealth Management

Asset & Wealth Management, with client assets of $7.1 trillion, is a global leader in investment and wealth management.

Asset Management

Offers multi-asset investment management solutions across equities, fixed income, alternatives and money market funds to institutional and retail investors providing for a broad range of clients’ investment needs.

Global Private Bank

Provides retirement products and services, brokerage, custody, estate planning, lending, deposits and investment management to high net worth clients.

The majority of AWM’s client assets are in actively managed portfolios.

Corporate

Corporate consists of Treasury and Chief Investment Office (“CIO”) and Other Corporate. Treasury and CIO is predominantly responsible for measuring, monitoring, reporting and managing the Firm’s liquidity, funding, capital, structural interest rate and foreign exchange risks.

Other Corporate includes staff functions and expense that is centrally managed as well as certain Firm initiatives and activities not solely aligned to a specific LOB. The major Other Corporate functions include Real Estate, Technology, Legal, Corporate Finance, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Risk Management, Compliance, Control Management, Corporate Responsibility and various Other Corporate groups.

Description of business segment reporting methodology

Results of the reportable business segments are intended to present each segment as if it were a stand-alone business. The management reporting process that derives business segment results includes the allocation of certain income and expense items. The Firm periodically assesses the assumptions, methodologies and reporting classifications used for segment reporting, and therefore further refinements may be implemented in future periods. The Firm also assesses the level of capital required for each LOB on at least an annual basis. The Firm’s LOBs also provide various business metrics which are utilized by the Firm and its investors and analysts in assessing performance.

Revenue sharing

When business segments or businesses within each segment join efforts to sell products and services to the Firm’s clients and customers, the participating businesses may agree to share revenue from those transactions. Revenue is generally recognized in the segment responsible for the related product or service, with allocations to the other segments or businesses involved in the transaction. The segment and business results reflect these revenue-sharing agreements.

Expense allocation

Where business segments use services provided by Corporate support units, or another business segment, the costs of those services are allocated to the respective business segments. The expense is generally allocated based on the actual cost and use of services provided. In contrast, certain costs and investments related to Corporate that are not currently utilized by any LOB are not allocated to the business segments and are retained in Corporate. Expense retained in Corporate generally includes costs that would not be incurred if the segments were stand-alone businesses, and other items not solely aligned with a particular reportable business segment.

Funds transfer pricing

Funds transfer pricing (“FTP”) is the process by which the Firm allocates interest income and expense to the LOBs and Other Corporate and transfers the primary interest rate risk and liquidity risk to Treasury and CIO.

The funds transfer pricing process considers the interest rate and liquidity risk characteristics of assets and liabilities and off-balance sheet products. Periodically, the methodology and assumptions utilized in the FTP process are adjusted to reflect economic conditions and other factors, which may impact the allocation of net interest income to the segments. Effective in the fourth quarter of 2024, the Firm updated its FTP with respect to consumer deposits, which resulted in an increase in the funding

benefit reflected within CCB’s net interest income that is fully offset in Corporate, with no effect on the Firm’s net interest income.

As a result of lower average interest rates in the current year, the cost of funding for assets and the funding benefit earned for liabilities generally decreased compared with the prior year. During the period ended December 31, 2025, this resulted in a lower cost of funds for loans and Markets activities. In addition, the FTP benefit for deposits generally decreased more than the decrease in rates paid to deposit holders during the year, resulting in an overall deposit margin compression.

Foreign exchange risk

Foreign exchange risk is transferred from the LOBs and Other Corporate to Treasury and CIO for certain revenues and expenses. Treasury and CIO manages these risks centrally and reports the impact of foreign exchange rate movements related to the transferred risk in its results.

Debt expense and preferred stock dividend allocation

As part of the FTP process, almost all of the cost of the credit spread component of outstanding unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends is allocated to the reportable business segments, while the balance of the cost is retained in Corporate. The methodology to allocate the cost of unsecured long-term debt and preferred stock dividends to the business segments is aligned with the relevant regulatory capital requirements and funding needs of the LOBs, as applicable. The allocated cost of unsecured long-term debt is included in a business segment’s net interest income, and net income is reduced by preferred stock dividends, to arrive at a business segment’s net income applicable to common equity.

Capital allocation

Each LOB and Corporate is allocated capital by taking into consideration a variety of factors including capital levels of similarly rated peers and applicable regulatory capital requirements. ROE is measured and internal targets for expected returns are established as key measures of an LOB’s performance.

The Firm’s current equity allocation methodology incorporates Basel III Standardized RWA and the GSIB surcharge, both under rules currently in effect, as well as a simulation of capital depletion in a severe stress environment. At least annually, the assumptions, judgments and methodologies used to allocate capital are reassessed and, as a result, the capital allocated to the LOBs and Corporate may change.

Segment & Corporate results

The following table provides a summary of results for the Firm’s reportable business segments and Corporate activities as of or for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, on a managed basis. The Firm’s definition of managed basis starts with the reported U.S. GAAP results and includes certain reclassifications to present total net revenue for the Firm as a whole (and for each of the reportable business segments and Corporate) on an FTE basis. Accordingly, revenue from investments that receive tax credits and tax-exempt securities is presented in the managed results on a basis comparable to taxable investments and securities. This allows management to assess the comparability of revenue from year-to-year arising from both taxable and tax-exempt

sources. The corresponding income tax impact related to tax-exempt items is recorded within income tax expense/(benefit). These adjustments have no impact on net income as reported by the Firm as a whole or by the each of the LOBs and Corporate.

The Operating Committee reviews segment results including net interest income, noninterest revenue, noninterest expense, provision for credit losses and net income on a managed basis. The Operating Committee uses these measures to evaluate segment performance and to make key operating decisions, including resource and capital allocations.

Segment & Corporate results and reconciliation(a)

(Table continued on next page)
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)Consumer & Community BankingCommercial & Investment BankAsset & Wealth Management
202520242023202520242023202520242023
Noninterest revenue$17,795$16,649$15,118$53,766$48,253$43,809$17,241$15,023$13,560
Net interest income58,23454,85855,03024,68821,86120,5446,8326,5556,267
Total net revenue76,02971,50770,14878,45470,11464,35324,07321,57819,827
Provision for credit losses11,493(e)9,9746,8992,6157622,09197(68)159
Compensation expense(b)17,66917,04515,17119,34518,19117,1058,6457,9847,115
Noncompensation expense(c)(d)22,59820,99119,64818,87117,16216,8676,6876,4305,665
Total noninterest expense40,26738,03634,81938,21635,35333,97215,33214,41412,780
Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)24,26923,49728,43037,62333,99928,2908,6447,2326,888
Income tax expense/(benefit)6,0245,8947,1989,8629,1538,0182,1221,8111,661
Net income$18,245$17,603$21,232$27,761$24,846$20,272$6,522$5,421$5,227
Average equity$56,000$54,500$54,349$149,500$132,000$137,507$16,000$15,500$16,671
Total assets664,669650,268642,9512,142,5341,773,1941,638,493288,065255,385245,512
Return on equity32%32%38%18%18%14%40%34%31%
Overhead ratio535350495053646764
(Table continued from previous page)
As of or for the year ended December 31, (in millions, except ratios)CorporateReconciling Items(a)Total
202520242023202520242023202520242023
Noninterest revenue$911$7,608(g)$132$(2,709)$(2,560)$(3,782)$87,004$84,973(g)$68,837
Net interest income6,1149,7867,906(425)(477)(480)95,44392,58389,267
Total net revenue7,02517,3948,038(3,134)(3,037)(4,262)182,447177,556158,104
Provision for credit losses710171———14,21210,6789,320
Total noninterest expense(d)1,8253,994(h)5,601———95,64091,797(h)87,172
Income/(loss) before income tax expense/(benefit)5,19313,3902,266(3,134)(3,037)(4,262)72,59575,08161,612
Income tax expense/(benefit)673(f)2,789(555)(3,134)(3,037)(4,262)15,54716,61012,060
Net income$4,520$10,601$2,821$—$—$—$57,048$58,471$49,552
Average equity$111,254$110,370$73,529NANANA$332,754$312,370$282,056
Total assets1,329,6321,323,9671,348,437NANANA4,424,9004,002,8143,875,393
Return on equityNMNMNMNMNMNM17%18%17%
Overhead ratioNMNMNMNMNMNM525255

(a)Segment results on a managed basis reflect revenue on a FTE basis with the corresponding income tax impact recorded within income tax expense/(benefit). These adjustments are eliminated in reconciling items to arrive at the Firm’s reported U.S. GAAP results. In addition, effective January 1, 2024, the Firm adopted updates to the Accounting for Investments in Tax Credit Structures guidance, under the modified retrospective method. Refer to Notes 1, 6, 14 and 25 for additional information.

(b)Excludes expense related to services provided by Corporate support units, which is allocated from Corporate to each respective reportable business segment, as applicable, through noncompensation expense.

(c)Reflects occupancy; technology, communications and equipment; professional and outside services; marketing; and other expense. Refer to Note 6 for additional information on other expense.

(d)Certain services are provided by Corporate and used by each of the reportable business segments. The costs of these services, including compensation-related costs, are allocated from Corporate to the respective reportable business segments, with the allocations recorded in noncompensation expense.

(e)Includes a provision for lending-related commitments of $2.2 billion related to the Apple Card transaction.

(f)Included a $774 million income tax benefit recorded in the second quarter of 2025, driven by the resolution of certain tax audits and the impact of tax regulations related to foreign currency translation gains and losses finalized in 2024 and effective for 2025.

(g)Included the net gain related to Visa shares of $7.9 billion recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

(h)Included a $1.0 billion contribution of Visa shares to the JPMorgan Chase Foundation recorded in the second quarter of 2024. Refer to Note 6 for additional information.

Note 33 –Parent Company

The following tables present Parent Company-only financial statements.

Statements of income and comprehensive income
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Income
Dividends from subsidiaries and affiliates:
Bank and bank holding company$50,000$37,000$61,000
Non-bank———
Interest income from subsidiaries9991,2281,166
Other income/(expense) from subsidiaries:
Bank and bank holding company1,8465551,801
Non-bank(506)172250
Other income/(expense)6971,252(654)
Total income53,03640,20763,563
Expense
Interest expense to subsidiaries and affiliates(a)(16)7,4332,258
Other interest expense(a)15,1068,06811,714
Noninterest expense3,8833,2803,431
Total expense18,97318,78117,403
Income before income tax benefit and undistributed net income of subsidiaries34,06321,42646,160
Income tax benefit1,8221,2641,525
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries21,16335,7811,867
Net income$57,048$58,471$49,552
Other comprehensive income/(loss), net8,166(2,013)6,898
Comprehensive income$65,214$56,458$56,450
Balance sheets
December 31, (in millions)20252024
Assets
Cash and due from banks$39$38
Deposits with banking subsidiaries(b)9,7519,762
Trading assets - intercompany14,88543,214
Advances to, and receivables from, subsidiaries:
Bank and bank holding company136142
Non-bank2479
Investments (at equity) in subsidiaries and affiliates:
Bank and bank holding company669,449603,044
Non-bank1,2231,238
Other assets14,53712,097
Total assets$710,044$669,614
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Borrowings from, and payables to, subsidiaries and affiliates$79,317$72,881
Short-term borrowings——
Other liabilities13,65612,349
Long-term debt(c)(d)254,633239,626
Total liabilities(d)347,606324,856
Total stockholders’ equity362,438344,758
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$710,044$669,614
Statements of cash flows
Year ended December 31, (in millions)202520242023
Operating activities
Net income$57,048$58,471$49,552
Less: Net income of subsidiaries and affiliates71,16372,78162,868
Parent company net loss(14,115)(14,310)(13,316)
Cash dividends from subsidiaries and affiliates50,00037,00061,000
Other operating adjustments8,583(44,671)9,412
Net cash provided by/(used in) operating activities44,468(21,981)57,096
Investing activities
Net change in:
Advances to and investments in subsidiaries and affiliates, net——(25,000)
All other investing activities, net342125
Net cash provided by/(used in) investing activities3421(24,975)
Financing activities
Net change in:
Borrowings from subsidiaries and affiliates1,24649,902(2,249)
Short-term borrowings—(999)—
Proceeds from long-term borrowings30,04244,99719,398
Payments of long-term borrowings(25,702)(29,753)(25,105)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock3,0002,500—
Redemption of preferred stock(3,000)(9,850)—
Treasury stock repurchased(31,591)(18,830)(9,824)
Dividends paid(16,625)(14,783)(13,463)
All other financing activities, net(1,882)(1,270)(879)
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities(44,512)21,914(32,122)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and due from banks and deposits with banking subsidiaries(10)(46)(1)
Cash and due from banks and deposits with banking subsidiaries at the beginning of the year9,8009,8469,847
Cash and due from banks and deposits with banking subsidiaries at the end of the year(b)$9,790$9,800$9,846
Cash interest paid$12,399$14,851$13,742
Cash income taxes paid, net(e)2766,25210,291

(a)Includes interest expense for intercompany derivative hedges on the Firm’s LTD and related fair value adjustments, which is offset by related amounts in Other interest expense/(income).

(b)Consistent with bank regulatory reporting guidance, includes intercompany time deposits of $8.0 billion as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.

(c)At December 31, 2025, long-term debt that contractually matures in 2026 through 2030 totaled $14.3 billion, $20.3 billion, $36.4 billion, $22.4 billion, and $23.6 billion, respectively.

(d)Refer to Notes 20 and 28 for information regarding the Parent Company’s guarantees of its subsidiaries’ obligations.

(e)Represents payments, net of refunds, made by the Parent Company to various taxing authorities and includes taxes paid on behalf of certain of its subsidiaries that are subsequently reimbursed. The reimbursements were $713 million, $5.0 billion, and $13.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.

Note 34 –Business combinations

On May 1, 2023, JPMorganChase acquired certain assets and assumed certain liabilities of First Republic Bank (the "First Republic acquisition") from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”), as receiver. The acquisition resulted in a bargain purchase gain, which represents the excess of the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired above the purchase price.

The Firm has determined that this acquisition constitutes a business combination under U.S. GAAP. Accordingly, the initial recognition of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed were generally measured at their estimated fair values as of May 1, 2023. The determination of those fair values required management to make certain market-based assumptions about expected future cash flows, discount rates and other valuation inputs at the time of the acquisition. The Firm believes that the fair value estimates of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed provide a reasonable basis for determining the estimated bargain purchase gain.

The First Republic acquisition resulted in a preliminary estimated bargain purchase gain of $2.7 billion. The final bargain purchase gain of $2.9 billion reflects adjustments of $103 million and $63 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, made during the one-year measurement period, as permitted by U.S. GAAP, to finalize management's fair value estimates for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The measurement period ended on April 30, 2024.

On January 17, 2025, the Firm reached an agreement with the FDIC with respect to certain outstanding items. As a result of the agreement, the Firm made a payment of $609 million to the FDIC on January 31, 2025 and reduced its additional payable to the FDIC, which resulted in a gain of $588 million recorded in other income in the first quarter of 2025. In addition, as of June 30, 2025, all outstanding matters between the Firm and the FDIC related to the final settlement of the purchase price for the First Republic acquisition had been resolved.

In connection with the First Republic acquisition, the Firm and the FDIC entered intotwo shared-loss agreements with respect to certain loans and lending-related commitments (the "shared-loss assets"): the Commercial Shared-Loss Agreement ("CSLA") and the Single-Family Shared-Loss Agreement (“SFSLA”). The CSLA covers 80% of credit losses, on a pari passu basis, over 5 years with a subsequent 3-year recovery period for certain acquired commercial loans and other real estate exposure. The SFSLA covers 80% of credit losses, on a pari passu basis, for 7 years for certain acquired loans secured by mortgages on real property or shares in cooperative property constituting a primary residence. The indemnification assets, which represent the fair value of the CSLA and SFSLA on the acquisition date, are reflected in the total assets acquired.

As part of the consideration paid, JPMorganChase issued afive-year, $50 billion secured note to the FDIC (the "Purchase Money Note"). The Purchase Money Note bears interest at a fixed rate of 3.4% and is secured by certain of the acquired loans. The Purchase Money Note is prepayable upon notice to the holder.

The Firm had placed a $5 billion deposit with First Republic Bank on March 16, 2023, as part of $30 billion of deposits provided by a consortium of large U.S. banks. The Firm's $5 billion deposit was effectively settled as part of the acquisition and the associated allowance for credit losses was released upon closing. The Firm subsequently repaid the remaining $25 billion of deposits to the consortium of banks, including accrued interest through the payment date on May 9, 2023.

The computation of the purchase price, the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed as part of the First Republic acquisition and the related bargain purchase gain are presented below, which reflects adjustments made during the measurement period to the acquisition-date fair value of the net assets acquired. The measurement period ended on April 30, 2024.

Fair value purchaseprice allocation as ofMay 1, 2023
(in millions)
Purchase price consideration
Amounts paid/due to the FDIC, net of cash acquired(a)$13,555
Purchase Money Note (at fair value)(b)48,848
Settlement of First Republic deposit and other related party transactions(c)5,447
Contingent consideration - Shared-loss agreements15
Purchase price consideration$67,865
Assets
Securities$30,285
Loans153,242
Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles1,455
Indemnification assets - Shared-loss agreements675
Accounts receivable and other assets(d)6,740
Total assets acquired$192,397
Liabilities
Deposits$87,572
FHLB advances27,919
Lending-related commitments2,614
Accounts payable and other liabilities(d)2,792
Deferred tax liabilities757
Total liabilities assumed$121,654
Fair value of net assets acquired$70,743
Gain on acquisition, after income taxes$2,878

(a)Net of cash acquired of $680 million, and including disputed amounts with the FDIC as of April 30, 2024.

(b)As part of the consideration paid, JPMorganChase issued afive-year, $50 billion secured note to the FDIC (the "Purchase Money Note").

(c)Includes $447 million of securities financing transactions with First Republic Bank that were effectively settled on the acquisition date.

(d)Other assets include $1.2 billion in tax-oriented investments and $683 million of lease right-of-use assets. Other liabilities include the related tax-oriented investment liabilities of $669 million and lease liabilities of $748 million.

The following describes the accounting policies and fair value methodologies generally used by the Firm for the following assets acquired and liabilities assumed: core deposit and customer relationship intangibles, shared-loss agreements and the related indemnification assets, Purchase Money Note, and FHLB advances.

For further discussion of the Firm’s accounting policies and valuation methodologies, refer to Notes 2 and 3 for fair value measurement, Note 10 for investment securities, Note 12 for loans, Note 17 for deposits, and Note 28 for lending-related commitments.

Core deposit and customer relationship intangibles

Core deposit and certain wealth management customer relationship intangibles were acquired as part of the First Republic acquisition. The core deposit intangible of $1.3 billion was valued by discounting estimated after-tax cost savings over the remaining useful life of the deposits using the favorable source of funds method. The after-tax cost savings were estimated based on the difference between the cost of maintaining the core deposit base relative to the cost of next best alternative funding sources available to market participants. The customer relationship intangibles of $180 million were valued by discounting estimated after-tax earnings over their remaining useful lives using the multi-period excess earnings

method. Both intangible asset valuations utilized assumptions that the Firm believes a market participant would use to estimate fair values, such as growth and attrition rates, projected fee income as well as related costs to service the relationships, and discount rates. The core deposit and customer relationship intangibles are amortized over a projected period of future cash flows of approximately 7 years. Refer to Note 15 for further discussion on other intangible assets.

Indemnification assets - Shared-loss agreements

The indemnification assets represent forecasted recoveries from the FDIC associated with the shared-loss assets over the respective shared-loss recovery periods. The indemnification assets were recorded at fair value in other assets on the Consolidated balance sheets on the acquisition date. The fair values of the indemnification assets were estimated based on the timing of the forecasted losses underlying the related allowance for credit losses. The subsequent quarterly remeasurement of the indemnification assets is based on changes in the amount and timing of forecasted losses in the allowance for credit losses associated with the shared-loss assets and is recorded in other income. Under certain circumstances, the Firm may be required to make a payment to the FDIC upon termination of the shared-loss agreements based on the level of actual losses and recoveries on the shared-loss assets. The estimated potential future payment is reflected as contingent consideration as part of the purchase price consideration.

Purchase Money Note and FHLB advances

The Purchase Money Note is recorded in long-term debt on the Consolidated balance sheets. The fair value of the Purchase Money Note was estimated based on a discounted cash flow methodology and incorporated estimated market discount rates.

The FHLB advances assumed in the acquisition were recorded in short-term borrowings and in long-term debt. The fair values of the FHLB advances were based on a discounted cash flow methodology and considered the observed FHLB advance issuance rates.

Loans

The following table presents the unpaid principal balance ("UPB") and fair values of the loans acquired as of May 1, 2023, and reflects adjustments made during the measurement period to the acquisition-date fair value of the loans acquired.

May 1, 2023
(in millions)UPBFair value
Residential real estate$106,240$92,053
Auto and other3,0932,030
Total consumer109,33394,083
Secured by real estate37,11733,602
Commercial & industrial4,3323,932
Other23,49921,625
Total wholesale64,94859,159
Total loans$174,281$153,242

Unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial information

The following table presents certain unaudited pro forma financial information for the year ended December 31, 2023 as if the First Republic acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2022, including recognition of the estimated bargain purchase gain of$2.8 billion and the provision for credit losses of$1.2 billion. Additional adjustments include the interest on the Purchase Money Note and the impact of amortizing and accreting certain estimated fair value adjustments related to intangible assets, loans and lending-related commitments.

The Firm expects to achieve operating cost savings and other business synergies resulting from the acquisition that are not reflected in the pro forma amounts. The pro forma information is not necessarily indicative of the historical results of operations had the acquisition occurred on January 1, 2022, nor is it indicative of the results of operations in future periods.

Year ended December 31,(in millions)2023
Noninterest revenue$65,816
Net interest income90,856
Net income48,665
ContentsView on SEC.gov

The text of this filing, as the company filed it with the SEC, without its images or exhibits. This is not investment advice.